Home

Genji User Manual

1. 73 BO Adano a miero your Ten MN mom 74 Lr FTG E Wil Wr m 75 VE M S UIS Eo SI PNE RR 76 3 4 9 Applying an instant Mier RM 76 e ARN eE m 7 AT erang a peer PIE saute dxtieport rre dodi mte epit aine 80 s ae 7210 06 e181 Ce Ica Em Tee TOC RCE 81 pr NER Casp IH RU mt 83 Loen AV 6 MR RN 85 cle NCO E a FO OLET n 86 PaA Nava oa one ae OOE CRT 86 3 5 3 General right area DerhtaviOUE nein dices tredecim Reina rer teet 87 SSFANG eit 9m 1218 99 Rm 89 Shoe vel E EE NNI TT T EI A aa A EEN T ET 94 Eom TT a a E E A E EE 95 3 6 1 Configuring automail TIGGELS ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseesessesssssesssssseseesessesessessesssceccccseccceceeeeceeeeees 96 22 COM MOU IG euUorall Condito S sseni nara dat disset umb DRE UE AE METH 96 2 6 2 Assigning automail tigger anad COM GIT OTI e ssmsiapceon tn dei icem amit te nmm be enit E 98 ae GS Veil VG IG 5 55 amp RR 98 3 9 Working with the COCKDIDsennnisiebrasdctosiesn sut v ertotire mirate demere d rg itl respi niebla 99 2o ePIC I OC ONT ie I assaaaisgn OR GERISSERU EURO pU panes ERR RR RR ERU Gn RU URN RU UR 100 eC MIN RN E I A eps cee ao T A AA A A E A 101 E PIOWEIHCEDEOIBCES E E E A E ate factus 114 3 10 Preparing and generating FAQS urccccccccsscccccccssssssssesessssssssssssoneesssossssssecceccessssssssenssssssssssssosssssssssss
2. MY ITEMS Tm responde 1 Um the eriginabee 41 Tes the manager 5 Tuke 1 1 1 as Track Jr 4 1 D T lv 5 3 to Tk dr B eS Trxke 4a m rack 4x ACTIVITY STREAM 5 3 8 STATUS OVER TIME T miiie auge Track dox 106 Danae acrem config dirae arid dete csl ve Paelsriarinirabew Track Siam Tirnama z Pr amp mibe ago Tracks 4 5 248 Farsi of report templates inisaiamon Admira Track Sten Common p j j amp manatee aga Treck A 2b Hes mondtor it null error Adria Track ppm Coonan E m 7 minutes aja Tracke 4x 255 Search does not wor for vweoriegsaca pref Administration Track Syste Common Th a T minutes ago Trock 4 0 i Deleting release with oma can t select epia Adm nisirator Tracks System Common 5 15 a minh ago Track dx a2 Aur Ey ae oor ass Asirorusirahce Track a Sys Corson be 10 LL 7 nubs agn Track dx 706 Budgetenersefanue vo Multis engerts umi poo Amisi Track Stes Emeen E sea t tS essen nasse 7 mirabe age Track An 5 fF Poule Adminivreter Tack Stes Common n AU T mitaki aga Track dx 106 Dias kae erren config drag and drop cad va Adlriruniraler Track Pyton Caenenon TERME Eire circi f mirii dno Track a 117 Filter don t Hiat m rk Aira Track ten Common Mrs Apr Gee dr Bx Track nugpcrt rad WAG Probleme m Fibereisned tures Gua John tuus 2211 B days age Irick Suppcwt rA Canna Update seme documents Cet Joh tatus T pmi verified nma lee a days go Track Support TiB Probleme in Fitenreereaiitunq Gue
3. 7 days ego 25 Noch eine Maleraufgabe Administrator Track System Software Deo olt 4 hours ego 45 asd asdfasdi Guest John atu jurs 9o 44 ua t t 16 hour 939 49 ancther ittue Guest Joh 19 hourt go 42 Test isfue h My Watch List This tile gives you a list of items where you are currently registered as either consulted or informed It permits you to de register yourself from these items Appearance There is no configuration associated with this tile It looks like shown below My watch ilet Hei piel einfach 32 Ene neues Beknredhung apened uemwalch zu Hoch sexa Malav pulga opened iwteabeh 2300 Still diskutieren npaned urnwabch 5nltware Projekt 45 Checking the zd lewel opened umatch 32 Testissue opened unuakch You can remove yourself from the watch list by clicking on the unwatch link Files Modified with Release This tile shows you all files that have been modified for a specific release This will only work if you have your version control system connected to Genji and have added item numbers when committing changes to your version control system Tile configuration Before you can use this tile you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the modified files configuration page 3 8 Working with the cockpit Configur ation x 1 tion for Two dimensional statisti Tale tmodiiedFiles label Projects and Beispiel ewtach releases Beispiel eimfach
4. For the Attachments tab All buttons are always enabled unless the project is inactive For an inactive project you can only download the attachment For the Work Costs tab Add expense this function is active when the project is active and you have permission add expenses via the role s you have in this project Edit and Delete expense is active when project is in active state You cannot modify or delete expenses if a project has been archived or closed The individual expense entries are editable deletable by the project administrator and the creator of the expense Total Budget button active if you have the modify budget permission via the role s you have in this project Remaining Budge button active if you have the modify budget permission or you are the current responsible or manager of this item For the Watchers tab Add informed Add consulted Delete you have modify watch list permission via the role s you have in this project Remove me as consulted Remove me as informed this is always active You can take yourself of a watch list any time Add me as consulted always active when creating an item For an existing item this is only active if you have modify any permission via the role s you carry in this project Add me as informed you must have the read any permission via the role s you have in this project 34 Finding items A Genji database may contain thousands of items even for a sin
5. Geronimo E Administrator Trace System C AUS 10 Plan und Strategie f r AUS 11 deinen der Mitglieder RAUS 42 Festiegen der l m 0 CT VETO 4 10 28 Enterprise i 2013 Stpinibels Trackplus Setting the column property Cards on the agile board are organized in rows and columns You can choose which item property is taken to place an item into a column Only properties based on selection lists can be chosen like state responsible manager or priority 1 Click on the configuration button in the small toolbar to display the agile board configuration area 2 Select the desired column property 3 Clickon the configuration button in the small toolbar to hide the configuration area Setting the column sort order Within each column you can define the sort order for the cards based on item properties 1 Click on the configuration button in the small toolbar to display the agile board configuration area 2 Select the desired column sort order 3 Clickon the configuration button in the small toolbar to hide the configuration area 94 3 6 Configuring automail Selecting column values to be displayed In some cases you may not want to display the entire set of values possible for the column property You may want to only display some states or some responsibles but not all of them Important Even though you may not have selected a value to be shown it will show if there is at least one item with that value 1 Cl
6. HJ G A B D E F G 1 Project lene Type Status Manager Responsible Thile Description Sh Track Militari oped Pit Brad Einamback denny Testimpon tlie 1 This i5 plain text discnptian weh ri x femmatting a Wie have included some ling breaks lo see Track Problem report opened Fil Brad Moore Dern Test Import ble Hert we howe sore very long tent unformatted Y In the b ginrang was the Word and the Wyond 3 wat wih Ged and Ihe Word was God Track Problem report opened Fil Grad Moore Dern Teal Import bale 3 zpirxsbrmgsboldelsbrmgs xenmriahcxhem uurnderlngc u srikestrke 4 througheshspik br i 5 Track Milist ni opened Pit Brad Bramhack enny Test Import tile 4 Some mare descnptsian here 87 Track hhleslone opened Fil Brad Brambock Jenny Pest Import belle 5 A 7 Then you upload the sheet to the Genji server To import items from an Excel sheet go to Administration gt Import On the next screen you will be able to select the Excel file from which you want to import items into the Genji system Genji will upload the Excel file to the server for further analysis You can now select the sheet inside the Excel file from which you want to import items Genji will try to map all columns in your Excel sheet to its own fields You can control this mapping process manually Genji will memorize your last mapping definitions and reuse them in all subsequent imports
7. Jenkins integration 258 258 K Kanban board 86 keystore 257 L language preferred 51 LDAP activate 45 LDAP connection 257 link permanent 80 147 version control 64 link item 63 link types finish finish FF 92 finish start FS 92 start finish SF 92 start start SS 92 list custom 187 selection 187 lists workspace specific 132 locale preferred 51 localhost 249 long text property 54 M manage report template 115 150 150 152 152 152 153 manage item types 193 manager issues my issues 69 mass operation 90 91 mile stone tracking 16 16 modify budget 66 custom form 183 dates 60 form 183 item state 60 item workspace 59 planned value 66 move item 58 move item 59 multiple select 187 N navigator left are modes 86 new user 44 next actions 34 34 notification trigger 95 warning level 47 notification level 47 O Observer list 61 OpenOffice CSV character 46 48 option 187 Outlook iCalendar 98 overdue items reminder 49 overview 16 overwrite 174 P panels 99 parameter filter 72 parent item 61 password change 45 new 52 permanent link 80 147 permission attachments 68 comments 68 enabled tabs 68 inactive projects 68 item permissions 68 watchers 68 permissions work cost 68 phase add 129 delete 130 status 131 status type flag 131 pie chart 116 planned items 34 34 planned value change 66 estimated remaining 64 67 priority 191 private item 54 property deprecat
8. can modify can modify a BR Figure 2 5 RACI roles If you are Responsible for an item you need to take care of it If you delegate an item you effectively change the Responsible It is good practice to have a single person be responsible for an item Only in special cases early in a workflow it might be useful to have a group as Responsible As a Responsible for an item you will always be able to edit it regardless of your general role permissions in a space If you are Accountable for an item you look after it that it doesn t get lost or stuck For example it could be that somebody left your team and she is still responsible for a number of items You as Accountable make sure that these items are reassigned to somebody else As Accountable you account for the time and money that has been and could be spent on items As an Accountable for an item you will always be able to edit it regardless of your general role permissions in a space If you are Consulted for an item your input might be required to generate the desired outcome for this item It is quite common that more than one person would have to be consulted for an item As a consulted of an item you may deal with it as if you were responsible E g you may read it edit it add comments or change its state As a Consulted for an item you will always be able to edit it regardless of your general role permissions in a space If you are informed for an item you would need
9. entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name parentOption CDATA 1004 entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name sortOrder gt lt CDATA 2 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name list gt lt CDATA 1003 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name deleted gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt referredDependency dependencyId 1004 dependencyEntityType TOptionBean attributeName parentOption gt lt trackEntity gt lt subEntityRelation gt JtrackEntityo lt subEntityRelation gt entityExchange lt ns2 trackplusExchange gt The following table describes the various entity properties of the XML file Table 5 6 List XML file format Property Description entityld Just a number you can put any number here it is not being used by the import process type TListBean for the list and TOptionBean for an entry in that list repositoryType O private 1 space 2 public repository objectlD A number For a list TListBean itis not being used by the import process For an option TOptionBean it is taken as an identifier in case you want to modify any other properties of that option by an import listType 1 for a simple one level list of options name he name of the list The name is visible in the administration user interface 201 Customizing Genji Property owner deleted CSSSTyle symbol isDefault sortOrder
10. Integer properties can contain integer numbers negative or positive You can define a default value a minimum and maximum value The minimum value needs to be less than the maximum value if any is defined Furthermore the default value needs to be larger or equal to the minimum and less than or equal to the maximum value At the user interface this property appears as shown below N ef Users I Double Double properties can contain floating point numbers negative or positive Customizing Genji You can define a default value a minimum and maximum value The minimum value needs to be less than the maximum value if any is defined Furthermore the default value needs to be larger or equal to the minimum and less than or equal to the maximum value At the user interface this property appears as shown below Check box Check box properties can be marked or unmarked Attribute configuration Checkdox Single checkbox v You define a default value either marked or unmarked Specific canfigiaratian When you place this property on an input form it will look like shown below Urgent F Simple select Simple select lists permit to select a single item from a given list The default value is configured as part of the list not as part of the property Field type o Note You must have defined already a simple list before you start defining a item property of this type Otherwise you may not be able to complet
11. Release 5 0 Genji User Manual Scrum Tool and Issue Tracking Kr E Steinbeis Transferzen trum trac Task Management Solutions Genji User Manual Scrum Tool and Issue Tracking E Steinbeis Transferzentrum Task Management Solutions E Steinbeis Transferzentrum Task Management Solutions Steinbeis GmbH amp Co KG Task Management Solutions Eugen Ruoff Str 30 D 71404 Korb Germany Tel 49 7151 994 89 60 Fax 49 7151 994 89 61 Support support trackplus com Genji No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechan ical photocopying recoding scanning or otherwise except as permitted under Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the prior written permission of the Publisher Genji and the Genji logo are trademarks of Steinbeis GmbH amp Co KG and may be registered in certain jurisdictions The absence of a trademarkfrom this list does not constitute a waiver of Steinbeis s intellectual property rights concerning the trademark All other company brand and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders Steinbeis disclaims any responsibility for specifying which marks are owned by which companies or which organizations Copyright 2001 2015 Steinbeis GmbH amp Co KG All rights reserved September 2015 If you have any comments or suggestions regarding this docume
12. SAL Seltundg adeplacemieslit PE O eann aae e deu IRURE IR RED c SEU GRR ORNA ORA 22 3212 ODAMNING A NEW pass ONG M r 52 INONT W Mee T eiin c 53 SN QoA DOBNI ON S m E AA E ET 54 Joa MOC MI NON RS OPM a M SNR m 54 Be GN aU ane 1 PC 54 A Ean A Room 54 Se ho wl 141 0878 E l EEE E EE m 55 EE A EEE a TS 57 337 AGGing an atache 21 ERR 57 EN 8B AGaNg d Screen o ER m 58 FEN erige NN CREER E 58 Diol Me INCI iNT Ste A sweet viv caves a nut ond Rr CRURA aec A rra bad Aue dama On ER 60 Sak Lan oniG Stal anid OWS Gate m T Um 60 232412 Changing The kemi waterner IIS anus Udine SR eere ipte tn d RO p ea brc isto 6 e lS Pua Vs E rapit pecia m m 61 Se EWusE Red NIRE 62 3 3 15 Creating a sibling cum ut 62 i eM COPYN E T ee E E 62 Sie EMG enms tooner EN E ERU 63 DS PO SEMIN ems C Oner Terns NN E aianei aiiin m 63 3419 Linking tems to verion COMMON mohenasicqusohoue ict rue elem ota Rb ce uc E 64 2 3 20 Planned Valles andaca CO8useun uua et ttt ti titu isnt itc didus 64 RAN E ea c 9 68 RAE aseo ec a RTT m 69 3 4 1 System filter and your filters eene tette tete ttt 70 342 Using predefined TIItets uasanaina nacen trt RU aakensstoavanspinapiataionvaasinapeabodmaaneearecaccnanecanenessceocuanesaoceareneenereceebpere 71 eee Filer repote ana TOO CT T EMT 72 Sp Maze E m Tm 72 po IP inaem cRil P ETT O
13. T Avorn criera Cbom i T Manage f ters 3 Toaddatrigger click on the Add button in the toolbar To edit a trigger select it in the right grid area and then use either the context menu or the toolbar button labeled Edit Restriction Those triggers that have been provided by a system administrator are designated as type System and are visible to all system users Other users can copy them to their private area and modify them there Regular users cannot directly modify a system trigger 4 Markthe check boxes as you like The first row pertains to when somebody creates an item We don t mark the author because we don t want to get e mails for items we have just created ourselves The other rows pertain to when somebody modifies an item In the example if you were the manager of an item and somebody would switch this item to another manager an automail would be triggered Likewise in the example if you were the responsible for an item and somebody would switch this item to another responsible an automail would be triggered The observer column is somewhat special It permits you to subscribe to any changes to any item that you have read permission for while the other columns always assume that you have a RACI role for an item Usually this only makes sense together with an automail condition that limits the flood of automails Desem Them tygxe Shain 5 Give your trigger a name and then save it
14. aa Users amp groups u Generate iCalendar U L s binds 2 Select the tab labeled Access data i Sane Acces ilala Bauruiuler eri Mher selling Login ani gmail er naia harman 3 LDA e E mal across hermannibbosch com o Harm vil laiipnisasgr Last n Hasse First u Hamari Preferred Lirija Engish ro e rone Central European Summer Time Europej erin ied 3 Choose your preferred user interface language settings Browser means that your browsers preferred language settings are being used if that language is available 4 Click on the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration You will now see the user interface in the selected language If set to Browser your preferred language setting may not be available Furthermore you will receive notification e mails in the servers default language Genji for team members 3 2 11 Setting a replacement person You can set a replacement person when you are on leave That person will get all your item access rights will be informed on all your items and can act on your behalf 1 Inthe top toolbar select Administration My profile My settings A L minina wv Create inm s7 JM oyscttings f Projects Aoma aszigrenents py ME Users amp groups C Generate iCalendar UBL fei 79 Customize as ints H 1 actions V es randa b ees k E nne hianege server amm mr 7 2 Select the tab labeled Other ki jam
15. glV7As613G4V2 50p Te Caw WYNuULF LGHAMcIYa 3OomykDw SryzZ wh GU MxQcBBhhRn Passphreue 5S5SH type Ato SsMI Ow seq Preferred public key V Auto O DSA O RSA of Test 9 Test your connection The save the configuration by clicking on the Save button in the toolbar Your space is now directly linked to your version control system When editing item there will be a tab showing all files including their meta information that are related to this item Please not that it may take some time before any commits to the Subversion repository show up in Genji since Genjineeds to scan the repository on a regular basis to retrieve this information The time this takes depends on the size and number of your version control repositories Genji for space administrators 4 8 Generating release notes You can generate release notes and copy them to your personal website or include them in a document You must be logged in as space administrator system administrator or system manager if you want to ensure that you catch all items Enter the desired URL It is of the form http SERVER track releaseNotes action project lt PROJECT gt amp release lt RELEASE gt https www trackplus com track releaseNotes action project Track 2B S204S2Ex amp release 4 2E1 2Ex You need to escape special characters in the URL to work Space is 20 Dot is 2E e Plus sign is 2B Release Notes for X3 Software REL200 Task X352 inatal
16. Cascading select list of type parent children associate two lists of child items with a single entry in the parent item list The first child has no dependence on the second child For example if the parent item list would contain car models the first child list could contain engine sizes available for this model and the second child list could contain colours available for this model Different models might be offered with different engine sizes and colors Note You must have defined already a list of this type before you start defining a item property of this type Otherwise you may not be able to complete the definition of an property of this type In our example we have defined a generic list Parent Children with three parent Parent 1 Parent 2 and Parent 3 Each parent item has two lists with a number of child items associated with it For example Parent 1 has in its first child list Child 1 1 Child 1 2 and in its second child list Child 1 L1 Child 1 L2 Child 1 L3 The names can of course be anything At the user interface this would look like shown below When the parent selection is changed the two children lists change along Cascading select parent child grandchild Cascading select list of type parent child grandchild creates a hierarchy of dependencies The child list is unique for each parent The grandchild list is unique for each child This can be thought of as a tree with a nesting level of two 5 8 Item properties F
17. Choose a previously entered comment Confiqure Comment Templates Changes Keep locks v com trackplus corefdbase MySOL 189 migrate350to370 sql Figure 3 3 Linking source code to items in version control systems 3 3 20 Planned values and actual cost Each item can have a budget or planned value of time and money As work progresses actual work performed or cost incurred is tracked against the budget In this section we describe the main concepts related to planned value and actual cost tracking Throughout this manual we use the terms planned value and budget synonymously but prefer planned value since this is the terminology used by the earned value method Work and Money As work is performed processing this item each user that has worked on it can enter the time spent in a time sheet Work and money are always booked against accounts Which accounts are available for the project an item belongs to was defined by the system or project administrator 64 3 3 Working with items Budgeting work and cost tracking has to be enabled by the project administrator for the respective project otherwise this tab will not be active Furthermore the user has to have granted proper permissions by the project administrator in order to be able to see the work costs tab and enter values there Adding work and monetary expenses by default changes the estimated remaining planned value PV If a change is not desired it is pos
18. Cost centers Accounts For example you could run a report on expenditures that were made by users belonging to a certain department Or you could limit a report to a certain account for example in case you have assigned a single account to each of your customers Beyond this you can use any other filter you like Person Project Account This report lists expenditures grouped by person sub grouped by project and within a project grouped by accounts Expenditures are accumulated over the reporting period it is not visible when exactly and what for the expenditures were made Table 3 2 Accounting report person project account Person Project Account Time Money John Doe PA 234789 12h 400 00 432789 ah 250 00 543214 40h 0 00 PB 632789 14h 0 00 756789 21h 0 00 Diana Smith PA 432789 12h 0 00 Genji for team members Person Project Account Time Money 832789 45h 70 00 PC 932789 40h 0 00 Project Cost Center Account Person This report groups expenditures first by project then by cost center thereafter by account and then by person Expenditures are accumulated over the reporting period it is not visible when exactly and what for the expenditures were made Table 3 3 Accounting report project cost center account person Project Cost Center Account Person Time Money PA 850350 234789 John Doe 12h 400 00 Diana Smith 8h 250 00 543214 John Doe 40h
19. Fd tom v Reports Administration v Create item vw E iestart query FO Addfoider T Add fiter PEs Apply fiker 2 4 3 Private Name Type I Terminfiter Ail Integrationsreum fiker LI Workspace Ale oenen Vorpange Arer 4 3 Publ In den letzten 90 Tage geschiossen finer T Mi Integrationaraum Neue Themen det letrten Woche fies T Ale offenen Vorg nge Offene Punkte aus Besprechungen finer T in den letzten 90 Tage geschic Open tems from meetings fiker T Neue Themen der letrten Wor Y Offene Punkte aus Bescrechur T Open tems from meetings 5 3 3 Creating a permanent link This section explains how you create permanent links to item overviews This permits you to publish HTML links that result in the execution of a filter under your account Sometimes you may want to give other people access to the result of a specific query even if these people do not have an account with your Genji installation Such access is also helpful when you are using the Maven build system to automate incorporation of Genji items into Maven generated project reports Genji permits you to create permanent links that run a query under your account returning the result as either an XML file or in the regular Genji item overview You can choose parametrized queries and you can choose if you want to the user to remain logged in after running the query This can be useful if you use the guest user as the one providing the access and to give users the ability to sort an
20. Find koma w Reports Administration Create tem g Mewtab g Mewpane M Delete D tore Project Created Pangl l frid here Pria 1 Author Raines noticed Sur i Panier w Tanget rri Ares Brspensihle Un behalf af State Tite j rgen B J A Y Fr Panel 2 j amp w Panel3 Grid positions not used are specifically marked in the form designer and are left empty in the rendered form There is only a practical limit on the number of panels you can use You can move panels any time using drag and drop techniques Actions In Genji forms are associated with actions For example you may want to keep the form to create an item as simple as possible while editing an item should reveal all item properties available Adding a comment should only involve a comment description field and nothing else Changing a state oftentimes coincides with a change in the responsible person so this action would require a comment field the state field and the responsible field Genjicurrently knows of the following actions Create item Edit or modify item move item to new project or item type Customizing Genji add comment to item change item state add child item to existing item To each of these action a specific form can be assigned 5 9 2 Managing custom Forms This section describes how to create assign modify and delete custom forms Assigning custom forms to actions This section describes how to associate a cust
21. If you have confirmed the dialogs he property has been removed from your system Customizing Genji up Warning Be aware that you will loose all information associated with this property from your system 5 9 Customizing forms 3 9 You can layout and design your own input masks specific for each action type like create edit add comment and so on You can assign forms you have created globally or for each item type project type or even project For example you can have a very simple form for items of type mile stone and a complex mask for items of type problem report This section describes basic concepts of forms fields and actions how to assign forms to actions how to create modify and delete forms Custom forms actions and fields In Genji you can define any number of forms that are used for creating items editing items changing item state adding comments to items and moving items to new projects or item types Forms contain system properties and custom properties and forms are associated with the actions mentioned above like creating items These associations can be configured globally item type specific project type and item type specific project and item type specific This approach supports configuration efficiency while preserving flexibility 6 EL A Cockpit Brows WOSE find ems c Reports Administ Jy My settings i1 c Qi Add form o Werkapeces cancers mak ees fe ibea bye spec form assignm
22. WE Workspace type 2 A new screen appears Click on the Copy icon in the Action column on the left for the form you want to make a copy of You have created a copy of the original form You can now edit this new form without changing the original form Deleting custom forms This section describes how to delete a custom form You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator Restriction You can only delete forms that are not being used anymore If a form is still being used you will not see a delete icon 1 In the top toolbar selectAdministration Customize Forms p hem type spec form assignmer HE Users amp groups ay xis EE die WT Workspace type spec form asst Customize F Manage fi WI Workspace spec form agent tt Aet da IE Menage server gt d User roles t2 MB Use amp groups Cusomae FP Manage fites w Report templates My User rotes Cost centers amp accounts M Automas Se Link types roo oo 99 Them attributes 7 sts Dg System date WE Workspace types PO veino BH uae editor OODI 2 Anew screen appears Click on the Delete icon in the Action column on the left for the form you want to delete 186 5 10 Custom selection lists Action e 7 d The form has been deleted from the system 5 10 Custom selection lists Some item properties require a selection of predefined values For example you may have a list of customers or
23. and it depends on the number of customers and how one likes to interface the system with the customer which solution is preferable Anonymous access To permit anonymous access to the system create an account anonymous or use the predefined guest account with no password or a public password and grant this user all access rights desired Public passwords may for example published on the login page 5 2 Configuration scenarios Personal To Do list It is possible to configure Genji such that you have your personal to do list that is not visible to others There are three ways how to achieve this One solution is to define a new project e g named Personal and assign each user the Extern role This permits you to create modify and close items that only you can see The second approach is to define a new item type personal items and define via access restriction on the access permission page that only role Extern can access this list The third approach is to use the privacy flag on items you want to hide You can set this flag when creating items or later on when you modify your own items It is not possible to set the privacy flag on items you have not originated Small development teams lean informal Here is an example for a lean configuration This works very well for small teams in open cultures with less formal approaches The following item types are used tasks mile stones You may delete all other ite
24. button to add a new state Select a state in the grid and click on Edit button to modify a state Click on the Delete button to delete a state Q pen Boece TU BS Workspace status Mime Tyneflag 11 Aeiease stats progress active Ug Account stato on hold inactive archived closed 5 11 2 Managing release states Each release has a state which determines its visibility and controls what can be done with items belonging to it You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator There are four release state values in Genji Each state has a type flag which determines the availability of a release There are four values a type flag can assume as shown in the following table Table 5 8 Release or phase states Status Status flag Description unscheduled unscheduled X Releases with an unscheduled type flag cannot be selected in either the Release scheduled nor the Release noticed box in progress active Releases with an active type flag are open to the entire functionality the system offers These releases appear in the Released Noticed as well as the Release scheduled selection boxes on hold inactive Releases with an inactive type flag cannot be selected in the Release scheduled selection box However they will show up as normal in the Release noticed box released inactive Releases with an inactive type flag cannot be selected in the Release scheduled selection box However they will s
25. click on the Add Consulted button To add an informed click on button Add Informed To add yourself in these roles click on Add me Unless you select Add me a selection box appears Mark the users you want to add to the list 4 Clickon the Add button to finalize the operation To remove users from the lists mark them with the associated check box Then click on the Delete button to remove these users from the list The selected users have been added to or removed from the consulted and or informed list All changes to items will be passed to the notification triggers and filters for these roles If the trigger fires and the filter lets the item pass the users on the consulted and informed lists are notified of changes to the item 3 3 13 Attaching an item to a parent Items can be organized hierarchically You can either create a child item for an existing item or you can attach an item as a child to an existing parent item This sections describes how to attach an item to a parent item You must have chosen an item and you must be in edit mode for this item You can get there by either creating a new item or by editing an existing one 1 Click on the toolbar icon labeled Choose Parent 2 Anew window opens You can now define a filter by project and subsystem or directly enter the item number of the parent item Click on the Search button A list with items matching the filter appears 4 Select one of
26. gt Seve Cancel a Enter your login or user name The login name should be the same that you use in other systems for example your Windows login name This will facilitate central password management via an LDAP server b Enter your first and last name and your e mail address A confirmation e mail will be sent to this address c Select your preferred language for the user interface and all system e mails 44 3 2 Registering and changing your user profile Your system administrator will get a notification that you have registered He can assign you to an organizational unit and can give you roles in projects You will receive an e mail with a link to confirm your registration In case you do not confirm your registration within 24 hours your registration will be cancelled G Notice You will not be able to access any data until your space administrator or system administrator has granted you access rights in a project 3 2 2 Changing your password In case you are not using the central password facility LDAP you must manage your system password within Genji If you are using the central password facility your password is managed there for example on your Windows system You have already logged into the Genji server You are not using the central password facility LDAP or Single Sign On SSO for authentication 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings A L JA Mytting Proje
27. id any number of custom selection lite either at the global level vis i ET Menege Miers p muse context click right mous Report templates User rules Eo Cot centers accounts J Automall tr Actium Mansgeservwer gt d T Cmi coios B bouis g Aiya w Link bypes z5 Cartier Herm w Link types Custer forces r j zw T i FTO Wheelie pa 2 In the second navigation column click on Global lists and then on Item type You can now add item types delete item types or modify them 5 10 Custom selection lists A Tracke System Administrator Help Log of Codpt Browse workspaces Find ems w Reports Administration w Create iem v track Jy My semngs Q ad K Q Workspaces 4 aos tts nore kon Icon fle Stywe Typeflag B uius wee D ww MEETS n E Ou inem Meets J mag Testen Mecano rang tun Probiembenct i problem Report Test text Generi oap Acton em n actionitem ong Test text Generi b udin GR Meeting Requirement gt meQurements peg Test text General f Cos comers amp accounts T Problembericht TOP o mo teg Test text General le Action hem Problem Report amp milestone pag Test text Generel The type flag influences how items of that type are treated The task type flag controls synchronization with MS Project and Project Libre Only items with that type flag will be synchronized The meeting type flag controls which items will be treated as meetings You cannot delete the tas
28. otherwise users will not be able to access any project data Automatic guest login When turned on access to any system URL automatically logs the guest user into the system This is convenient if you want to make queries publicly accessible without requiring users to have an account Workspace specific item number For each item Genji generates a unique and global identification number like 4789 or 6789 If you turn on the project specific item numbering Genji will generate instead item numbers composed of a project specific prefix and a project specific integer like TRA 1 TRA 2 and so on Summary items behavior This activates automated computation of start date end date and planned value for summary items from their child items values If not set parent or summary items can have dates and planned values independent of their children which in most cases is probably not what you want Activate top down support This enables support for top down planning of budgets and dates The top down values are compared with the bottom up values and conflicts are marked For example if the budget was 100 Euro and the planned value entered 249 Administering the server by the responsible was 130 Euro this item would be marked being in a conflict state For more information have a look at Bottom up and top down Configuring site as demo site This is a switch to make installation of a demo site easy In a demo site it is not possibl
29. so that after your first import all following imports typically require just uploading the file In the next step you define how Genji should handle required values that it cannot find in your Excel spread sheet There are two options either the row is rejected or a default value is being inserted by Genji If there are problems with the spread sheet Genji will give you exact hints on the row and data it has problems with You can then correct the spread sheet and upload the file again If everything goes well Genji creates one item for each row in your spread sheet You can only import system and custom fields It is not possible to import consulted informed information costs or budgets You don t have to enter a project in your spread sheet You can select a project during the import process for all items The order ofthe columns in your spread sheet is of no importance You should just keep it the same in all subsequent imports to minimize your configuration effort Column Mapping The column headers should be mapped to the Genji fields If a column header is not mapped then the values from that column will not be imported When you use the import facility the first time Genji tries a best match of the column headers to its own fields This match is based on 1 localized field configuration localized field labels 2 notlocalized field configuration original field labels 3 field names You can now go ahead and change the m
30. state account 206 for item 188 state flag release 205 workspace 204 status phase 131 release 131 workspace 128 status type flag phase 131 release 131 workspace 128 sub filtering 86 sub phase 129 substitute 52 subsystem 132 187 Subversion link to 64 SVN 136 system property 163 T tabs 99 tags 187 task 31 task management 16 template cockpit 221 report 115 120 120 182 192 152 133 threads 31 Thunderbird iCalendar 98 time add 67 time sheet 64 TES 2927 Tomcat 262 TOL filter 69 TQLPlus filter 69 track COSt 64 time 64 work 64 TRACKPLUS_ HOME 248 trash can 35 tree filter 69 tree view mode 86 trigger 158 type flag for item state 188 U unregistered submitter automail 162 urgency 191 user assign role 128 e mail 44 login name 44 password 44 preferred locale 44 registration 44 user picker 171 171 V version control CVS 140 Git 138 linking to 64 Subversion 136 SVN 136 view mode agile board 86 Gantt diagram 86 hierarchical 86 tree 86 work breakdown structure 86 views 99 W watcher list 61 webservice SSL 228 work add 67 work breakdown structure view mode 86 workflow UML 36 workflow action 36 workflow activity 36 workflow event 36 workflow state 36 workspace automail assignments 134 cockpit template 135 copy 127 create 124 delete 126 lists 132 state flag 128 204 Status 128 workspace picker 172 workspace type export 230 restrict child workspace types 206 restrict i
31. the user name you enter here must be the same as that used on the directory server The second important parameter is the users e mail The initial password is communicated to the new user via e mail so make sure the e mail is correct If the user has forgotten his e mail he has to ask the system administrator to look it up If you as the system administrator have forgotten your password and your e mail address or the e mail connection does not work the only way to reset the password is to directly write an encrypted known password into the database There is an explanation on the user forum in the FAQ section on how to do this Modifying user parameters As a system administrator or system manager you can modify user parameters to assist the user in the configuration process or when adding a user to the system A detailed explanation of all parameters can be found in the user task section since these are the same parameters the user can change Only the system administrator can assign users to organizational units assign them an employee identification number and configure their session timeout These fields are read only for regular users Deactivating users As a system administrator or system manager you deactivate users for example if they have left the company or moved to another location Deactivating users means they are still in the database and their entire history is preserved It is possible to activate them again any t
32. 4 Select the node to which you want to add list entries or edit an existing entry Use the context menu to add or edit an entry Edit giobal at io Delete global list Copy global list D Export global list 5 Name the new entry or edit the name of an existing entry and optionally give it some style information The styles can be used to control item appearance in the item navigator Then click on the Save button Q we a C Gen as Nama TELE de Priority x P Severity Add custom entry Bem Eype E fame EMEA Custim r Lit Desctault EZ Workspace specific lists Decaun Siyi Background color Color Font waight hu Fant style sa Text decoration w You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be used to format items in the item navigator For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here 6 Forasimple list you can just add entries underneath the top list node To create a cascaded list select a second list level node and repeat the procedure from 5 5 10 Custom selection lists hare kun lun fir Syn Gert a sans EMEA Test bet Americas Tit bet You have now configured a custom list of the selected type You can assi
33. 4o EI te Ael 15 f ex 12 B iA E El Rel 4 0 backiog OD Product backlog i yo Wack Support Group by Status M pave Close Figure 3 6 Project summary configuration You can change the description of the tile to give it a more precise meaning This is particular helpful if you use more than one instance of this tile in your project for example one grouped by state and one by responsible You can select which projects and or releases you want to consider in this tile Selecting a project will include all releases of that project Last you need to select the grouping criterion You can group by Item type enables you to see the distribution between different item types like problem reports requirement changes tasks or whatever you have defined here Item state enables you to monitor project progress Current manager gives you an indication of the managers workload Current responsible gives you an indication of your team members workload Priority gives you an indication of the number of urgent items Severity gives you an indication of the number of critical items Author original author gives you an indication of who reported or authored how many items Save your configuration by clicking on the Save button You will be returned to the tile configuration Click on the back button in the toolbar area to finalize the configuration The panel The project summary tile shows you the number of items grouped by pro
34. Access data Kerinder e mails r amp ettings mganiz ation e Last Loge 2012 10 19 Le Xoanrabond un Donii tt LE V encode Western DO A M EM aparon choract r i hatin Sao atfachmon o Fr Chas be 2 amp ry layout I 3 Set your replacement person 4 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration The replacement person now has all the rights you have and will assume all roles globally and RACI roles that you have For example if you are the manager of an item the replacement will now see this item as if he was the manager However all actions the replacement person performs will be recorded as his changes not yours 3 2 12 Obtaining a new password If you have forgotten your password you can have the Genji system send you an e mail including a link so that you can create a new password It is not possible to retrieve the old password since passwords are stored in the database in an encrypted irreversible way 1 Attention Be aware that all accounts with the e mail provided by you will be set to this new password For example if you are the admin user and registered as a regular user with the same e mail address both accounts will be set to the new password T Tip If you are the only system administrator and you have forgotten your password AND your e mail address you have to enter a new known encrypted password string into the database There is information available on th
35. Cova LCPWETSSSuHy Cie Viet pir Ea 09 01 2013 500 5000 Serwer data Listare elata Lene Dubgoing e mail Incoming e mad Full bext geanch LDAP ESS QOther 4 15 12 TYPE Enterprise x 415 xem ILI ws on Gel rd at rs MOOD Gant icerum du Eines GH A Co KD 7 2 Server configuration Here you can enter the license key Just cut and paste it from the file you have received into the text area Hit the Save button in the small toolbar The number of users and the expiration date of the license key shows in the area below the text box The licensing subsystem supports a number of features The number of licenses for each feature are shown in the bottom part of this tab Important When requesting a license key make sure you supply one of the IP numbers shown on this tab Do not use the localhost IP number 127 0 0 1 or 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Make sure you are supplying the right Genji version number as shown on the top of this tab area 2 2 Outgoing e mail connection Genji can send e mails to notify users of events within Genji To this end Genji acts like any standard e mail client like Outlook or Thunderbird and needs to know how to connect to an SMTP server Genji SMTP user Ucense Outgoing e mad Incomeng e mail Full text search LDAP 550 Other SMTP user namo Track system send from System emal address SMTP server data SMTP server name SMTP security connection
36. Crete Bem v M shh Add Workspace lA Add subspa x Copy A Vine ren paien Jam ty Aa Roles TU E Retease Customize CBT Support Fam N J finaren amp Verwaltung T P Actions n Manage server gt 4 fu vere A Report templates Jh btoysjonsoum Custom forms 2 Select a workspace and click on the Copy button in the toolbar Jy Mwa uade V ut ut i DJ Wekncacs woh Gere Bast settings Delaultaettings E mail setting MI le deci y Basie praperti ub irie Bukios Prepect Dapy workspace x dj Dectrorses came You ane about to cecy a workspace Select the associated entities you want bn induce D leue Tracking mampi wr Copy X3 Electronics r g w tempe tabaki Y bir k 4 i OO aere KI Mechanical Parti a fiya geg Copy workspace soscific custam lists Coo a E L Project apaci aaxignenents entities 3 Select the configuration entities you would like to copy and click on the Copy button You have now created a new workspace based on the configuration settings of an existing workspace The two workspaces are not related to each other in any way Genji for space administrators 4 1 4 The workspace status As time goes by there will be a growing number of workspaces in the Genji database You can permanently delete workspaces but it is usually better to modify workspace visibility via the workspace status Workspaces have a status which determines its visibility When delivered Genji offers
37. Date Changed by Subject Work h Cost Account Description Total actual work 0 00 Hours Total actua cost 0 00 Work Cont Set by Budget Planned value PV 28 00 Hours Constructa Karta Estimated remaining effort Compietion Actus expense Esthemated remaining effort 2 Goto the lower part of the panel On the right side there are two little edit icons Click on the icon in the row labeled Planned value PV 3 A pop up window opens Add or modify the planned value enter some description if you like and click the oave button once you are done A new budget has now been assigned to this item The previous budget if any has been recorded in the item history You can at any time override the estimated remaining effort manually 66 3 3 Working with items All parties concerned will receive a notification e mail of this budget change if the Automail system has been configured accordingly Changing estimated remaining effort You can assign an estimated remaining effort to each item in the Genji system for projects where accounting has been enabled This estimated remaining effort shall give an indication on work progress It can be changed any time changes are not recorded in the history trail Your project administrator must have enabled accounting for this project and must have assigned accounts to this project You must have permission to edit an item that is you have been assigned a role in the project by the pr
38. Each property has a name This name is used in the full text search index When an property name is changed this change is always global even for properties that have been derived or have been overwritten at the workspace workspace type or item type level Label and tool tip Each property has a label and a tool tip property The label property is the one shown at the user interface as the label for this property The tool tip property will be displayed as a tool tip when hovering over the property 5 8 2 Item property types Items have properties like a title or the date they were last modified This section describes the types of item properties that are available in Genji New item property types can be added as plug ins without modification of the core software Short text Short text properties can contain short one line up to 50 characters text Attribute configuration ShoiTex Short text You can define a default text that appears when creating an item and you can define the minimum and maximum length of the property Specife caafigurahean i X Default Text gt lt gt When you place this property on an input form it will look like shown below Long text for descriptions Long text properties can contain longer descriptions up to many thousands of characters Long texts display as a text area for convenient editing Customizing Genji H rn Customers Descriptinn You can define a default text that ap
39. For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here A Attention When you rename an entry the change may not be reflected at the user interface This happens when you have specific localizations for the selection entries which is the case for all predefined entries In this case the localized values will be shown and not the label you define here Managing severities Severity or criticality defines how expensive it would be if this item would not be taken care of You can add delete and modify the list of available severities For each item type workspace type or workspace you can select which severities will be actually available at the user interface You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator The warning level is used by the automail notification engine In your user profile you can set the level beyond which you want to be notified of changes to items 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area Y al oe fing amp erm oe Reports Qi Seba ios NE works spec iens AL Tracke Sytem Admini L Adminin w Crain Boa o Jy Meti gt 7 WOMAN selection lists There are some
40. HTML 4 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration From now on Genji will send all notification e mails to you using the selected e mail format 3 2 8 Configuring e mail reminders In Genji items can be assigned a start and a due date If a due date is assigned the Genji system can remind you that such an item is due soon or is overdue You can set the weekdays on which you want to be reminded as well as the number of days before the due date that you want to get the reminder 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings 4 Administrator Se Cree Bem ve JA omMysed mgs Projects Anomal azsigraments na M Users groups C Generate iCalendar UBL L fe Customize G idii bd Actions b D ene EM chs a Pianege server amm mz 2 Select the tab labeled Reminder e mails ra Sore Access data Reminder e mods Other settings Gener al settings Q pe MTM Plan Poles o z o z o Remue bevels and bead o gelegentich 0 vix geri 0 VW o o 9 3 Select the minimum priority level and severity level that an item must have to cause a reminder message This way you can make sure you get reminder e mails only for items important to you 4 Setthe number of days you want to be informed in advance before a due date comes up Days lead 5 Set the weekdays on which you want to be informed e g each Monday and Wednesday Remind me on You wil
41. Save button Linking items You can link items directly from the item navigator 1 In the item navigator mark at least two items you like to link to each other qe Fi TP Integration 7 Total nuenber of boma found 3 Filipe 3 Laj 5 mam Project Tite 2 Click on the Action button and select from the menu Link items 3 Select the desired link type eventually add parameters and save sy wame D s mem BT integration Total amber of Bee four J Filtered J QA Eo Projet Tike Sat Respovaitle Lr ONT Support L Finanren k Venwalbng DO L TT Hepie 7 L Leader cirio l Marketing amp Vertrieb Lo Therwrngwichee li Thinm sgraben lj XB aser Printer The items are now linked with each other You can use this link when defining filters For some link types the associated logic may prevent you from closing items linked to open items or give you a temporal order like finish start or finish finish 92 3 5 Item navigator Related Links Item linking Creating a template based report You can create a report from the item set shown in the item navigator Reports enable you to present item information in many different ways like charts tables texts etc 1 Click on the Action button and select from the menu Reports 2 Youare guided to the report management area where you can select the desired report Exporting to another Genji instance You can expo
42. System attributes Custom attributes 3 Inthe right area we click on the Derive button in the toolbar You shouldn t change the property name since this could break report templates that use it Property name changes are always global Add ait rs ee Tun DD andad maribu configurations Amribuse configuracion Spem atribunes ere Anemie V Custoem attributes 3 qe em type specific contig a HOORRS Toop uet bo depriscabed bo cee Gert Boa 4 Change the label and tool tip 5 8 Item properties Addaeribue ed sns Qus a ie sanded anini oanfigurations Mttribula configuration A Custom attr bubes 4 p jiem type spedfic config ak E a Accused rev HOOPS 5 Click on the Save button in the toolbar In the tree area the property has changed from a light color to a strong color indicating that this is a derived property Q Add mirbute ny Drie O 4 QD Standerd aroue config ranons System arri ers A Custom attribute p lem type spect config You have created a derived property and overwritten the global property for item types Task with the derived version All forms for tasks will have the new label instead of the original one The property itself is still the same global property though Note You can revert this operation and return back to the global setting by right clicking on the derived property in the tree area and then selecting Reset Q ddamibus usse Rene a Qj andad
43. T Congure Item and custom Is e g pirig sewrtty FTO Workspace p 2 Inthe second navigation column click on Global lists and then on Item state You can now add states delete states or modify them 5 10 Custom selection lists P x A Tiacke System Adm nigrator Hep Log off w M i s Ld macit Cockpit Browse workspoomy Aird fern Anpi Arninistratiom Erosie ra ce tra Jg Prang au Wert a Qi caca is icon boon ie ye Percent complets Tyneflag HE Used gx opened aa opened gif Test bext Bait anahyzed t analyzed gi Test bet ichs Guineas assigned assigned gif Test beg aktive T Mangt Fiery Phan s ne DES Dust tema 7 processing processing a processing nif Test tex he he User rins gi imgiemenied VEE TS E bmpiermenedci Test bet enhe You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be used to format items in the item navigator For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here 1 Attention When you rename an entry the change may not be reflected at the user interface This happens when you have specific localizations for the selection entries which is the case for all predefined entries In this case the loc
44. This replacement user will be entered in all places where the now to be deleted user has been registered in previously The replacement user will thus inherit the entire history of the user that is about to be removed To delete a user from the system use the delete action button for this user on the left side of the user list screen Viewing a users role assignments Select a user in the list and click on the Role assignments button in the toolbar You will get a list with projects and the roles this user has been assigned for these projects Assigning a cockpit to users As a system administrator or system manager you can assign one of the cockpit templates to a set of users Select the users with the check boxes then click on the Assign cockpit button in the toolbar Select the desired cockpit template and click OK Synchronizing Genji with an LDAP directory You can synchronize your Genji list of users with your LDAP directory Entries found in the LDAP directory but not in Genji are created in Genji Entries found in Genji but not in your LDAP directory can be automatically deactivated in Genji set parameter deactivateUnknown t rue You can configure Genji to perform the synchronization automatically on a regular basis or initiate the synchronization manually from the user administration interface By default automatic synchronization is disabled To enable it you need to modify some entries in file webapps track WEB INF quartz j
45. a role in The same holds true for all other baskets like the reference basket or the next action basket You can look into other peoples baskets Visibility of items is not determined by the basket an item is in but by the space it belongs to 2 1 4 Groups You can organize users in groups Groups help you managing large number of users Users can belong to many groups In most respects groups are treated just like users e g they can be assigned roles they can have an e mail address and they can be assigned to items Group Developers a Group Team RSX Users that belong to a group inherit the roles this group is assigned to Groups can be configured such that access permissions are automatically transferred between members of that group The transfer only takes places for permissions associated with RACI roles If for example a group member is responsible for an item all other members of the same group would have the permissions just as if they themselves were the responsible for that item Item 4633 Item 4638 Originator Tom Manager John Responsible Mary Originator Tom Manager John Responsible Mary With group inheritance Without group inheritance John Tom John Mary and Chris are in the same group It is good practice defining groups and then assigning groups to roles rather than single persons This reduces the maintenance work when people come and go since yo
46. action management activities It contains all items that you yourself want to take care of as soon as possible Anything taking less than two minutes you do right away without placing it into this basket Only you yourself can place items in this basket and nobody else Items that need to be done by a specific date or time you place into the calendar basket Items that you have delegated you put into the delegated waiting basket Once an item has been either transferred to another responsible or has been closed it is removed from the next actions list 2 3 5 Planned items An item might require more than a single action to be taken care of and might involve a number of people to work on Such items are moved to the planned items basket and detailed further there Items show up in your planned items basket if you are responsible or manager of such items according to the RACI scheme Also shown are all items that are in other peoples planned items baskets if you are a space manager and these items belong to spaces you manage Planned items are typically organized in traditional project work breakdown structures product structures or product backlogs release backlogs or iteration backlogs It is beyond the scope of this manual to describe how to develop such structures In general it is wise to structure the planned items according to intermediate and final deliverables like documents features software hardware mechanical parts e
47. add 67 add attachment 57 58 comment 57 consulted 61 custom list 195 expense 6 7 informed 61 item link 63 iteration 129 parent item 61 phase 129 planned value 65 release 129 sprint 129 work 67 add role 153 address server url 249 agile board 94 agile board view mode 86 Apache Tomcat 262 Apache web server 262 arrange cockpit tiles 100 artifact 31 assign access rights 128 cockpit 221 custom form 180 form 180 assign automail 161 assign role 128 attachment add 57 58 attachments Copy 62 automail filter 95 trigger 95 turn off 50 unregistered submitter 162 automail assignment workspace default 134 automail condition 29 96 160 automail trigger 29 96 158 B bar chart 116 base address 249 basket 71 baskets 86 budget 65 bug tracking 16 16 bulk operation 90 91 buttons enabled 68 C calendar 35 35 cascaded select 187 cascading select 169 170 170 certificate SSL 257 TEST change budget 66 dates 60 item state 60 item workspace 59 planned value 66 change item type 58 change password 45 change project item 58 charts 116 child item create 62 Class 132 classes 187 cockpit layout 100 cockpit template workspace specific 135 comment add 57 rich text 54 condition for automail 160 configuration inheritance 40 configure agile board 94 automail 98 automail condition 96 automail trigger 96 CSV character 46 48 e mail format 48 notification level 47 configuring reminder e mails 49 consult
48. and an agile board From the item area you can perform mass operations on a selected set of items like closing all of them or changing a date or assigning them to somebody else 2 52 Filters Filters are used by queries and reports to define a set of items based on a set of criteria Filters limit the set of items that are either passed to a query for display in the item navigator or for display in a report document Filters form the last stage in the permission system Filters can have parameters When you run a query based on such a filter you will be asked to fill in the actual value for that parameter This permits to define complex queries where just one or two criteria change from time to time 38 2 5 Queries filters views and reports All items in the database System filter based on roles and permissions Item filter Visible items Figure 2 13 Item filtering structure Related Links Permissions on page 27 Permissions control what information can be accessed Permissions are tied to roles By assigning roles to users in spaces you define the users permissions in that space 2 5 3 Reports With reports you can obtain any information from the Genji database in almost any conceivable format like graphics PDF Word HTML XML or Excel While you work with queries all the time you create reports typically just once in a while Reports are based on datasources filters and templates The re
49. and the values from the resource file are being ignored guage English S v Track UT labels Y Import Cancel Figure 5 3 Importing localized texts from a resource file Last you select if the import file is for standard user interface texts or for system list custom properties etc After you have made your choices click on Import to import the resources into your Genji system Automated Loading of Resources Rather than manually updating all required resources you can put them into specific files and locations on disk If Genji finds resource files there during system start up it will load them into the database You need to provide the following structure TRACKPLUS HOME resources MyApplicationResources properties TRACKPLUS HOME resources MyApplicationResources en properties TRACKPLUS HOME resources MyApplicationResources de properties and so on for other languages The system lists properties item types etc you need to place into the following files TRACKPLUS HOME resources MyBoxResources properties TRACKPLUS HOME resources MyBoxResources en properties TRACKPLUS HOME resources MyBoxResources de properties and so on for other languages Managing the system Topics System manager tasks overview Managing regular users Managing clients Managing groups Managing organizational units Managing cockpit templates Importing data Exporting data from Genji Using the TC command line client 213 Managing the sy
50. any HTML tags here The locale displayed to the user will depend on the users preferred language setting in his browser since this is before login and Genji does not recognize the user yet 7 5 Observing and managing server state Sometimes it is necessary to prevent users from accessing the system for example if a new version is to be deployed or other maintenance tasks have been scheduled Server accessibility may also be effected by the number of users registered because of license restrictions There is a state page available which permits to disable new server logins and which gives an overview over the number of users currently logged on the number of active and deactivated users the total number of projects and items In the top toolbar select Administration Manage server Server state 252 Server status log messages General information Version 4 0 1 189 Server IP address es 85 214 247 68 Max number of active users 500 500 0 Statistics Number of workspaces main subspaces 16 7 9 Number of tems 2 Number of full users active deactivated 19 19 0 Number of easy users active Geactiveted 0 0 0 Number of users currently logged in 0 1 0 N menvatrahor Track System Cluster nodes 88 214 247 88 Database MYSQL 5 1 67 0ubuntuo 10 04 1 7 5 Observing and managing server state IDC driver MySQUAB JDBC Driver mysai connector iaa 5 1 22 Revision bzrrevision id Database
51. assign which workspace types are available for a subspace or child workspace for the selected parent workspace type For example you can define that for a workspace of tpye Helpdesk you can only create child workspaces of the same type Drag the workspace types you want to make available from the right column to the left column If you don t drag any there all will be available BE Dextrocscs Proyect z Here you cen limit the workspace types eveileble for subspaces of amp workspace of workspace BS Gener Space type Helpdesk Support Drag a workspace type with your mouse to the desired column You ps Can lave the left column empty if you want to make all workspace types available gy Restrict item types Asso ned Available d Restrict statuses Helosesh Supp BE Qectronscs Project BE Generic Space Rene portes EE Mechanik Projekt o gt Restrict severites BT Restrict child types BE Semple Project ty Restrict roles BE Software Project ee item attributes BE Standard Project BE System Projekt BE very Simole Project ya Fores OO Assign Workfiows BE Mochariic Projekt BT Prate Project Bt Simpie Project 87 Ro warn Propet Bt Sander Project BD System Projekt BE Very Seele Project Defining and assigning custom properties You can define custom properties specifically for each workspace type You could overwrite property properties at this level for example because you need to call items issues in some projects and bugs in another
52. at one time but you want to have them listed as they occurred Y Add work cost m 250801 SW Development v Expense date 09 25 2013 t Bug analysis Leave eir esumate ALO acyust 4 Clickthe Add button to add this expense to the item A new expense has now been logged towards this item There are no e mail notifications associated with writing expenses towards items A new estimated remaining effort has now been assigned to this item in case you have chosen the auto adjust option For example if an original planned value of 50 hours is entered the initial estimated remaining effort will be set to 50 hours If work of 10 hours is added by default the estimated remaining effort will go down to 40 hours Let us assume you now manually change the estimated remaining effort to 45 hours since you found out in the meantime that this task will take you longer than originally anticipated If you now add another 6 hours of work the estimated remaining effort will go down to 39 hours If later on you should decide to make the budget change public you can change the planned value to 45 hours The estimated remaining effort will not be changed by this operation 3 3 21 Permissions The options you have in working with a specific item depend on your role s in the project and your relation to this item This section describes the behaviour of Genji with regard to item permissions Enabled and Disabled Tabs The following tabs are d
53. attritete configurations hs Gestern attributes T Custom attributes Modifying properties You can modify properties globally For system properties you can only change the name label and tool tip For custom properties you can change anything except for the property type You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt ltem properties Alternatively click on the Customize Item properties bar in the left navigation area Customizing Genji Addamnbum e oe E oil Py Nm A Custom atiribubes T Angah jm MC S prut ir nfl I7 Participants pn Hem type specific config ES Workspace Eype soecifie attribute oo ES Workspace L3 Nunc v Jy My settings DD stance stribute configuration l Workspaces ifiguration HA Users amp groups F Mame Custemize H d Manage fibers i Actions t Report templates Manegeserver gt Wy user roles Cost centers amp accounts 2 Anew screen appears consisting of a tree structure on the left and a context dependent edit area on the right The tree structure depends on whether your are logged in as system administrator or project administrator In the tree click on the property you want to modify In the example shown we will change the label and behaviour of system property EndDate on a global level Aarbu save lt Q sunca aantute con
54. aware that this can change accessibility of the item and the list of available states for another state change may have changed This is defined by the workflow for this project and item type For example it may not be possible to change an item from state closed to opened only reopened may be possible People that are on the watch list of this item will be sent an e mail of the state change if their automail is configured such 3 3 11 Changing start and due date Items can have start and due dates These dates are being used to notify users of items that are due soon and to mark unresolved items as late Start and due dates are also being used for Gantt diagrams This section describes how to add or modify start and due dates You must have retrieved the item where you want to add or change start and due dates This can be done by entering the item number in the search field by selecting the item from the item overview or by using the Edit entry of the context menu of the item overview You must have been granted edit permissions for this item You will not see an Item Actions menu entry if you do not have proper permissions You must have been granted permission to add and change start and due dates for this item If this is not the case you will see these fields deactivated 1 From the item detail page select action icon Edit 60 3 3 Working with items 2 he screen switches into edit mode By default t
55. being due or overdue reminder e mails In your user profile you can configure the conditions and frequency for reminder e mails In your user profile you can also decide to switch off e mail notifications entirely This section discusses the principles and functionality for automail due to item activities like creating items adding comments and so on A complete automail configuration consists of three steps 1 Defining automail triggers 2 Defining automail conditions 3 Assigning automail trigger and conditions to projects For more information on the concepts behind the automail system go to Triggers and conditions 5 6 1 Automail triggers Via automail triggers you can define what events or actions fire a message to you in a specific role If the message passes your automail conditions you will receive the message There are two types of actions that can trigger a message create actions and edit actions You can define automail triggers separately for both types of actions You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Automail Alternatively click on the Customize Automail bar in the left navigation area 5 6 Customizing automail Copt Dicens wecricipescogms fied Gem oe Reports himinin wn Crewe fem oe Ju Heng Jy My settings 5 Jo Workspace xl Automall ansannenents 0 Werkspaces HR Users B groups D terra triggers HO Users A groups
56. bolded or colored text lists etc 7 Enter any other information that you know of and that is required Since screens can be item type dependent you may see different fields and tabs in different projects and for different item types 8 When you are done entering the data hit the Save icon at the top You have created a new item which is the child item of the original item 3 3 15 Creating a sibling item Items can be organized hierarchically You can either create a sibling item for an existing child item which is convenient when you create a number of child items for the same parent This sections describes how to create a child item as a sibling to an existing child item You must have chosen a child item and you see the item detail view of that child 1 Click on the toolbar icon labeled Add sibling 2 Onthe screen that appears select the desired project and item type The default will be your last selection Mark the check box if you want to keep this item hidden from anybody else This will mark your new item as private it will really only be visible to yourself You can change this to a public item any time later on if you wish Click the Next button 4 The new item screen appears This screen may have been configured specifically for this project and item type Some fields are mandatory they will always be there Enter a title or short summary of your item in the title field 6 Enter a full description o
57. can be added to each item you can add figures source code or other documents to a requirement Action item There may be use for a rather unspecific list of action items at the project management level Document A document is used for the Wiki It is essentially a single Wiki page and can be exported to a Word document based on a template Document section A document section is a child part of a document It can be exported into a Word document as a paragraph Document sections can contain other docuemnt sections Customizing Genji Item type Document folder Description Documents can be organized in folders s Table 5 5 Suggestions for additional item types Item type Implementation error Milestone Risk Release notes Templates Description There was some problem found in the implementation i e the requirements are correct but the implementation is not Keeping a list with important milestones could be the shortcut version of keeping a list with work packages Project management without a current list of relevant risks is not really complete Once a requirement has been implemented or a bug has been fixed you can copy it from the bug list to the release notes list Once a release is assembled you can extract a report filtering for the release notes list This way you can make sure you have all changes included in your release notes This list permits to define templates that may be copied to new li
58. carry out this transition This will lead to a more practical workflow than if you just go ahead and consider the good case not taking into account the many exceptions that might happen in the course of a project 5 3 Managing filters You can define any number of filters and reuse them for selection a set of items You can modify these filters anytime later on and publish them so that others can use them You can create parametrized filters that predefine most conditions and ask for one or more parameters when they are being used 5 3 1 Defining a filter 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters Y T 1o Ovtstand ng My items I m the manager T Last used tamas Ld os AAmir Create amp em v we ite iy Dexcvate Juse iem Nace Mimiristratey Tracks System Bojer Adrian Barbe Lena Ernst Manuela Friedrich Barbe Fnecren eg Fredrich Matthars Guest John Henderson Fred Lang Hartmut Margincen Mihei Mra David Pich Gabriele Publ Viewer nage filters create new ones or ute an minting one to Qet specific view with ist of items Seem sees ntur 2 In the toolbar area first select a folder then click on Add filter x dw ess d Give this filter a good name Mark the check box Subscribe if you want to add this filter into your Find items menu Y s La Fired ierma s Tassuneslraban Prete aod c Broject AB bugs 40 In the window that appears define your f
59. column size in the item navigator by dragging the separation bar in the column header 9 Try to rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position 10 Add some more columns by clicking on the Columns button in the small toolbar 11 Select the hierarchical view mode by clicking on the little symbol in the top right of the item navigators grid area 12 Select an item and drag it above or below another item 13 Right click on an item and indent it creating an item hierarchy 20 1 5 Taking Genji for a test drive FILTERS ule E Takt Sao Tatal number of hems found 124 Filtered 124 F Filter GP Actions E Hierarchia view WEG yt a2 jj pects A aa BenNe Maian Tile Soba Gd My private project H E Tanga E Track Sa Templin Ex mmal from irm apink RE La PI Track Sa Briefe teat serpari far erra apud gt E Tace mn 1g 271 Track Ta Hors arr ks on eared repent processing s E tacks an al Gum Track Sn Synchronize aka departments by LIP wpne BL TN gun Tracks a POF reports dont work eth lt font ubyles ortace werdara when font mot opened ih Toeki Seppet al gan Track Sa Works rs chacdad be crabe creed a F FUTTER 1m DE Track Sox Add user domains for matenan instarlaons wud P nakd rrie Fi aan Track a LOA atirixute for enabled deabied person red 31 msa n Dan Track S a Enhanced daigy acd a new hra with praed farm paker opened CT ones mn hnr Track faa impre paring of stan iier mamng F Oond nicest n
60. customize it to your liking in as many languages as you need This permits you to fit Genjito your terminology rather than have you to adapt to the Genji terms To edit Genji terminology or localize your own properties and list entries go to Administration Customize Locale Editor o9 Y ui S L Cockpt Browse workspaces Find toms w Reports Administration w Create item v Ju My settings T ih imon Mecot d ocete 2 f Scere omm a Select a leaf node and enter the localize 41 HB Users amp groups Goo less p em type T Menage view ftos aj Status Report templates 9 Prity Vy User roles A Severty BD Coat carters socpunts BE Workspace soecfc ists ig System statuses J Amal ie Feld Unk types 63 Xr Custom forms A Unk J Custom fields amp Role i sts 7 Personal basket D System statuses TJ Action er Worksoeor types 4 Z3 Tracks Ut labels 43 admin ic Workflow s J actors EE a Scripts Qu Figure 5 1 Localizing resources To customize any object select it in the tree second column from the left In the right area you will get a screen as shown in the figure below hist Bppboet Wb es 4 CJ Locelanbie entes Reference language Defauk Target language English 4i E ws Name Referee arguse Target language oi nan oe Tack D Priority Prnhiem Rezert Ji Severity Actin Irm BE Workspace specific liis Fassparerment Figure 5 2 Modifying localized text In the leftmost column in the right area you see
61. database static WSPersonBean getAllUsersBeans 232 static static static static static static static static static static static java lang String WSRoleAssignmentBean Javas langs String WSGroupEditBean java lang String java lang String java lang String WSPersonEditBean WSPersonEditBean java lang String WSPersonBean 233 6 9 Using the TC command line client Gets an array with all users registered in the systems database getAssignmentRolesByProject java lang String projectID Gets a JSON string list with roles assignments which user has which roles for a project or workspace getAssignmentRolesByProjectBeans java lang Strin projectID Gets a list with roles assignments which user has which roles for a project or workspace getGroupEdit java lang String grouplcb Gets a group bean you can modify and save back getGroupEditBean java lang String group LD Gets a group bean you can modify and save back getPersonEdit java lang Integer personID Gets a JSON string of a user based on his integer object id getPersonEdit java lang String personID Gets a JSON string of a user based on his object id getPersonEditByLoginName java lang String loginName Gets a JSON string of a user based on his login name getPersonEditBean java lang String personID Gets a bean of a user based on his object id getPersonEditBeanByLoginName ja
62. earliest start or end date You can either choose the start or the end date for this feature For example if you choose to move the earliest start date all other start dates will keep their existing time difference to the item with the earliest start date If you want to keep the time difference to the end dates as well you need to mark this with the provided check box Copying a set of Items You can copy a selected set of items or execute actions on a whole set of items and in the process change properties like start and end dates responsible persons states etc Make sure you have the bulk selection column activated It always shows in the first column To activate the bulk selection column click on the Choose columns button on the top right You can use this feature for check lists that need to be processed repeatedly for simple workflows that occur again and again for test plans that are copied to test protocols and so on A standard way using this feature is to create a project with item templates for example for check lists and copy them as a set to the actual project they are being used in Another approach would be to keep the template in a separate item type and change the item type during the copy process 1 Inthe first column mark the items you want to modify using a set operation H My issues Total number of Reems found 19 Fikered 19 vy gt o issue No Propet 5ynopsis S Duk cdt a 10 Projekt ex ach innere encov
63. flow control 36 folders 28 follow up 35 35 forgot password 52 form action 178 assign 180 copy 185 create 180 delete 186 modify 183 overview 178 G Gantt diagram 116 Gantt view mode 86 Getting things done 71 Git 138 global filtering 86 groups 26 GID calendar 35 delegated 35 follow up 35 in basket 34 next actions 34 planned items 34 guest account 162 H hide fields 157 hierarchy 61 HTML tag 54 iCalendar configure 98 207 import custom list 203 import from Excel 55 223 in basket 34 34 inactive project permissions 68 incubator 35 informed add 61 initial state 36 input mask assign 180 copy 185 create 180 delete 186 modify 183 issue management 16 issue tracking 16 item add parent 61 change item type 58 change project 58 create 54 date 60 hierarchy 61 link item 63 move 58 59 private 54 properties 31 31 property 33 public 54 rich text 54 to new workspace 59 item description 54 item filter 38 item handling overview 54 item link add 63 item navigator left area modes 86 standard layout 88 sub filtering 86 view modes 86 item overview 69 item properties short text 165 item property cascading select 169 170 170 check box 168 date 166 double 167 integer 167 multiple select 169 simple select 168 169 user picker 171 171 workspace picker 172 item property type 165 item select 169 item state change 60 modify 60 item type restrict access 156 iteration add 129 delete 130 J
64. for a release is not reversible 4 3 Managing releases phases 1 In the top toolbar select Administration Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 Select the Assign roles node in the second navigation area from the left ot A Take System Administrator He Log off al bse Re My settings lzj Warlapaces vi Uie Cored Drag one or more utes from the list on the right to the left column to assign gt a Or Bl EI them roie Responsible for workspace Integration space gt I ors Tl Reese Cy intermes Usts EO Kunde 1 f Finanzen amp Verwaltung F Manage fiters fp Manager 2 Name Organizational ur Grup Name Organizational ur Group Report templates i Administratoe Support No AA Wed Ne Lf TT Helpdesk Custom forms Bos Dan cro Ne wee User Constraxtion No Leader circte A Custom fields Coder Barbara SW Developm No Se Uum No j Marketing R Vertriebs OF Worktows Kc User No 4 Selectthe releases node in the second navigation area from the left This node will only appear if the workspace type this workspace belongs to has releases enabled 5 Select the release to be deleted either in the right list area or in the third navigation area Click on the Delete release button in the toolbar or use the context menu 6 You will be asked to confirm the delete operation If th
65. for how to configure TRACKPLUS HOME The keystore file itself has to have the ending ks and the basename should correspond to the e mail server hostname The certificate file you got from your provider in the above example is theServersCertificate cer If you experience problems with the approach above or your want to use TLS encrypted connections rather than SSL you need to import self generated certificates into the Java keystore directly Change to the bin directory of the Java runtime environment being used by your application server e g Tomcat and import the certificate as follows here for a Windows system cd SJAVA_HOME bin keytool import alias lt alias gt file LtheServersCertifilcate crt keystore lib security cacerts You will be prompted for a password If it hasn t been changed from the default it is changeit 7 13 Adding your company logo The license conditions permit you to replace the Genji logo by your own company logo as long as the modified version of Genji is not distributed outside the company to which this logo belongs For example it is possible to replace the Genji logo with the Bosch logo as long as this modified version of Genji is used inside Bosch It is not permitted to place for example a Sagem logo onto Genji and have Bosch use this modified version inside Bosch To replace the Genji logo with your companies logo you have to replace the following files TRACKPLUS HOME logos trackLogo png 68x28 f
66. from Excel If it is the same then the change was made only in Genji and not in Excel Consequently the Genji value will be silently preserved and the user will not be asked for conflict resolution Otherwise the user will be involved in the conflict handling process In case a field has no explicit history recording field changes are only recorded in the common history For such fields there is no reliable way to find out whether such a field was modified only in Genji or also in Excel Therefore when at least one common history entry exists after the last edit date in Excel then each changed field without explicit history is subject to conflict handling 225 Managing the system If there is no history data since last edit then the change in the Excel file will overwrite the Genji value without conflict resolution 6 7 2 Importing space type configurations You can import complete configurations including custom properties and screens from other Genji instances This permits you to develop a Genji configuration on one machine and transfer it to a production machine when it is ready It furthermore gives you the option to quickly pick up one of the preconfigured setups for your application area like software development hardware development mechanical engineering and so on You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 Goto Administration Customize Workspace types 2 Clickon the Importbutton The workspac
67. go to the bottom part of the screen and select the Comment tab Then click on the Add button there 2 Enter your comment You may use rich text formatting elements to format the comment 3 Click on Add to file this comment for addition to this item The comment has been added to the item People that are on the watch list of this item are being sent an e mail containing the comment 3 3 7 Adding an attachment Each item can have any number of attachments The size of an attachment might have been limited by the system administrator Attachments containing text can be included in the full text search This section describes how to add an attachment to an item You must have retrieved the item to which you want to add an attachment This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the overview report or by creating a new item You must have been granted edit permissions for this item or you are permitted to create an item You will not see an Edit action symbol or Create Item menu entry if you do not have proper permissions 37 Genji for team members 1 Fromthe item detail page bottom part click on tab Attachments or follow the procedure to create a new item and also click on tab Attachments in the bottom part of the screen 2 Click on the Add button Alternatively you can drag and drop the file to the toolbar area right of the toolbar buttons In this case you can
68. has a status which determines its visibility to regular users and what can be done within that workspace For more information have a look at The workspace status I P j vr d o E Y i t E Track Sytem Admino Help Log off i i i Cockpit Braw veorkapaces Find iem e Reports Administration w Create Gere o track Jy My settings fd Sre Coed Workspaces Basecaetings Defauitsettimgs E mail pettings ULCENENENN EXE UTR j CHT Sunen Z Ham k varanna DescripEicin p B Sog J TT Hepek J Marketing amp Vertrieb Ja Team Tresmersoeschir Workspace type CBT TP Integration 5 Workspace state in papes x f Jp AITH With links you can relate work items to other items even across workspaces and hierarchies For example you could mark duplicates or relate items to test cases or you could create relations like this item must not start 30 days after the linked item has been finished When your system has been configured to use space specific item numbers you need to enter a unique prefix like TRP The workspace specific item numbers will be prefixed with this string When you enable work and cost management you will be able to monitor work progress using the earned value method and keep track of planned efforts and actual hours spent for each item You have to have accounting configured before you can use this With releases you can structure your workspace along the time axis Usung Linking
69. have any access permissions for are invisible to you Via access control permissions you define if you can create an item in a space if you can be assigned an item or whether you can see all items in a space or only your own If you manage projects you can directly associate a project with a space If you manage products it is useful to relate a product or product family with a space and product components with subspaces Defining subspaces only makes sense if you have large teams and if you need to control access to different parts of your project or product For example if you are developing technical products comprised of hardware components software and mechanical parts you could create a top level project space for the system and below separate spaces for hardware 24 2 1 Access control software and mechanics In very large projects you could create more subspaces for components or you could create spaces for components at the second level and beneath that split into hardware software and mechanics SW component 1 SW component S2 Component K3 ME component M1 ME component M2 Figure 2 2 Spaces and sub spaces In some environments it is required that members of a group inherit permissions of other members in the same group For example if you have a multi company project members of one company should be able to see items of other members of the same company but not items of other companies In that case access ri
70. icon 2 he screen changes and a floating box appears on the right side containing a list with all available tiles 3 With your right mouse key click into the tile you like to configure If a tile can be configured there will be a Configure option in the context menu that appears 4 The form that appears depends on the kind of tile Make the appropriate changes and save them 5 You will be returned to the cockpit design page When you are done click on the Back icon in the toolbar You have changed the device configuration You will now see the cockpit configured with the new device options My items overview To obtain a quick overview how many items related to you are not closed yet the My items overview tile is well suited It displays in a concise manner for how many items you are either the original author or the current responsible or the current manager The Panel The My items overview does not require any configuration The panel looks like shown below There are three columns Responsibles items those items you are currently responsible for My items all items where you are either the original author author current responsible or manager Managers items those items you are the current manager of Mr ITEMS Dm nanseuhie I Ta Ehe originator 43 Tm the manager 4 Track Jac ilil E Tuck 1 4 1 ENNHE Take d 5 1 E Trick d x E Wrack 4c 4 racks Ax j n Figure 3 5 The my items tile e Note On
71. it from the item overview using the context menu right mouse click on the item number or be on the item detail page of that item Changing item type Genji organizes items in different lists called item types You can move an item from one item type to another How to do this is outlined below You must have retrieved the item which you want to move to another item type list or project This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the overview report You must have been granted edit permission for this item Item actions will be disabled if you do not have proper permissions 1 From the item overview click on tool bar icon Move 2 Anew screen appears Select the new item type 3 Click on the Next button 4 A new screen appears Here you may change other parameters related to the item type change This form might have been configured by your system administrator 5 Once you are done with changing other parameters click on the Move button The item will now be in the chosen item type list and has been removed from the old list Caution Be aware that this can change a number of things including your right to access this item For example there could be other states available or other properties or input masks People that are on the watch list of this item will be sent an e mail of this change if notifications are configured accordingly Moving items to anoth
72. it will not delete any data For example if in the source instance attachments have been deleted since the last synchronisation in the target instance these attachments will remain active To import data go to Administration Import Import from other Track eoo Administration Fa x Administratie s o min arrioe c IE coop Qf Ls oe Fa IT AS o fl Y a D Cod Browse projects Find items w Reports Administration Create ikem Bh import WARNING This is a far reaching operation Piensa make a database backup first Flags smieci a fie Track ze Vernm amp D 2 71Enterwiue D 201 5resehess Trcapius Use the file selection box to select the file to import This file has to be exported previously from another compatible Genji instance Click on the Import button in the tool bar The data in the file will be imported into your Genji instance and merged with any existing data 6 7 4 Importing workflows You can import sets of workflows from another Genji instance This permits you to use one of the pre configured workflows for your application area or you can develop your own workflows on a development system and move them to a production environment once they are ready 6 8 Exporting data from Genji You can export items and configuration data to a variety of systems including Excel sheets MS Project files and other Genji instances 228 6 8 Exporti
73. item property However items can have properties that are not visible on a form Note If you want to use an property you have to place it on an input form so that it can be accessed see Customizing forms All properties are global but their properties like label tool tip and selection list can be overwritten for each item type for each workspace type and item type for each workspace and item type Property properties are inherited down the hierarchy system item type workspace type and workspace A workspace manager may define or overwrite custom properties only at the workspace level For more information have a look at Configuration inheritance This approach fosters reuse of existing custom property definitions across many workspaces makes it easy to change configurations globally while preserving full flexibility down to each workspace The figure below shows at the top the global configuration When defining system and custom properties at this level all workspaces and item types will automatically inherit this configuration unless they overwrite it locally The item type specific configuration permits to define system and custom properties differently for each item type If things are configured here in all workspaces for these item types this configuration will be visible QU Add miente a e a Qi rraniam attzite rnfigunabans you cin Gon Dysbern stiri Anribube cam 53 Custom altribul F Amm n 3 m ona leat 4 g
74. just items with a specific state or a specific priority Standard tile The following figure shows the standard tile with a single release of a project and no grouping On the left side you can see the four temporal categories for items overdue due this week due next week and all others All others means that they either have no due date set or the due date is beyond the end of next week Each temporal category is further structured by items that you yourself work on items where you are registered as the manager and all items of that temporal category The all row includes the two previous rows The completion is calculated as the sum of booked work sum of booked work estimated remaining work Note that the original planned value is not considered in the calculation of the completion grade The rightmost column display how much of the original planned work has already been spent If this value exceeds the completion grade the project will most likely suffer a cost overrun Genji for team members At the bottom two additional numbers are displayed The first number gives an indication how much a project is behind schedule The second number gives an indication how well a project performs just looking at the current week If this figure is close to the number of people currently working on the tasks due times the remaining number Budget summary Number of Sum planned Sum booked Estimated remaining Completion Consumption o
75. kem DEODEITIGS QVEPVIO VU escia A Der ERGO A EE 163 T dr a A E 165 Shere vel ars Ollie m0 06 g Aig 2 6 8 qi SNR ETT 172 5 9 CUSTOMIZING TOM RM 178 s91 Caton orme acions and Teld aso oo 178 AMMO E O MR mE 180 SD E E E Gs a E E E Mean eee en ee PRO n ne 187 MOA Custom lists OVEViEWinsssieecenierunn aaar aaar earan aE E aE Earann 187 510 2 Managing lists TOI Systeri Propertie S si a ERR ARN 188 5 103 Managing lists tor customi Propere S sessies metet ned EA TAERE 195 S MENS ues uo NNI ENT 204 5 11 1 Managing workspace StateS cssssssssssssssscecccccsssssssseesssssssesssssssssssseesssssscecceessssssesssssssssensssssssssssssessssssceccecsseecessesssssseeenasssssss 204 S112 Managing release Sale Sunon a A T HORRRUURRU RUNI ORDEN A BR 203 AE A Cee OUI E UN E E E E unde eaneis 206 ALT T T NR T EEA EEEE AR 206 5 13 Managing locales and terMiINOlOGY cccscssssssssssssssssssssesssssseeccecsssssessssssssssessssssssssesssssssssecceesseceessssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssceessseceessessssees 211 ae ERE E RE RTT TRENT 213 o T System Wile NAG SIS SOI IN E escas ddatecdned Xi s dites Dentes tenait Deen 214 SEPA Yee Re SPI MU S CM c 214 oA Voce SisEe TET Om 218 g ssisekemgei qm eR 219 POI cents Dy e maL SUOMIS S OPE gebe UR RBUR ORE E tcn RR 219 Assigning roles to client USef Ss ssiiacaahtdi addi br ERR HENCE Ua RERO RIA 219 Limited client user DEFMISSIONS u ccssssssssssssss
76. lt BaseDN for group synchronization gt lt key gt baseDnGroup lt key gt lt value gt dc itk engineering dc de lt value gt lt entry gt Sentry Deactivate users unknown in LDAP gt lt key gt deactivateUnknown lt key gt lt value gt true lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt LDAP filter expression for users gt lt key gt ldapFilter lt key gt lt value gt lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt LDAP filter expression for groups lt key gt ldapFilterGroups lt key gt value objectClass groupOfNames lt value gt entry lt entry gt lt key gt firstName lt key gt lt value gt gn lt value gt entry lt entry gt lt key gt lastName lt key gt lt value gt sn lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt lt key gt email lt key gt lt value gt mail lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt lt key gt phone lt key gt lt value gt phone lt value gt entry lt entry gt lt key gt groupName lt key gt lt value gt cn lt value gt entry job data map job You enable all automatic synchronization by setting key enabled to true You may have to modify the mapping of LDAP properties to Genjiproperties The Genji properties are the keys and must not be modified The LDAP properties are the values and you may have to change them to the values you use in your directory Table 7 1 LDAP synchronizer parameterss Property in quartz jobs
77. ng Create gt Delete i impot D Boot Nave Type Detailed expense with person project account pat Oetalled expense with subproject and kem pdf Edit report pdl Grouped expere by person project account e gt pdl 5 4 4 Uploading a report template You can upload report templates to the server from your local computer You can upload your personal report templates to the server Depending on your role in the system you may only upload report templates to your private template repository to a project repository or for system wide use wiih s Upload Report template ZIP fibe Jwerwrite existing E cre ZIP Browse To upload a report template click on Upload report in the toolbar In the window that opens select the ZIP file containing the report template If you have modified an existing template and you want to replace it by your new version mark the check box overwrite existing Otherwise a new template will be created Then click on the Upload button 5 5 Roles and permissions Ero NL LLL LLL Size Kind description omi 1 33 KB XML Docus ipon gil 5 87 KB Vorschau li 4 pnedew gil 107 KB Vorschau ll 2 perita pig 151KB W rschau N track lopojpg 3 21 KE Vorschau i TrackReportstandard jasper 3 3 KE Document i TrackReportStandard jrxml 29 5 KB Document TrackReporrsrardard properties 303 B Deecumernmr TrackHReporszSrandard de properties j6z B Document TrackReporzsranmdard en properties 306 B Docume
78. not have the capacity to include such features in the next product releases since it would require a major redesign Thus you put this idea into the incubator basket You review this basket regularly and some time in the future you might be able to actually implement the idea in a project 25 Key concepts 2 3 10 Reference The reference basket serves as a place where you collect information that is or might be of some value to you or others It is important that you organize items here in proper categories to make it easy for you to retrieve them Examples for items in the reference basket are frequently asked questions standards presentations contracts and project specific documentation Related Links Tasks Items and Projects on page 31 Items are the central objects of Genji Items can be of various types like mile stones bug reports action items Items have a lifecycle and items are contained in spaces 2 3 11 Flow control You can define a limit on the number of items that can be assigned to you without an end date and per week This prevents you from being overwhelmed by too many items piling up in your in basket If somebody wants to place an item into your in basket e g by delegating something to you and that would exceed your personal limit the other person would be informed of the situation and the item would be returned 2 4 Workflows A workflow consists of a predefined sequence of work steps or actions We
79. ns ws nts sv nad sis Sd sd stall sd sl nd Create Milestone Main Description Label 11 Add a panel to the new tab and change the number of rows and columns to 2 For this select the panel and change the rows and columns parameters in the Properties window dialog available field space available field space avallable field space available field space 12 Add two custom fields a multiple select and two regular fields The multiple select requires more vertical space SO set its row span to 2 For this select the field by clicking on it in the panel area then go to the Properties window and change the row span parameter Percent complete 13 When you are done click on the Back button in the toolbar area You have modified the custom form Whenever the associated action is called the new form will be used Copying Custom Forms This section describes how to copy a custom form You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 Inthe top toolbar selectAdministration Customize Forms Customizing Genji Piya ime f Vosa grogot o ne BE Workspace spec form aviigemi soy Actions si nnt i E Manageserver gt dy User roles E 4 GQ Cost cantars amp eccounte MB Users amp groups Cusomae Y Manage fites Report tempiates My User roles 7 Acn pation iy Ud Automall Cost centers amp accounts F Atonal e Unk types roo DI DA Them attributes 7 Uis Ug System dates n
80. o Workspace specific item no pref Worksnace specific fem no pref x 2 Work and cost Woi 7 Q Hours per workdey B 4 o Defauk unit for work Hours U o Co y o Currency nome EUR o Currency symbol o Defaut account 250800 General Expenses v o Release Worksascr has piuses o 4 1 Managing spaces 4 Select the Default settings tab The values you set here are being taken when the create item forms do not contain the respective fields or when items are created via e mail You can set an initial status for each item type 5 1 a j X Tod Syne imineo Hea Log oT L n n o i Y i s L Codpit Brome worlapeces l ediem cc Repro Achmiiitration cc Create Bem track Jy My settings fel Se Cored J Weipacs Basic settings Default settings E mail settings a emt Default manager Administrator Tracke System T Default poni Adminestrator Track System i Jo bategon space Default Rem type Task a FT Melden Default priory occasionally ea Lamder cede Delmi severity minor 7 gt Markenng amp vermis Pref by P tem cem ast O Variat defaults 7 p Terum l Initial riais a Tam Default inicial state opened amp uh TP Dnhegration Gelert the cheekbex ta activate an item type specific initial state for rely created BEMA T 3 U X Laser Printer ik Tash 1 If you want to offer a specific e mail for creating items via e mail select the E mail settings tab and mark the topmost check box W
81. on it and the click on the Delete button in either the toolbar or the context menu Customizing Genji o L Y 2 A L Cockpit Browse worlepaces Find items e Reports Administration Crete teen track Ju My semis fe et Ee et Copy ge Tem typeumzxgnmnent Pj Reid restrict Le W orkupaces Rol Permasiond ACORES Only to item Cypes Hidden fiis HE UeentA px rad ars Gl reenn modify aes m A Come J iraile Bin EM ba Action Them T Manage fiters close d ran or autor mmt B ne Report templates don Fo i n w rkenace admin E Wk road ay W Com omne amp counts modiy any dde Pde a lt rhe RET race Autormel Enem cose any damni A Uk clase man oF author rnm item type assignment rime H resp Custom foes admin dgn I lt lt read ars Im 3 Lists modiy ary l ete eem You have deleted the selected role All permission to users via this role have been revoked A 5 5 3 Restricting access to item types You can restrict access to a set of item types for each role By default a role can access all item types Attention When you remove the only role of a user for a workspace this workspace will become invisible and inaccessible to that user You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator You can define a role such that it will permit only to see certain item types This can be useful if you want to have other parties participate in your process but you want to keep some of your items
82. or wherever else you had installed Jenkins previously You need to restart Jenkins after copying the file 258 7 14 Configuring Genji with Jenkins E New nem Manage Jenkins amp A Hew version of Jenkins 1 812 ls avallable for download chengelag Configun global settings and pata y 5 Secure Janikina Gelina who is alewied I accesshisa Pme vystem Pisload Configuration fram Disi Discard all he loaded daba i mory and reload eweryibing from file system Usetul when rnaxdified E coria lan dna J ims rial enne plug nS that can extend the Tunetionatry of Jenkirs updates available System Information Diesplmys varius nronrenal indcrmnafon To damit rouiblis amp honling Bulld Executor Status amp ysntnm lag captunms output bom java gtil Legging output niati to Jenkins Step 3 Configure the Genji Jenkins Connector You need to establish a connection between Genji and Jenkins To this purpose you add one ore more Genji connectors to your Jenkins installation From the Jenkins main page select the Manage Jenkins link J t Jenkins dani EHADLE AUTO PEFHEZH Manage Jenkins A Hew version of Jenkins 1 812 ls avallable for download changelog ely Configure System 2 Gonfiguna global settings and pata Secure Janina Gelina who is akmad t accaesshrsa Eme vystem akiai Je Cl imr Discard all the loaded data in memory and reload everything from file system Useful when you modified e eonig f
83. own e mail inbox configured if it likes to do so In this case the global e mail inbox might be obsolete Allowed domain pattern To prevent users from unverified domains e g hotmail com gmx com to register a Perl5 regular expression can be defined so that only e mail domains matching that expression are allowed to register You most likely will have to change the example default on the site configuration page Example pattern 8 t bosch com This example permits just users from domain bosch com to register Some more examples 8 Nt Gt onlineN de G t computer org matches all users from domains t online de and computer org he pattern Nw Nw NG Nw N Nw 2 3 matches all e mail domains with no restrictions 7 24 Full text search configuration Genji can index the text of item properties and some types of attachments like PDF OpenOffice WinWord Excel PowerPoint HTML RTF and XML The following section describes how to configure full text search in Genji Enable full text search You can enable or disable full text search Full text search requires some storage space on disk particularly if a lot of large attachments need to be indexed The computational burden of indexing may be large if a complete re index is forced during system startup We recommend to turn full text search on since it assists in retrieving items Index attachments Here you can enable or disable to also the indexing of attachm
84. peron Project accout esiotsa endet aet Dedit medentur atate 117 Accounting report project Cost center accoUriE pOTSOE sa cie rater rettet ctetu oett inten 118 Specie mecima POP E NET T TOT 118 Pae meeng OPE 9 09 MEME 119 General permMiSSIONS ssssssrsssesssesssesstessrssrssresssesstesstesetasttsttsetenetasbtastas bta ttre te bta bta tta bt te AtA Aea ea ALa AE EA EE ALE ELA teat aenaran eatea a traate aeaaaee 123 Bi a ECT iure 9 NON ERR RU m E S 154 PCS iV User eVe mer tt cn te eu tee ace edad ar slovenia 162 Ddefault item tyP a ccccssssssssssssssssssssssssscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssississsssssssssessssseeeen 193 Sugo ane Or aion LE EAS NET OO 194 PS E a m mmm 201 WorkSpace SUS RENE RRECu 204 ned ore bs cog RM a cis EET 205 HD us ala d niis c ITE 217 LDAP synchronizer PAFAMETELSS sssssssssscscsssossssscscccccccsssssssseesnnssssssssnsnosssnsssosssssecceccesssssssesenensssssssssssssssnsssssssssceceeesssssssssesenaseesensssasie 246 Getting started Topics What is Genji Installing Genji First login and e mail setup Adding users and workspaces Taking Genji for a test drive Getting started 1 1 What is Genji Genji is a powerful web based issue tracker and Scrum tool for teams Genji supports large numbers of projects tasks and users Genji is highly configur
85. place conditions into the public repository so that all users can access and use them A space administrator can copy conditions to a space repository so it becomes available to all users that have a role in any of the spaces the space administrator manages You can copy a public automail condition into your private repository and modify it there to your liking You can modify and delete your own conditions and you can create new conditions 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Automail Alternatively click on the Customize Automail bar in the left navigation area Cocipit Bree wecrkipaces Fidi Ern oe Reports Administration ow resin item e o Werkspaecs x Aoma ansannenents Werkipnacs D Madera ripis HERO Users A groups t T Auton criera Customs k T M rut P i T A Take System Adminigator Hep Log off Li Fs Ld Cockpit Brower workpaces Find Bem e Bepi omninm ce Erosie ers oe track Ju Hytti FO Add iie Y Add miol condition Pea ME Dee Jo Wrap xl Automall asignmenis i j Woresnane Name Type all NE CET Supe HE Un groups m Defauk Filter Butemail onndition WE Fraen A Vieraat WE IT Heine T Manage filters WS Leader ccie Pagar tremo ec NEZ Marketing A verted Vs User roles EZ Therenspeicher m NT TP integration T Co carters A accounts rire Ainai 2 Public T Dwauk Ane 3 Select the folder where you want to create or modify a condition in For example click on Workspaces I
86. project The procedure of defining and assigning custom properties is described in Managing custom properties 209 Customizing Genji ags xtronkx T7 fete finis Field con amp gura amp on ge Assan hem type 4 pg Custom fields d Assign Status I3 Participants S Aaga Priority 4 J Tak l jg Sear Severity P 7 System fields m Es Cambor fida aa Cimtom eld tja Custom forms 7 Pardipents B sig Words UA es gem Generic Project BJ Probiam Rigon Geral configuration EE Mechanics B Action item t P gm Mechatronice ig Secret v OWm Private Project s Miestne EER Softuare Deveicement E Themerspexher Defining and assigning custom forms You can define and assign custom forms specifically for the selected workspace type How this is done is described in Managing custom Forms ed s B nue WT kxtunxs ge Assign Bem type Wd Agn Saks seo ory Jb Ansign Severity P iiyn Werkes qum Generic Project gm Mechanics EE Mechatronics gum Private Projet BE Software Ececkspenerd gem Themen amp pescher Assigning workflows 4 J Tk aj Bev Task vey Rickoase ALLY d Edit Teak wo Releaces ALL uj MovecDefaut Form MOVE aj New ched Task wi Release ALL Lg Change status Defau Form CHANGE STAT H A Meeting p m Probl rqert b BJ ction dem E Requirement b d M minne E Deut Fem MEW CH The default input masi Adeninistrator Tracki _ E Default Form NEW The d
87. related to this item Please not that it may take some time before any commits to the Subversion repository show up in Genji since Genji needs to scan the repository on a regular basis to retrieve this information The time this takes depends on the size and number of your Subversion repositories 4 7 2 Git version control Genji can integrate with your source code version control system for example CVS Subversion or Perforce To establish links add item numbers to your version control system submits like item no e g 4711 This section describes how to proceed for Git You must know how to connect to your version control system Typically you already have used that information when you set up your version control client software For Git you need to create a clone of your master repository in a place where the Genji application server can access it Log in on your Genji server on the console not on the web interface and clone the repository ssh yourLoginName yourGitServersName git clone ssh yourLoginName yourGitServersName pathToGitRepository lpath To Your 7Server Olone Dir It would suffice to create a bare clone with just the administrative information ssh yourLoginName yourGitServersName git clone bare ssh yourLoginName yourGitServersName pathToGitRepository pathy To Your Server Clone Dm r Now log in on the Genji web interface You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system admi
88. selected date will be shown Active Links When there is one of your items e g an item where you are either the original author of or the current responsible or the manager and this item has a start or a due date on any of the dates shown in your current calendar tile there will be an active link with a short text for this item in the corresponding field In front of the text there is a small symbol which indicates whether this is a start date or a due date for this item If the start date falls together with the due date a dot is displayed If an item starts at that date there is a little bar left of the arrow If an item is due that date there is a little bar right of the arrow When you click on the link you are taken to the item When you hover over the item a tool tip will appear and show you more information on this item Custom List This tile permits you to display a list of items with their item number and title based on a pre configured query This is for example helpful if you want to display the items that have been changed lately in your tile rather than explicitly executing a query every time Configuration Before you can use this tile you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the custom list filtered item list configuration page as described above 3 8 Working with the cockpit myFiRerviem label imolemerted Last used op k pac Open wor ackages p
89. shown here Some properties are mandatory they will always be there Enter a title or short summary of your item in the title field 6 Enter a full description of your item in the description field You may use rich text editing elements here like lists bold underline italic URLs etc 7 Enter any other information that you know of and that is required Since screens can be item type dependent you may see different properties and tabs in different projects and for different item types 8 When you are done entering the data hit the Save icon at the top A new item has been created and stored in the database An item number was assigned to this item Depending on the notification settings concerned parties like the manager and responsible of the item have been informed by e mail that a new item was assigned to them There will be no e mail notification to anybody if you have marked the item as private 3 3 5 Importing items from Excel You can import items from Excel sheets If Genji detects that items already exist in its database these items are modified rather than created again Overview Tocreate items from an Excel spread sheet you enter all required data into that sheet on your local computer The first row of the spread sheet contains the field or property names all following rows contain item data one item per row Feil 0 FKU ESAFE amp oo td EE A 0505s HJ Gb hus fs A B C D E F G 1 Project leave Ty
90. specific Space specific Iter type specific Figure 2 15 Configuration inheritance The following configuration entities can be configured according to this scheme Custom properties Custom forms Workflows At the global level the configuration entities can be either configured the same for all item types or specifically for some item types The same holds true for the space type level and the project type level 40 2 6 Configuration basics You can overwrite any higher level configuration at a lower level For example if you have modified a custom property at the space type level for item type task you can configure this property differently for a specific project and item type task The higher up in the hierarchy you configure entities the less work you have maintaining the configuration Genji for team members Topics Tasks and concepts for team members Registering and changing your user profile Working with items Finding items Item navigator Configuring automail Generating iCalendar URLs Working with the cockpit Browsing projects Preparing and generating FAQs Using report templates Managing meetings 43 Genji for team members 3 1 Tasks and concepts for team members This chapter describes procedures for regular project team members like creating and modifying items searching for items or creating reports Genji is widely configurable and you may find that some screens and termino
91. system administrators Server configuration Cluster operation Configuring login page text Observing and managing server state Broadcasting e mails to Genji users Configuring diagnostic messages Data backup Restoring data from backup Switching database systems Non western character sets Using SSL and TLS encryption on e mail and LDAP connections Adding your company logo Configuring Genji with Jenkins Configuring Apache Tomcat 2357 Administering the server 7 1 Concepts and tasks for system administrators Some operations like connecting a Genji server to an e mail server providing disk space or performing database backups and restores are reserved to Genji system administrators Genji comes with a built in special user named admin initial password tissi System administration tasks can be categorized as listed below Server configuration usually done once after system installation Setting login page text This may be an ongoing activity to advice users of downtimes or other important information Sending broadcast e mails to notify users of changes or planned down times Monitoring the system state and analyzing the system log Configuring logging Required only in case of system problems for debugging purposes Performing database backups Restoring a database 7 2 Server configuration There are a number of parameters that need to be configured before Genji can run in a meaningful way This sect
92. term type cee oia 4 You can reires fle LE o E Rreninement B3 V orkzoace byge ipone attribube config WS Workspace ipede attrbubs config The next figure shows configuration at a workspace type level Here you can define for each workspace type and item type system and custom properties Customizing Genji Qi Ak itre amp e aant attri configoralurrs Ifl Dern brpa tpe cong a BS Weorkssace type spec attribube config Attributes ce Oik ora les ES CHI You can refre LEi fou can cope EE V ekaoace specific atiribube config All workspaces of this workspace type will automatically inherit this configuration The figure below shows a configuration at a workspace level Here you can define for each workspace and item type system and custom properties Qi Adi tinte d IC sura atte configurations pg Bem types specihie config NZ Workspace type specAc attribute config 7 Miributes ca Here you can c 4 BI Welbreace specu atslegne confu s M Lj Fou can uz Ni m T NM EZ az BS X3 Laser Printer System properties System properties are the properties that are built into Genji Many of the system properties have some logic associated with them like the author property the manager property the responsible property the item type property and so on For an overview on all system properties have a look at System properties These properties always exist even though they may not appear at the user interfa
93. that you are authorized to modify This flag does not imply any modification authorization it just is superimposed upon possible modification permissions close if resp You may only close an item if you are the current responsible of this item This flag does not imply any modification authorization it is just superimposed upon possible modification permissions close if manager or author You may only close an item if you are the current manager or the original author of this item This flag does not imply any modification authorization it is just Superimposed upon possible modification permissions workspace admin You may act as a workspace administrator or manager You can assign users to your project and set all project parameters You may archive and delete items or get them back out of the archive or undelete them You may change other users comments and modify their expense entries You cannot create a project this has to be done by users with system administrator privileges e g the system administrator admin user Table 5 2 RACI selection Selection list Description manager This is not exactly a permission flag It indicates that your name appears in the selection list of managers when modifying or creating items responsible This is not exactly a permission flag It indicates that your name appears in the selection list of responsibles when modifying or creating items consulted This is not exactly a permission fl
94. that you may not see some fields that are visible in the exporting instance of Genji Genji tries to match all data from the other instance to avoid duplication of any entries Users are identified by the combination of their login name and e mail Only if both match users are considered to be the same Most other items are matched by their universal unique identifier UUID Custom list entries are matched by their labels Items are not matched by their item numbers but by their UUIDs Item numbers most likely get moved in the process Currently inline links links to items in the description text and other links are not corrected or imported if they point to items not included in the imported data set Ifin your importing instance you provide a custom field of type text and name it OldTracklD the item numbers of your exporting instance will be saved there for reference Furthermore a file is written in TRACK HOME containing a map with the new item numbers and the corresponding old item numbers If the import data set contains projects that do not exist in the target instance these projects are created In this case any role used in the source and not existing in the target instance is being added Users are assigned to roles in this new projects as they have been in the source instance For existing projects no role assignments or roles are being added New users are being added as deactivated users The import process can only add data
95. the identifier of the object to be localized If there is no default localization and no localized text for the object the id is shown In the second column in the right area at the top you can choose the original language For example if you are familiar with English and need to translate to Italian you would choose English here and Italian in the leftmost column The default language is English and is taken if there is not a more specific localization for the desired locale available You can only edit the target language in the leftmost column After you have made your changes save the modifications The localization facility is quite powerful You can name an property in one project or space A and in another B For example in a certain context you may want to talk of products and in another context of projects for the same objects That is well possible The localization is stored in the database it will be preserved across Genjiupdates Importing and Exporting Resources You can export a whole set of localized resources from Genji to a Java properties file You can also import a set of resources from a Java properties file Customizing Genji When you import select the file to read the resources from Select the language for which this resource file is targeted Select if you want to overwrite resources with the same identifier that you have previously edited directly in Genji If not such resources will be preserved
96. the milestone passing dates as envisioned in the first project plan have to be moved In a badly managed project such movements become visible only at the milestone due date or worse at the next quality gate With Genji it is no problem to move a due date but the change is recorded and you can watch how a milestone slips Looking at the database you can draw reports of milestone slippage in your project telling you quite clearly where you stand Risk Management Planning a project and then executing the plan is based on estimates Unless you have a magic crystal ball you are making assumptions that could or could not be true One definition for an estimate calls it a prediction that is equally likely to be above or below the actual result Estimate uncertainty occurs because an estimate is a probabilistic assessment of a future condition The many events that could lead to your estimate being too optimistic call risks There could be a risk that you won t be able to meet the schedule or the budget or the expected quality level You may not be able to get the right people at the required time A supplier you are counting on falls short to deliver on his contract You may depend on weather conditions and they turn out to not being in your favor It s up to your imagination what could happen Managing a project to a good extent means managing risks It is very helpful to always have a list with the ten most prevalent risks in your project Y
97. the result of the action causing the automail trigger and old in this case means the value the property carried before the action This makes it possible to define conditions that check for transitions for example state transitions from anywhere to closed or responsible transitions from yourself to anybody else As an example let us assume you only want to get notifications in case an item was closed This implies that it was in a different state before 1 From the main menu select Administration My settings Automail assignments 3 In the new windows define the logical expression for the automail condition H Add Automad condition x hane Only closed iter I s i 55 ald Shah is not chased E Add Delete ANG if pines Status is dosed add Delete ae Cancel 4 Give aname to the new condition and save it Before it becomes effective you have to assign it to a workspace see Assigning Automail Trigger and Condition Related Links Triggers and Conditions on page 29 You can receive e mail notifications from the Genji system when items you have an interest in are created changed or due You can control under what circumstances you receive such information by means of automail triggers and automail conditions Automail Trigger on page 96 97 Genji for team members Automail triggers define which user induced actions trigger a notification from the system 3 6 3 Assigning automail trigger and c
98. the user interface This happens when you have specific localizations for the selection entries which is the case for all predefined entries In this case the localized values will be shown and not the label you define here Managing item types You can distinguish your items by item type like customer requests mile stones action items tasks and so on You can add delete and modify the list of available item types For each workspace type or workspace you can select which item types will be actually available at the user interface You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator For a small organization running small projects or for use as a simple bug tracking system it would suffice to configure just one item type It is up to you to decide if you for example would benefit from distinguishing between a problem report and a bug If you think you don t you don t have to bother setting up different item types On the other hand you may want to use Genji to improve your process In this case it may make a difference whether you have a lot of problem reports or if you have a lot of bugs A problem report could come from bad documentation insufficient user training or a badly designed user interface A bug is if your developers did not implement the specification correctly So you may have to improve different areas of your process depending on whether there is a one to one relation between bugs and problem reports or ther
99. to add list entries or edit an existing entry Use the context menu to add or edit an entry Genji for space administrators Q Add Qi oa as Name aj Statue 9 Prity A ritr E Rem type Cum m am D custonpentry Edit global Bst He Debte global iist Copy global list Dy Export global list 7 Name the new entry or edit the name of an existing entry and optionally give it some style information The styles can be used to control item appearance in the item navigator Then click on the Save button Add custom entry x Mame EMEA edd EZ Workspace speci lists Cota dackgraumd color i Color Font saight Font style x 1 Tet decoratii You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be used to format items in the item navigator For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here 8 Forasimple list you can just add entries underneath the top list node To create a cascaded list select a second list level node and repeat the procedure from 5 ie Ade d te a Qi coos ux Name ion kon fle Style i suas FHEA Tiest bed 8 Priority Amami Tesi bet OF 5pm You have now created or modified a workspace specific list 4
100. up your version control client software You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator 1 navigation area J h Y L LE Sh E err d we v t po M xS Ay Add Workspace Add D e ampi T ty Axis Robes CBT Support E J Finannen amp Verwaltung TT marace titers w F teuncgskreis 4 Report templates wn VWegretonweum r Custom forms 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 In the second navigation column click on Version control A this feature In the top toolbar select Administration Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left Manage server gt Attention The version control node will only be available of the space type for this space supports A A Take Symon Adminis Help Logoff a ZEN ORE ted Owgk Brome wortapeces Nikee Reports Administration Creste Rem PN decre Ju My settings bed Save um us omau Here you can configure a connection to a version contro system like GR or Subversion Furthermore you can configure a repository web noo Ay hmi Roles browser to directly view files or file sets t poigted with a specific kem in this application D Rete UN Support 7 us Wnanaen amp Verwaltung f Manage titers Repository browser wg ineegranon space Report termolaces Repository browser ViewVC 9 Po ITMepdesk Custom forms Unk for change set hitp fogi bin viewvc cgi SVN INSTANCE revisi
101. value The specific handling depends on the type of the cell a Label text fields Selection list entries are specified by their label For persons the label pattern is last name first name It will be verified whether an entry with that label exists If it does exist it will be checked if it is valid or not For example for the state it is checked that it can be the initial one or for the manager it is checked that this person actually has manager rights in that project and so on b Boolean check box fields the Excel cells should be either of boolean type or the text value should be Y or N true or false C Nurmeric fields either the Excel cells should be of number type or the number format should correspond to the user s locale or should be in ISO format Other values are taken as text as they appear in the cell d Date fields the Excel cells should be either of date type or the date format should correspond to the user s locale or the date should be in ISO format YYYY MM DD 3 Rows are checked for duplicates before being added The most robust identification is possible if you have the Genji item numbers included in your Excel sheet If that is not possible you can define a combination of identifier columns which should uniquely identify each item For example you can set the originator project and title combined as a unique identifier This implies that these three fields are not modified between re imports and that t
102. visible only to people of your own organization 1 Inthe top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt User roles Alternatively click on the Customize User roles bar in the left navigation area o Y sil Ae E A Take Sam Admino Hao Log off z i dt Compt Browse werapeum l ed em cc Reports Admesmake v Create Rem track Ju My tting er add Sy Mysettings Werkapenes Poke p Workspaces Appears in selections for Access only b item bypes Hide felis MD Users gros beca eed B Meeting A Quim tenis T Manage filters E Action Bem Const B axe a T a Manage itri Bp TOP whi kite p 2 E Tee Manage roles that can be assigned to users Roles define jj Numen CORSE permiasons for ueri i workspace pu dV ims 7 2 Select a role by clicking on it and then click on Item type assignment in the toolbar By dragging item types from one column to the other you can make item types available or restrict access to them If you have no item types in the very right column all item types will be available to that role 5 5 Roles and permissions eum A Tack System Ao CEU Heto Log oT 9 2 s L2 Cockpit Severe voriespacm Ard term v roe ty ot Cer tem track Dy My saigs rai St Worm Rome Apoears in tetections for Access Only to kem types Hedden Pieds HL Users amp groups Them type assignments for role Consulted x Wee A atomis Here you can res
103. xml enabled enabledUserSync enabledGroupSync 246 Description True if users and groups shall be regularly synchronized with your LDAP directory If False properties enabledUserSync and enabledGroupSync have no effect True if users shall be regularly synchronized with your LDAP directory True if groups and the users assigned to them shall be regularly synchronized with your LDAP directory 7 2 Server configuration Property in quartz jobs xml Description baseDnGroup TheLDAP base DN under which your groups are defined Search is based on the member property of the groups deactivateUnknown True if users not found during the synchronization process shall be deactivated The admin and guest users are exempted IdapFilter The LDAP filter expression for user synchronization Can be any valid LDAP filter term like amp objectClass inetOrgPerson ou Trackplus IdapFilterGroups The LDAP filter expression for group synchronization Can be any valid LDAP filter term like amp objectClass2group ou Groups firstName The LDAP property name for users first name lastName The LDAP property name for users last name email The LDAP property name for users email phone The LDAP property name for users phone number groupName The LDAP property name for the group name After you have modified this file save it and restart the Tomcat server Providing your own LDAP synchronizer There are many ways to set up an L
104. you want to support a number of operating systems Genjipermits you to define your own selection lists which can then be used for custom or system properties 5 10 1 Custom lists overview You can define selection lists in Genji which you then can use in item selection properties You can assign custom lists to item properties either globally workspace type specific or workspace specific Lists for built in system properties Genji has a number of built in system properties that draw their value from a list of options These properties have some logic associated with them for example in the notification and workflow engines The following system properties have simple selection lists associated with them item state priority severity item type The logic is associated with flags or a numeric value that you assign to your list entries The entry name is of no importance to the application logic These lists are always globally system wide available You can limit the set of visible selection values from your list to a subset for each item type and workspace type For example you could have item states open and closed for item type mile stone and more states for item type problem report For more information have a look at section Managing workspace types Lists for custom properties You can define any number of custom lists Custom lists do not have any specific application logic associated with them You can make custom li
105. 0 00 56789 Diana Smith 14h 0 00 85035 432789 Janet Age 21h 0 00 532790 James Dean 12h 0 00 PB 850350 123456 John Doe 45h 70 00 654321 Diana Smith 40h 0 00 Project Account Person Detailed This report groups expenditures first by project then by account and then by persons Expenditures are displayed with details i e each expenditure of time or money is recorded with the item it was made for and a brief description as entered This report is particularly useful as a detailed work sheet that can be given to customers as a work and expense report 3 12 Managing meetings In Genji you can define meeting agendas and create meeting protocols You assign action items during the meeting directly in Genji You get an overview which meetings have still action items open so you can follow up on them Preparing your system for managing meetings To manage meetings you must provide an item type meeting For meetings you should define at least the properties shown in the following table Table 3 4 Specific meeting properties Property Description participants a free form text field for people that do not have an account on the system and should partake or have attended the meeting The complete list of participants Property distributed to not present excused start time end time attachment 3 12 Managing meetings Description is made up of this field plus the list of users registered as
106. 2 symbol To perform a multiple character wildcard search use the symbol The single character wildcard search looks for terms that match that with the single character replaced For example to search for text or test you can use the search LOL Multiple character wildcard searches looks for 0 or more characters For example to search for test tests or tester you can use the search test You can also use the wildcard searches in the middle of a term te t e Note You cannot use a or symbol as the first character of a search Fuzzy Searches TOL supports fuzzy searches based on the Levenshtein Distance or Edit Distance algorithm To do a fuzzy search use the tilde symbol at the end of a Single word Term For example to search for a term similar in spelling to roam use the fuzzy search roam This search will find terms like foam and roams An additional optional parameter can specify the required similarity The value is between O and 1 with a value closer to 1 only terms with a higher similarity will be matched For example roam 0 8 The default that is used if the parameter is not given is 0 5 Proximity Searches TOL supports finding words that are within a specific distance away To do a proximity search use the tilde symbol at the end of a Phrase For example to search for a project and management within 10 words of each other in a item use the search nprojyect mana
107. 2 2 http www trackplus com exporter version 4 0 0 gt lt entityExchange entityId 1002 type TListBean gt entityAttribute name name gt lt CDATA Customer entityAttribute gt hist ies Customizing Genji entityAttribute name repositoryType gt lt CDATA 2 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name objectID gt lt CDATA 1002 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name description CDATA A list with customers gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name listType gt lt CDATA 3 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name owner gt lt CDATA 1 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name deleted gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt subEntityRelation parentAttributeName list type TOptionBean gt trackEntity entityId 1004 type TOptionBean gt lt entityAttribute name label gt lt CDATA Americas gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name CSSSTyle gt lt CDATA gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name symbol gt lt entityAttribute name objectID gt lt CDATA 1004 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name isDefault gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name sortOrder gt lt CDATA 2 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name list gt lt CDATA 1002 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name deleted g
108. 2014 E701 35a E an koe areny in euet import Ruff Tamara 12 01 2074 16 00 038 E og5 a n es yn perinrmance or reiease nates dashin Beige Adrian 13 01 2014 17 01 36 a T nues E m D py summ 3gestions Incem Abest P rez Esteve summary issue Freeman Magan 12 01 2014 17 01 36 TO hided iiri E e uie ert specific isis Ruff Terum 12 01 2014 17 01 362 T Mipi E gue eae um Bojani Adrian 12 01 2014 1701 36 T A ipta bagt 4 1 E Que wks 5 Contes ele idienbiniention Bajari Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01735s Tone E grues Tacie So Biget vena for ensiimenenaes toa and Total row Bojani Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 38 T Mopin Beers da El Qu Tacie So Time Fes Beier Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 36s T Doux mieit E gum Track 5x Cempuind Feish end due date Ruff Tamas 12 01 2014 17 01 368 T Tn letst Zeit quechionsen E gu Tracks Se Resteer standard weh fpr columns im isse overview Egan Ainan 12 01 2014 17 01 36 Figure 3 18 Meeting mode Creating a printable meeting agenda or protocol Tocreate a printable meeting protocol you select the respective meeting in the meeting picker area on the left In the context menu you pick Create document You select the desired distribution levels the Word template and then click on Generate documents The documents will be automatically added to the meeting as attachments For the people on the distribution list that have an account with the system a permanent link to the protocol will be mailed t22 Genji for s
109. 5 Default automail assignments For occasional users the configuration of automail settings may require too much knowledge and time It is therefore possible that a space administrator system manager or system administrator configures automail settings for a workspace or all workspaces for all users that do not overwrite these settings with their own You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area 4 6 Configuring workspace specific cockpits 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 Select a workspace in the left navigation area and select Automail assignments in the second navigation area Select again Automail assignments in the third navigation area 4 Clickon the Add button in the toolbar 5 Select an automail condition and an automail trigger 6 Savethe change by clicking on the Save action icon in the toolbar All system users that do not have their own automail settings configured will automatically use the new automail settings 4 6 Configuring workspace specific cockpits Genji supports to basic perspectives a user perspective and a workspace perspective The user is interested in all items that concern him possibly across a number of workspaces A workspace or project administrator is more interested in items that are contain
110. 6 18 O205585091 2 0 86 User name temeart Current user dredan vari itytaments System e Deutsch Deutschland Sar me moras Europe Belin Operational phate Deweraticrnal stam d Bonn Maintenance eer information 253 Administering the server 7 6 Broadcasting e mails to Genji users The system administrator can send broadcast e mails to all or some Genji system users To send a broadcast e mail go to In the top toolbar select Administration gt Manage server gt Broadcast e mail On the screen that appears you can select users from the list of available users by selecting departments and selecting or deselecting single users Add an e mail subject and text Then send the e mail by clicking on the Send e mail button in the toolbar area 7 7 Configuring diagnostic messages Genji can be operated with many applications servers database systems and operating systems Furthermore Genji can be configured in numerous ways Should there be any problems in such configurations it is very helpful for the support team to get diagnostic messages Usually during normal operation the number of diagnostic messages saved by the system should be minimal in order to keep good performance and reduce disk space consumption However sometimes it may be necessary to increase the number of diagnostic messages for certain modules to track down a problem In this case the logging level is being increased for such modules This causes more
111. CHUTU Qe Talka Mth YvvAgagFV 7 AsSTIGAV2SDp TeCqw WYNu F GHAM Ta Oo mk Bie Pasha of Tost 9 Save the configuration by clicking on the Save button in the toolbar Your space is now directly linked to your version control system When editing item there will be a tab showing all files including their meta information that are related to this item Please not that it may take some time before any commits to the Git repository show up in Genji since Genjineeds to scan the repository on a regular basis to retrieve this information The time this takes depends on the size and number of your Git repositories 4 7 3 CVS version control Genji can integrate with your source code version control system for example CVS Subversion or Perforce To establish links add item numbers to your version control system submits like lt item no e g 4711 This section describes how to proceed for CVS You must know how to connect to your version control system Typically you already have used that information when you set up your version control client software You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area T manage itera c Manage server 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 Inthe second navigation column click on Version control
112. DAP server If you want to synchronize groups and roles you can provide your own code to replace the standard Genji LDAP synchronizer See Managing scripts for an example custom LDAP synchronizer LDAP via SSL Genji also supports the secure Idaps protocol To use Idaps you have to deploy the Idaps keystore file under the name trackplus ks in the attachment root directory subdirectory keystore as described in Using SSL and TLS encryption on e mail and LDAP connections The LDAP server needs to be configured for LDAPS as well As an example for the Apache Directory Server there is a good description how to enable LDAPS under http directory apache org apacheds 1 5 33 how to enable ssl html For a Windows server we had to modify the ApacheDS configuration file as follows lt SSL properties gt lt property name enableLdaps value true lt property name ldapsPort value 10636 gt property name ldapsCertificateFile value C jdk1 5 0 bin zanzibar ks gt lt property name ldapsCertificatePassword value 2 secret gt lt bean id configuration class org apache directory server configuration MutableServerStartupConfiguration gt and lt property name workingDirectory value example com gt lt SSL properties gt lt property name enableLdaps value true gt lt property name ldapsPort value 10636 gt property name ldapsCertificateFile value C jdk1 6 0 bin
113. DN LDAP authentication is disabled by default When LDAP authentication is enabled for your Genji installation every user can choose to use it or not by setting the appropriate switch in his personal profile If you set the option 244 7 2 Server configuration Force central password users will not be able to choose a specific Genji password but must rather use their central Windows Unix password ang LDAP n Karla Canstructa du people o 8 rae el ae luis CD Karla Conthret Ea nue pacoplir em Erase k pluri d o com E Dh ire Karla Constructa eus people ie rack plus de cms Atiribulberic hreibursg Mert x elec 5e las inet Og Peron uitrikrurell 4 ohjectclas s organizati nalPerszoo stroktyrell VM mhjerrrisss person orwell a detis cbfecrciass top abstrakt ii de examphe de com n Karla Consirucua T EEL kplur decim 271 T Convirurta b A nusgraups description Head of construction gn Karla mail karla core beckett kplan aherberaCoder fee neChrit Zenam uie r patiwend THA ge barshbes Fassaort tne Dan Boia Henry Hne 2e Deckran m t bs nekarla Conttructa Force central password When you mark this box a regular user cannot choose any more between using the central password and the local password with Genji Only a system manager or administrator can enable local passwords for a user Synchronizing Genji with an LDAP directory You can synchronize your Genji list of users with your LDAP directory E
114. E UU T 26 Figure 24 The permission structure OF GGI eisereen neinei ANAE ipd bri dert 2 RUN rd WE c TK 28 Foes o TOM Vell miggen ana UO I eNO VC IV Sia etes it teet tun oti te etie theta 29 poue 27 Connecting VATU aI e mail SENE RR NE 30 TC ss E ME o E A OEE E E EE E E T 31 POWE emn anna O 9 10 A E a2 Fe E 19 TOO gH PRI Et 33 Figure 2 11 Example UML workflow CiaGrarr ecccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssusssssssesseesseeen o Hue SROTHOVIEEOT SICUT acer im tto tonta enean eta elena nmt eee iue 38 mieu VCS Ns MN OT NYS LEG EU UU EC 39 Figure 2 14 Repat generati ri NOC CSS NEN RE 39 Powe ibo Goes eH dies e ieee meen erent prem ate weereen verter tn vee eee te ee tneme E at emeO ere 40 usd A a iua e 53 Figure 3 2 Moving an item from the context MENUL ccsssssssssssecesssssssesssssssssssssssssssssssseessssssssssnsssanssssssssssssscsesssssssssssssusssasassssssssscscecescssssssee 59 Figure 3 5 Linking source code to tens In VersiDPHCODEEOL S VSEBTTIS ases ect tattet leti EA 64 Figure sA caia ocio etches cece eee tees ae cs ea loa EIAI EENEN 85 Powe ae MS Oy STIS MONS Nu 101 Powe os wie E 2 ni aarclg a 9 Ula 10 ERSEN tre AE ROE RES TERE RCPS reeves Emre et rs emer en Pee ee eee 102
115. Excel If it is the same then the change was made only in Genji and not in Excel Consequently the Genji value will be silently preserved and the user will not be asked for conflict resolution Otherwise the user will be involved in the conflict handling process In case a field has no explicit history recording field changes are only recorded in the common history For such fields there is no reliable way to find out whether such a field was modified only in Genji or also in Excel Therefore when at least one common history entry exists after the last edit date in Excel then each changed field without explicit history is subject to conflict handling If there is no history data since last edit then the change in the Excel file will overwrite the Genji value without conflict resolution 3 3 6 Adding a comment Anybody with proper access permissions can add a comment to an existing item Comments are always related to an item This section describes how to add a comment to an item Comments may be modified and deleted by the original author You must have retrieved the item to which you want to add a comment This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the overview report You must have been granted edit permissions for this item You will not see an Add comment action icon if you do not have proper permissions 1 From the item detail page select action icon Comment Alternatively
116. Important These settings apply to yourself acting in these roles not to anybody else They would only pertain to somebody else if that user should decide to use this trigger as well A noisy trigger configuration has many check boxes marked A silent trigger configuration has only a few check boxes marked Customizing Genji 5 6 2 Automail conditions You can further filter automails generated from triggers by assigning automail conditions With these filters you can control down to each item property what kind of messages you will get from your Genji system when items are created or modified You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator When items are created or changed depending on the automail trigger settings a message is prepared for this item to be sent to you With automail conditions you can investigate the item belonging to this message and depending on the result of the evaluation the message is passed on to you as an e mail or it is stopped and discarded Automail conditions are logical expressions that relate to item properties If the condition evaluates to true an e mail is sent to you With automail conditions you can take a look at all item properties and not only their new value but also their value prior to the change This permits you to filter on absolute values as well as on value transitions Each automail condition can be named and can be stored in a repository The system administrator can
117. JB 19 20 20 22 23 M 275 25 27 78 7 38 31 i4 15 th I7 Q e 25 31 Januar 2009 Kalerderveoche 5 bo 25 Jan Ma 25 Jan Di 27 Jan i Do 2 Jan Fr 30 Jan Sa Jon i 3 8 Working with the cockpit Genji provides special overview pages called the cockpit or dashboard Based on the metaphor of cockpit in a car or plane this digital version of a cockpit provides you with the input necessary to drive your business The cockpit contains views such as red green yellow lights alerts drill downs summaries graphics such as bar charts pie charts bullet graphs spark lines and gauges You can custom configure the set of views you want to have in your cockpit There are two kinds of cockpits 99 Genji for team members A general cockpit accessible via the Cockpit menu entry This is handy to give you an overview across all projects that you are involved in our the load situation of your team across a number of projects Project and release specific cockpits accessible via the Browse projects menu entry This is helpful to get a quick overview over a specific project or even release within a project such as open items requirements release notes etc 2 CY il K X Tike Sytem havinan Hea Leg oT TT f Ld Gupt siete Project ind Rema v Mis Aimi ve Creme item track e Configure cocked e Codail fene borast Main Budget bersicht Kalender Quick Search Vernsionkonbrolle More views
118. LDAP and SSO configuration Install the Genji portals plug in at TRACKPLUS_HOME and add the URL of your Jenkins server to the trackplus plugins xml file there This will permit you to switch directly between Genji and Jenkins from the Genji main menu Step 1 Configure Genji On your Genji server enable the web service interface To do this log in as system administrator admin and go to Administration Manage server Server configuration tab Other o Y wal Ac P X Track Gysbem Adminietrater Help bog off Omak Mom pes mnoo Repote Abmeaksin v Denta iem track Ju My settings hed er EJ Projects License Outgoing e mail Incoming mail Fulllextaearch LDAPASEO Other Ul roit tempias Directories and URLs EE Users A grep X Customs EP Actors o E Mee Servir fs hs Restrictions Li Loyi page tex c me Mth iti Various settings Sa PR Oe L soounio enfiguration Automatic quest loin f z WE tata bacio Predact specific bam r o QE Cate restore Treue ibers behaior V o o o o Virgen 5 040 267 Track Lrigerpeae 2015 Renhas Tipke Step 2 Install Jenkins Plug In To enable Jenkins to interact with Genji you need to install a plug in for Jenkins The plug in consists of a single file trackplus hpi which you need to copy into the plug in folder in your Jenkins installation as shown in the figure below The Jenkins plug in folder is located under Servlet container path webapps Jenkins WEB INF
119. M ALL en i Action Drs w Fasten ALL CE w o neiease ALL gj ew chilei Artion Item wa rekate A Bug v Raabe ALL F ii aba Form UN Bug wra releases ALL 3 Drag the form that you want to use to the respective node in the tree and drop it there If you create a new action item in any workspace you will not get the standard new item form but the Action Item w o release form Creating custom forms This section describes how to create a new custom form You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 Inthe top toolbar selectAdministration Customize Forms 5 9 Customizing forms o Pa Y TL E L Repos oOmwzWxo v Creme mem v Ju My settings rc Q A wp hi I 7 4 Werkspeces z Ee assign forms to actons ty draggne rm hern type spec age Users amp groups gt 1 d MB Use amp groups a iae LE Customae m Customize Y Manage filters Workspace spec form asgari 4 T rc Q Actions gt i ia Report templates J E Manage server gt User roles q O uns Cost centers amp accounts Fo Cost centers amp accounts Amon Ia dd atomel J A omal Action fy Unk types Unk types nm ELLA i Defaut F Q8 Tem attributes Dea LL we O System states t Lists Defaun F Ss p Workspace types v Festure MI Locale editor BE Locate editor 1 Meeting E mail templates 2 Anew screen appears Click on the Add button in the tool
120. Name Sar Date A JDBC driver class When you open the screen you see the same driver class your current Genji instance is using For a standard backup into the same type of database system this selection is fine If you want to move to another database system you would have to enter the driver class for your new target database system here A JDBC URL Here the JDBC URL of your current Genji database instance is already entered but with a renamed database name Important You need to create a new empty database and enter its name here before you can proceed with the backup It is not possible to use the same database the current Genji instance is running on A JDBC user name and password as you have configured when you created the database Do not restore the database schema when you switch database systems Mark the check box appropriately Check if you also want to restore attachments if any are included in the backup file The directory where you want to restore the attachments to It is not possible and advisable to restore to the same directory as your current attachments are in you should define a new directory here Thereafter you can start the restore process Once the process is done you need to switch over to the restored database and need to configure the path to the new attachment directory To have your Genji installation point to the new restored database you need to change the JDBC URL user name and password in file WEB INF
121. PrN S adesso ett nts iustitiae enisi demande MM MM EE 103 Figure 3 8 Status over time tile COMPIQUPATION cccccccccssssscsssssssssesccessssssessssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssnssssassesssssssssssessssssssssuussssssessssssssescsessessssesee 103 2910 NS A ITO cure MUI In eei UU T T Mm 104 Figure SOF More ST AU SOV STM e OE SD IS ch ci ee etri tob inet rientro eure i atentos 104 Figure 3 11 Budget overview tile COMPIQUTATION ccccccssssssssssssssssssccessssssssssesssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssussssssssssssssssssssssseseeessusessssssssssassssssssssseee 105 gels Marea O S MU a E E E 106 Poue dibus CIS MEE RR E cies cline cleat cedante eect ce atate bis Figure AAR Accounting TITEL CEIESP s oot ERR titolo eec nto de aree oreet Mete estt Mawson we ttt a 117 BC Vi toca sr lols Bic P EN A n OE ra E TET 120 ROUE OAOA EA Me SU T a OTT 120 Foue 3T Dradoging feldsinto the Tocun e e e a SR ON EE E ET E E Cale 1 21 qeu seems N O NOTTE 122 Foure Ssi OC aI Te SQUICBSS stai osstletespane ET toss he aet ath ume lees etse HR nn 211 EIU S A ere Niere ocali zed TE QUERN T 211 Figure Impettnglecalizeadexts ronda OSU ee IB atl c a ctu s e E a 212 List of Tables Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 5 6 Table 5 7 Table 5 8 Table 6 1 Table 7 1 Nia pp onl alo lt 1 Ge eee anne ee oe Se eh mde Oe tnt Vd adimi np OPT 83 ACCOUDUDCTEDOI
122. Prejt Projeli B8 c e jE Preseit PHL23 ECT Panjak H Ein Problemi cher Arpeka jiire ape 1 AMNI 10257 PH wa Peek R Don Shrorresmicorn gara id d qeu Murano ale Tecos ajral S70 PH Es FL Pr ek Fi Shes 3 ftir fube o ador Tie ath 10 12 12 7 227 PW Lr wa Po jsk A ep 4 geen ibram s nior Tr arrort 7 34 PH a e Pe jek B Probheriericht ar fen ei rest beei Tros 7 24 11 R53 PH 343 Pe rjek B ep gedir Akier adir Tecos Olas 7 36 PH Peijehi F rem el lee Adkarschister Tadke ZSL NETI AB E Privete as Pr jeki B Meador wd rigare bier gel trt Aukcageieabor Track GLAST dod PH er ai Present Projet PL 11 c3 I a rn Fe jerz PHILS Fas PIE get Front fury or Track 92 19 11 Sa PP a i parE ais Projekt PLES Task MEL gedir Juknnesirator bada araj 8 00 Ph No NN r E Pe jerz PHLZS Task POSE LZ get Prot Suda stor Frac 9 196 L1 Bol PH 5 5 B ais Froja Palio Dak PB 111 geina Ameer aa Trach 919611 Bal PH i 2 a as Prope PRLS Tank POE geod Iren Dorn Hide uie 00 Pr PS erda ags Projekt PhLZ Taik MiB nibesbetung Admete kaks MINILI UNE AM a peer Ai Projekt PLES Tak P38 23 gedine Fierce Hariari arrari elo PH Trash FE Pr prz PHLZJ Fac Mile ganat Mein Feria WSL Gale PE Srcubkstor 3 Proti PHLZJ Fac MZ gaia Hesse Hennann 9 19 11 S20 PH E POSER va F r A A mone Guyane vendan et invade 40 2 Version 4 01 bald Lo Crtana E2012 Dees Trapi Figure 3 4 Irem navigator You can organize items hierarchically By clicking on the icon
123. SMTP authentication The outgoing mail server SMTP requires authenticabon SMTP authentication mode SMTP user name SMTP password Track Demo System demajgitrackplus com O SMTP uteri password Mailbox weer pacoword Connect to mad server before send Gemoj trackplus com The Genji system can send e mails to its users For all system generated e mails like reminder e mails or password e mails Genji uses as send from its own e mail address For user triggered e mails like changing an item you can decide whether that users e mail should be used as the sender address or the Genji system address You need to use the Genji system address if you want responses to these e mails being added as comments to items 239 Administering the server If you do not want to enable item submission via e mail this e mail address does not necessarily have to have a real e mail inbox associated with it it can be a virtual e mail address You would not see any messages sent to that address in the Genji system anyway If you want to use the item submission via e mail feature there has to be an e mail inbox associated with that e mail address All e mails sent directly from the Genji system will have as their from address the Genji system e mail address and as the from name the server name For example such an e mail would appear as coming from Your server lt yourserver yourdomain com gt SMTP server name To send e mai
124. Sammelbox Besspiel einfach Demnachst beispiel erfach Geplant Beispiel ardach irgendwann w Sav Beset ese 4 You have to select a project or a project combined with a release as a filter The modified files list will be assembled based on all items of that release that have files that were committed to version control with these item numbers in the commit text Appearance The following figure gives you an impression of how the file list looks like If you have a version control web viewer enabled you can directly go to the file in the version control repository by clicking on the list entry Modified files Track Modified Aruck corm trackphus ceore dibase My SOLAnt370 549l Modified Aruns com trackp us core src phogms dashboard mages myWatch ot Version Control Activity Stream This tile permits you to see the last X commits for a number of projects where you can configure X and the projects to consider Tile configuration Before you can use this tile you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a cockpit tile outlined above to get to version control activity stream configuration page Van irs d icr X y Lonfigarabion for Twin dimen sTatisT Tite versinncanireehviby label Propecia ETT Track amp Support Na ol LO Commis i You need to select at least one project or release and the number of commits you want to see for each project or release Appearance The following figure gives
125. Save Cancel Attention When you rename an entry the change may not be reflected at the user interface This happens when you have specific localizations for the selection entries which is the case for all predefined entries In this case the localized values will be shown and not the label you define here 3 When you are done click on the Save button in the toolbar area You have created a new role with associated permissions You or any space administrator can now assign users in this role to workspaces 5 5 2 Deleting roles As system administrator you can delete roles You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 Inthe top toolbar select Administration Customize User roles Alternatively click on the Customize User roles bar in the left navigation area im amp Track Sytem Adm nigraor Help Log oT o Fi Y MO Re Li cct Cipt Brweewerapson Pind es v Reports Adnnnution v Create fern v track Jy reting Se Add F Ju My settings 7 Werkipaors Rode gu Werke Appears in selections for coss only En tem types Hidden fue Users gnum EB Users amp groups D Meeting A LN Lustomize CY Manage filters E Action Fee Consulted DO Actions o T B E Be Requirement M ndge irr d TOP workin ee ET Elek Manage roles that can be assigned to users Roles define Pi Acchunis rond any Mj sanas rcm pasto For urs ee misil dire 2 Select a role by clicking
126. T Helpdesk to create or modify a condition specifically for that workspace To add a condition click on the Add button in the toolbar To edit a condition select it in the right grid area and then use either the context menu or the toolbar button labeled Edit Restriction You can only modify conditions that you own i e you have created Only the system manager or system administrator can edit and delete filters he does not own 4 Entera name for the condition and click on the Add button Define your filter 5 6 Customizing automail The selection box with new and old refers to the item property value before and after the triggering change This permits you to filter on transitions In the example we filter on the state transition from any state except for closed to closed Thus if changes were made in state closed we would not receive an e mail Important Current user always means me as seen from the user that utilizes an automail condition n iki gt E E a one Just choig bers l Add new w Status ot WL prd sid Delete AND VA off Rahs lt ant dosed ue Mdd L i Sane tance 5 Save your condition You have created or modified an automail condition You can now use it together with an automail trigger to control the kind of messages that you will get from the Genjisystem 5 6 3 Assigning automail configurations To control the e mail messages you get from the system you assig
127. T Attention The version control node will only be available of the space type for this space supports this feature 4 7 Version control A Tacke Syren Admins Help Log off e v PRECOR p L2 Cockpit Browne wortapeces Pind term v Reports Administration v Crete tem v track Ju My settings bed Sre Workspaces General m M RR Pr RS PRA UN n Mg fecun Roles browser to directly view files or fle sets that are rt cfi kem in this application CBT Support uses Finden amp Verwaltung 3 fhers Repository browser Ju bhegration space Report termplaces Repository browser ViewVC v o Po TT Helpdesk Custom forms Unk for change set http SERVER cgi bin viewwc cgi SVN INSTANCE revision rev Beiew rev Leader cede Ji Custom Sads Link for fles edded http SERVER cgi binviewwe ogi SVN_INSTANCE peth revision rev view mark Markeong amp Vertned icase J Link for files modified hitp SERVER cgi bin viewwc cgi SVN INSTANCE path revision rev view marku Testraum mE a Link for files replaced Mtt SERVER cgi bin viewve co SVN INSTANCES path revision rev amp view s mario 71 r Link for fles deleted http SERVER cgi bin viewec cg SVN INSTANCES path revision rev amp view marku Vp Wien General options L 3 Laser Printer Connection type V perve ext User name Server name Reootery par o Server pot Dena Gatom 4 Select one of the supported version con
128. Torque properties Then you need to restart your server To adapt your attachment directory go to Administration Manager server Server configuration tab Other 10 Switching database systems It is possible to switch the Genji database from one database system to another one For example this may happen when you started out using the Genji Windows installer that comes with the Firebird RDBMS and later on want to move to an RDBMS officially supported by your company To move from one database system to another one follow these steps 1 Create a backup of your current Genji database see Data backup Create the new empty target database Follow the procedure for restoring data from a backup file see Restoring data from backup Make sure you set the switch called Do not include database schema to unchecked This will create a new database for the target system which should contain all information of the source database Caution There may be some losses during the data conversion process due to database mapping differences For example some database systems have limits on text field sizes in which case a truncation could result You should therefore check the conversion result carefully 256 7 11 Non western character sets 11 Non western character sets Internally Genji uses Unicode and UTF 8 for page encryption We recommend that you use UTF 8 or UTF 16 for your e mail templates and database connection T
129. We Frzgelt eof ech Leitung F r eleltrizdre foll 2 Click on the Edit icon in the tool bar of koms found 19 Fitered 19 Adios is Projekt Iyos Dulk Protekt exd ach Iriran ennert e Bulk cog Change ke Proyekt arfah Vorberetende T8 Reports Projekt erf ach Tapeten satboche Wa Liport Projekt ex Fach Teppichboden eu E EE G Projekt einfach Zimmer sar bume _ x frojekt exi sch Tapete ertfernen A CSV v Protekt exvach Flektrker besten x x x Projekt einfach Neue Stechdose Excel 3 Onthe new screen that appears mark those item properties you want to change You must check at least one property When you check an property on the left the corresponding input field will be activated and you can enter the desired change 90 3 5 Item navigator gos eax Number of tems selected for buk cperation 4 Projekt ot to Propet emtch v 7 issue Type ot to Aufgabe vw ts tat sot to v Qeottiet w A 4 Click on the Save button If possible all items are now changed to the new values If it should not be possible to change an item for example if you have just read access to it or are not permitted to move a due date you will be informed that the change was not performed as desired There is a peculiarity about changing start or end dates You can set the earliest start or end date to some specific value and for all the other items in the change set their dates are moved relatively to the item with the
130. a Sane ae P lg x SETS M ME E e 4 SEEING s reme s e a E an T Views Aten Total amber of ters found 1795 Filered 1795 O Action T DE Ge E cone columns Aag PROJECTS Item No Project Tite Edit selection Sus Responsible Vo Tracks 3x 2051 Teck 3 x Abfrager in Tedetientorm Copy set dened foede Yen L Tracks 4 x 30s Tracks 3 x Datoen festegen Jm port dosed Friedrich Meg V Track Support 39 83 Take Lex Aristionen besbrmemnen Cf te 7 dowd Fridrih Meg 4 f views Qu Tode 3 x SQL formulieren 9A Print POF dred Preteen Mes Y Atem Os Track J x Please create vertion release 3 2 08 E Export CSV dosed Friedrich Jorg T Outstanding Ou Tacks 3 x d Uwe cene foecrkh Yang T Mtos on Wrecks 3 x Rework responsible and manager List x closed RA Tamas T fm the manager Ou Track J x Teste para peopeto PM dosed tang Hartmut T fmresoonsibie Ox Tock Jx rya dened Friedrich Jeg Yume Ff 18 Toce 3 x TOL Query Names should be unique ened RA Tamas T Mesinas 9 109 Tack Jx Maoornum attachment sae should be configurable dosed Raff Tamas Y Unscheduled Qo Takt 3 x Send e mail to all active Track users dened Raff Tamen Y Oed recently 36319 Tode Jx Test al popes with different browsers dosed Bojer Adrian Y Added recently Om Track 2 x Test al pages with IEG dosed Bojer Adnan z Om T T E7 3 backe 3 cut al with I cloned Adrian C M x page Bopers 35 Tode Jx Test of with Firefox 2 x dosed Adrian o Doses Bojan o 1 Track Ja Te
131. a a E E m 36 AEO O O E A E EEE A E E aMRa OIA euIaNEn 36 PE EAE ENEN NAAA AEA NN E E 36 24 1 Workflows based on UML state diagrams unisini 36 24 2 Worktlows based on iterii Colection S sectas tea itte item ettet E E a7 25 Queres TOT S VIC WS and HEBDO abscondita a ber tua e uieseta RARE 37 2 5 1 The NCBI epue mRMR 38 PAUCI m 38 PAS E EE i MN m 39 2D OFM eM EI SI Stasera tees aa tata ML MEE REM A E A MEME 40 2 6 1 Workspace N50 RMERRRRRERRE 40 2 6 2 COMMUTATION Mne aN E octo tnt d at ERR REOR thd utpat dea REESE cR 40 2 Genio SR MenDea EAEE 43 Bol Task ana concepis Tor tedni MEn c2 EE t 44 3 2 Registering and changing your user profile eerte ttt ttt ettet 44 PARS E g EE bg UU Rm 44 PEA IOI UME ie eom AEE A A 45 325 ACUVaLING centralpassword storage EDAD saemnaucitia tique ob R 45 3 2 4 Configuring CSV separation CHAACTOM a a aasssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeseseeeseeeseeeseeeeseeseeeee 46 2245 Contig ring the layout Taria gsm innatum eta iene dua an nd Atm AP 47 2426 CONMOUNING attachment download DenaviO i sostenere ani iui Dti d 48 De CO IVI LUI lal TM UR IMMER 48 23 2 8 C Onigu Ina e mail TAMMIE ES assem aderat cam etra sant etm nob erant hte n o RU 49 22 2 Tumma Ol e ma TOI Cer eS 50 PAISES giire 3 are Id gl 9 6 RT 5
132. a little time to understand how to adapt it to a particular application scenario Company Intranet N C3 9 Eclipse Client External Developer External Developer e Track Server E Developer D bz PSSSSSSE REESE SER EEE SES LAM e sms Browser Firewall Qs Manager Eclipse Client External Developer Qs Manager Home Supplier Figure 1 1 Genji usage overview 1 2 Installing Genji 1 2 Installing Genji Unless a server is provided to you you need to install Genji on your own personal computer or on another computer Use the Windows installer for an easy installation To install Genji on Unix based operating systems or with a MySQL Oracle MS SSQL Server or DB2 database follow the Genji Installation Guide You can install the Genji server on any computer system supporting Java 7 or up It runs on all Windows operating systems Linux Mac OS X Solaris and others 1 3 First login and e mail setup You or somebody else has installed Genji on your computer or on a server Before you can use Genji you need to set up your servers e mail connection If you want to use the automail feature of Genji you need to have access to an SMTP server For test purposes you can use a personal account 1 Using you web browser go to the login page of your new Genji installation This is http localhost genjiorhttp localhost 8080 genji if you installed it on your local computer If you i
133. able To use Genji you just need a standard web browser Genji is used for bug and issue tracking in software and hardware development Scrum tool and Kanban board mile stone tracking Compared to managing tasks with spread sheets Genji will give you the following benefits Web based so all information is consistent and up to date No mailing of files or corrupting a copy of the task list on a file server by unauthorized access Fully hierarchical permits you to handle thousands of projects with thousands of tasks with thousands of people Powerful role based access control you only make visible to others what they are supposed to see e Highly configurable it will exactly fit your terminology and needs Full tracking of all activities all changes are recorded Compared to using a standard issue tracker or bug tracker Genji will give you the following benefits Fully hierarchical permits you to handle thousands of projects with thousands of tasks with thousands of people Support for agile methods like Scrum and Kanban Powerful role based access control down to single properties You only make visible to others what they are supposed to see e Highly configurable via the user interface Full tracking of all activities all changes are recorded Genji implements proven project management methods and build upon methods used for personal productivity management Genji can be configured to a wide extend and it therefore takes
134. ace User name Emad access MES Users amp group admin Sort Ascending tem webmaster Otra pound 22 Gous Columns 4 Orgentustions units uodo aD upan raswa gt Q 3 Click on Assign cockpit in the small toolbar 4 Select the cockpit template you want to assign and click on Ok up Warning This will overwrite the users own cockpit definition and could make them angry The selected users will now have the new cockpit 6 7 Importing data There are two ways to import data First you can import data from Excel sheets This permits you to create item lists offline and later on upload them to your Genji server Second you can import data from another Genji installation for example to merge two different installations Any user that is permitted to create items may import items from Excel spread sheets Only system administrators are authorized to import data from another Genji database or export data from a Genji database 6 7 1 Importing items from Excel You can import items from Excel sheets If Genji detects that items already exist in its database these items are modified rather than created again Overview Tocreate items from an Excel spread sheet you enter all required data into that sheet on your local computer The first row of the spread sheet contains the field or property names all following rows contain item data one item per row 223 Managing the system Fetal 0 FE y lE 3X 3 H VP o oo EE A DA us
135. adm Server Mame Sym trackpius com Repodiory path arjanira Server poet E Geto O Copter Genji for space administrators 8 here may be additional connection information required In the case of the svn ssh connection method we can choose to use a public private key pair In this case copy the private key in OpenSSH format into the provided area If the key is protected via a pass phrase enter it into the pass phrase field T Attention You need to copy the entire private key file in OpenSSH format there It does not suffice to copy the key itself as you may be used from the authorized keys file Authentication 7 Ancesences 77 Piscine E Pubic I Privada Key Private ey BEGIN GGA PRIVATE KEY Proc Tyne 4 ENCRYPTED DEK fiii DES EDE3 CRC A EF 2 16499 Ki Baris SEE SS IHS TN Xon ene uae fic By RI SZ v 3amiOE haha midui AGP RU ae PAL Clic T rrmw 7D AE HITEHEREOLOTqoHBOInKCS Er raim inmi nE addi EN e T MD NTSERIADKTTRH Michelle US IO BMY TB T6 GC SVATLEGQDVAGSHYTU nTHWEVESOnCa A ese ppc 2b Aa ps Ca APUD re aia MATERION EGLURA TOUMA gPVTASETSCANOIT h n ERPB ey Pw TL AVA TREIVEYNFEPEEHTIEVZHAITO EMMAN HERGELI Pomsphrgus SPERSSEERSEEEEES yf Test 9 Test your connection The save the configuration by clicking on the Save button in the toolbar Your space is now directly linked to your version control system When editing item there will be a tab showing all files including their meta information that are
136. administrator rights in at least one project you may add modify and delete filters from the project repository Members of a project may use project specific filters and can copy them into their own personal repository for modification Entries in the project specific repository list can be filtered by project name All access rights are handled such that only authorized persons can access modify and delete filter definitions in the repositories To get an item overview with a certain filter go to the Action column and click on the little tooth wheel symbol Browse with filter If there are a lot of filters you can limit the view to a selection based on name pattern filter type and repository using the little filter symbol at the top right position of the form 3 44 Filter basics There are two types of filters in Genji which can be combined The first type is being assembled by selecting entries for properties and field values the second type permits textual expression of filter conditions and includes full text search capability 2 3 4 Finding items Logical Expressions View filters consist of two parts The first part is assembled by selecting entries from selection boxes for different item field For example by selecting a project from the project selection list and selecting closed from the state selection list and deselecting everything else the result set would contain all closed items for this project Selecting additi
137. ag It indicates that your name appears in the selection list of consulted when modifying or creating items informed This is not exactly a permission flag It indicates that your name appears in the selection list of informed when modifying or creating items 1 Inthe top toolbar select Administration Customize User roles Alternatively click on the Customize User roles bar in the left navigation area 5 5 Roles and permissions D TY i AS L1 A Tracke Sysoem Adminigtrator Help Log oT rele A aaar EEN iS LL E Aarinissetion Sitios track Jy My settings rT dp My settings Werkipaces Pine p Workspaces Appears in selections for Access only be item types Hidden feits HB Users B groups IB users groups 3 Meeting Cantomize Ez mmaa dte S Action hem Loreaited F Actions gt Pm rl i fe Requirement Manage earner ap TOP d Manage roles that can be assigned to users Roles define E Acrrnis medi ame 2 Click on Add in the toolbar or double click on a role to edit it Fill out the form that appears For explanations on each check box see the context description above Copy pi bem bpe meyme 2 lei restrictions M Oeir Perea Agpears in eeiections for Annes on y io ers pppu Wit Role x Rie Manager General parmisxicea Appears in election for RAZI rolon oad ae y manger mocdy asy J ntaporuibie 4 cr e iem at nionmed J tme am 4J tmm T che If liio or author V chose H res workspaer admin
138. aken For example when the vacation application has been approved by the team leader the next step trigger event would move the item to a new state department leader and at the same time would change the responsible person to the department leaders secretary 2 4 2 Workflows based on item collections More complex workflows can be modelled as a sequence of items or actions Each workflow step is an item and the items have to be completed according to their sequence This approach fits well when processes are made up of an always similar sequence of workflow steps like processing a request for proposal working along check lists or even an entire flow for processing a customer order 2 5 Queries filters views and reports To retrieve a set of items you use queries and reports Both of them use filters To retrieve a set of items you use queries and reports Both of them are based on filters Queries are executed to show a set of items in the item navigator A query is associated with a filter and an optional view Query filters are limited to filter on actual item property values Filters represent criteria to define the items you will see in the item navigator a cockpit tile or a report Filters work on actual item property values Views define how the items of a query are presented in the item navigator You can have a Gantt view an agile board a flat list etc For each view you can define what properties to show how to group a
139. alendar UBL fea Customize Marchese i 4 actions rf F a E bed Manegeserver 2 Select the tab labeled Other kal re Access data Kerinder e mails gher settings Onganizanion Lit Login fle LY 12 46 36 Toanirabona ww Doir u Pane Xt ID Hi E wey B Belueviow arig Western O O ue Ful That e tassi 9 e Y 3 In the field set Behaviour mark enable or disable layout When you disable the layout there will be only one layout for all view filters you apply However you can still configure that layout to your liking 47 Genji for team members When you have enabled this feature for each view you apply you will get the item overview in the associated layout When you change the layout the new layout is saved together with your profile in the database Thus it will be available even the next time you log in 3 2 6 Configuring attachment download behavior You can configure how you want to handle attachment downloads Usually the browser can decide whether it displays attachments directly inside the browser window uses a browser plug in or offers a Save at dialog windows 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings A L Adminstration ve Create enm e Ay My settings Projects P Automail assignments na M Users groups C Generate iCalendar UBL L fed 79 Customize r i actions H o m Manage server amp 2 Select the tab labele
140. alized values will be shown and not the label you define here Example workflows This section presents some examples for useful workflows The examples are based on the standard Genji state space and role definitions Action item list The action item list is the most general in the Genji system It was designed and developed to help facilitate communication within groups as small as members of a project or as large as members of an entire organization In today s world action items levied against members of an organization are created from several different sources through various avenues either by email voice mail in meetings or by word of mouth resulting in actions not being completed because either the action was forgotten misplaced or miscommunicated The intent of the action item list is to centralize and organize all action items for a particular organization or project make the system available through the Internet and notify individuals via email when an action is assigned to them or is nearing or has surpassed the due date allow for a concise and up to date overview on a projects state Not all states the Genji system has to offer are helpful when dealing with action items The figure below shows the state subset that could be used for action items 2 ho Fue RT EA BRE FERE 1 lud LR A ug me key p a i we nem w Th zh am meas VERRE RRL Ra PL des An action item is created and ini
141. an also select if you want to copy attachments as well and if you want to copy the entire item hierarchy below the current item This is a very powerful operation you can create a large number of items that way in one step 3 Click the Copy button A new item has been created which is a copy of the original item The new item is by default marked with Copy in the subject field In case you chose to include attachments copies of the attachments have been generated as well In case you chose option copy with all children the entire item hierarchy has been copied 3 3 17 Linking items to other items You can create links between items such as is duplicate of or is duplicated by To use this feature your project administrator must have enabled linking for your project Sometimes it is helpful to create links between items to express a certain relationship Genji permits you to define any number of link types like is duplicated of or its reverse is duplicated by or is test case for requirement and so on There are bidirectional links as well as unidirectional links When linking has been enabled for your project a link tab will appear when you create or edit an item You can add a new link by clicking on the Add icon on the left side This will bring up a pop up screen where you can select the link type and the target item You can create any number of links for an item The links will be shown in the tar
142. anaging the system Creates a new project or workspace and saves it to the database static void addRoleAssignment WSRoleAssignmentEditBean roleAssignmentEditBean Adds a role assignment a users role in a workspace static void deleteGroup java lang String groupID Deletes the group with the given object identifier Statue word deleteGroupWithReplacement java lang String groupblD gsava langsetbfrung replacementID Replaces all references to the group with object identifier grouplD with the replacement and then deletes the group with grouplD static void deletePerson java lang String personID Delete a user from the database based on its object id Static void deletePersonWithReplacement java lang String personID java lang String replacementID Delete a user from the database based on its object id static void deleteProject java lang Integer projectID Deletes a project or workspace based on its object identifier Stacie vord deleteProject java lang String projectID Deletes a project or workspace based on its object identifier static Java lang String getAllGroups Gets a JSON string with all user groups static WSGroupBean getAllGroupsBeans Gets an array of all user group beans static WSLabelValueBean getAllRoles Gets all user roles with their names and object identifiers static java lang String getAllUsers Gets a JSON string with all users registered in the systems
143. and then clicking on the Add child release or Add sprint button in the toolbar 5 Fill out the form that appears ma I e erum i I1 Product bankig home s hangs Sohn Add release bal fi priske Li Name 4 Ha Milinis chain dn peogn sk x Aes Due date 02 22 2013 x 2j Default nationi e Wee Default s tweduled 7 7 n Description in reease with agile support Bara Cancel a The release status determines visibility of this release in places where you can select a release Refer to The release status for more detailed information on release statuses b Therelease due date has just an informative character C You can select the release as the default release for Release noticed and Release scheduled The defaults are taken when you do not explicitly select a release when creating an item or the release does not appear on the input form 6 Click on the Save button 7 Optionally sort the release by dragging and dropping it in the list on the right You have created a new release in the selected workspace The new release will be available in selection boxes for items and filters 4 3 2 Deleting a release You can delete releases and sub phases If there are items assigned to a release to be deleted you will be asked for a replacement release which will then be assigned to these items instead You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator Warning The delete operation
144. anges lt artifactId gt version 1 0 SNAPSHOT version configuration query http gandalf 8080 track xml report query nKsWADX15WsX query amp l detault action type lt defaultType gt fix lt defaultType gt mapping between Genji item type gt and Maven action type lt issueTypesMap gt lt Task gt fix lt Task gt lt ProblemReport gt fix lt ProblemReport gt lt Requirements gt add lt Requirements gt lt issueTypesMap gt lt configuration gt lt executions gt lt execution gt lt phase gt compile lt phase gt lt goals gt lt goal gt changes generate lt goal gt lt goals gt execution lt executions gt lt plugin gt lt plugins gt lt build gt 1 Select menu Find items gt Manage filters A AS Y 2 s Li Find Reports M mint w Create tom Ali tems Me Daciae iy Deacovate E User iem Outstandeng Name My items Asmonvateatey Tracks Sytem I m the manager Bojani Adrian I m responssble Barbe Low I m the author D schoer Christoph Meetings Ernst Manuela Friedrich Barbe Unscheduted Freden eg Closed recenthy Friedrich Matthess Added recently Guest John Updated recently Henderson Fred My f E Lang Hartmut Margincen Mihei T Last used Mire David Ins ras Pich Catrice poa tamas nage Miers caste new ones or ute an exiting one to g t a specific view with Est of items orm 22s Sees nia 2 Select the filter you want to create a permane
145. anges plug in link Keep user logged in dangerou http iocellost BOBO track encoded pery action EREMO aaah leary pot MEd Ob Pw Py SCPMUPZ mE ian MVLTRE TCR Fd ke 3D Cancel aly Caution This will enable sorting and grouping but it will also permit the user access to the system under your name Thus this option should only be chosen for the guest user or another user with carefully controlled access restrictions 7 Copy the link shown to where you want to use it 3 4 12 Creating a link for Maven Maven is a widely used build project management system that can automatically generate project documentation Maven can incorporate information from other system and relate them to Maven builds or releases To incorporate information from Genji into Maven you need the Genji Maven changes plug in and install it into your Maven installation Then you can create a Maven changes link and copy it into the proper place in your Maven pom file Genji for team members The two main tags you have to change are the mapping of item types to Maven action types and the query URL lt build gt lt pl gins gt lt plugin gt lt groupId gt org apache maven plugins lt groupId gt lt artifactId gt maven compiler plugin lt artifactId gt contiduractiorn source 1 5 source lt target gt 1 5 lt target gt lt configuration gt lt plugin gt lt plugine gronpld com trackplus mvniplugins gronupldo lt artifactId gt trackplusCh
146. anned items Planned items for example can be part of a project a product structure or a Scrum product backlog For non actionable items you have three baskets where you can place them Trash you just don t consider this item anymore at all Incubator Here you place items that do not require any action at this time or in the near future but might have to be considered later These items serve as crystallization points for future work Example for items in this basket are ideas feature requests improvements etc Reference This basket contains material you might need someday for example requirements standards etc For actionable items you have three baskets where you can place them Next actions This is where you place items that you want to work on in the near future There is no real planning or deadline for next actions If there are deadlines or dates that must be considered the items should be placed into the Calendar basket Next actions can be for example calls support requests features to work on etc Calendar This is where you place all actions that have a strict relation to this date or time e g a deadline or a meeting time or similar The calendar contains three types of items appointments day specific actions 32 2 3 Structuring items day specific information what you want to know at a specific day Delegated waiting This basket contains actions you have delegated to somebody else Placing actions
147. anned value of work and cost or a work and cost budget with an item This permits to monitor items whether they are within the budget or out of it It also permits to monitor item progress by comparing actual work and cost to the planned value This section describes how to add a planned value to an item You must have retrieved the item to which you want to add a planned value This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the item overview report You must have been granted edit permissions for this item You will not see an Edit action icon if you do not have proper permissions 65 Genji for team members Accounting must have been enabled for this project by the project or system administrator Otherwise you will not be able to access the Work Costs tab You must have been granted the permission to add and modify budgets for items Otherwise you will see the planned value fields deactivated 1 In the tab area at the bottom of the page select tab Work Costs U History Comments 0 Attachments 0 7 Wordog Costs Jl Watchers 0 Links 0 Q Add E Delete tan k Date Changed by Subject Work h Cost Account Description Total actual work 0 00 Hours Total actual cost 0 00 Work Cont Set by Budget E Planned value PV 28 00 Hours Constructa Karta Estimated remaining effort Completion Actus expense Esthemated remasning effort 2 Goto the lower part of the pa
148. apping manually in case Genji didn t find the right solution for your spread sheet The import wizard shows the field labels as defined in the Genji global scope not the ones specific for item type project type or project since a sheet may contain items from more than one project and or item type Thus you need to know the global field configuration label for each field even though that label can be different in your own project or for your own item types Once the NEXT button is clicked the mapping is saved on the disk in a user specific directory and will be used as the default mapping for your next import Composite Field Handling Composite fields are contained in a single column The different sections of a composite fields have to separated by a character 224 6 7 Importing data Multiple Value Field Handling For multiple value fields all values are contained in the same column The different values must be separated by comma Data Validation and Import Each row of data in the spread sheet will be validated on several levels before an item is created from it 1 There is a validation that all required fields are present This means that they are either defined in the spread sheet and have been associated with the required field in Genji or you have selected that default values should be used in case there are no values in the spread sheet 2 Eachcell value is read and verified whether it contains a valid
149. are business related structures like development departments sales departments and so on Genji permits the system administrators and system managers to create a hierarchical organizational structure and assign users to organizational units 220 6 6 Managing cockpit templates Adding organizational units You can add any number of organizational units You can use the organizational unit property also as a combination of company and organizational unit in case you want to manage users of other companies as well To add organizational units go to the Administration Users and groups Organizational units menu On the screen that appears you see on the left side the organizational units already available in the system To add a organizational unit type its name into the property directly above the Add button on the left side Then click on the Add button The new organizational unit will appear in the list of organizational units Changing organizational unit name To change organizational unit names go to the Administration Users and groups Organizational units menu Select the name of that organizational unit by clicking on it in the selection box on the left side On the right side the list of users assigned to that organizational unit will appear The name of the organizational unit will show up in the edit property on the left side directly above the Add button You can now change the name in the edit property Then yo
150. ast one input form using the interactive form designer Customizing Genji Overwriting properties You can create variations of properties at the workspace level workspace type level or item type level By overwriting properties you can modify any of the property properties except for its type You can for example change the label selection lists tool tip or the is required property You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt ltem properties Alternatively click on the Customize Item properties bar in the left navigation area py Hem type specific config ab Apad ES Workspace bype soecific attribute confu o Unk ones 4 ES Workspace specific attribube config Na Ns M a a LES gE errat WS 33 Laser Printer 2 Anew screen appears consisting of a tree structure on the left and a context sensitive edit area on the right The tree structure depends on whether your are logged in as system administrator or project administrator Click on the leaf node and select the custom property you want to overwrite In the example shown here we will overwrite property Access level specific for item type Task Before the value is overwritten it is inherited from the global configuration This is shown by the light grey color of the labels Adi ardue Dee 3 2 QU sanaaa sanbute configurations Attribute configuration
151. atically join new users to this group users that have registered themselves or which have been registered by a system administrator will automatically be part of that group and inherit all rights from that group You can now add users to the group Select the group and then drag users from the right column Available to the left column Assigned o Tip You can set filters on the columns to limit the amount of users yo see at a time A Piy pores ES Add group A Edi group ih Doleo group Cy pare ancien Projects Ml eakop Assign uters to group Deralopers Ha Users amp grows Assigned Avniladile LA Uses nes Mame Degeneres un User name Marre Cegaeizaeonal y idl E a ds ja ute adb Bojani ty 2 Sort Descending QR Default ipt dies Boss Dias knees Chestnut Columna k Fibers F frsedj Fraedrich J rg guts sues hin 5eppert po Pan Peter T Attention The user will inherit all access rights of the groups he is a member of If you need to remove a user from a group drag him back to the Available column Note The users you have removed from the group will loose all access rights they previously had inherited from that group Removing groups Groups can be removed just like users If a group is associated with any items a replacement group or user has to be named when removing that group 6 5 Managing organizational units Companies are oftentimes organized in matrix form Typically there are project specific structures and there
152. ation x Title releazaNaob s lab l Projects Manuetast a TM an Manustast vJ m ei Mange s vd Try Elo Try Phut 2 iia Meeting Sprin In any case you can configure the reports you want to make available in the reports area of the tile Activity Stream This tile gives you for each project you have read permission in a list of the last X events where you can configure X This permits you to monitor project activities in real time Genji for team members Tile configuration There is little configuration for this tile You can set the number of events to be displayed per project e the update interval in seconds Set this to a reasonable value to keep server load low Appearance The tile looks like shown below Activity st Beispiel einfach 4 days ago 33 Veorherenende TMigkaiten Administrator Track Syster 4 da 9 33 Verberetende Titigheiten Adeninistrator Track System Matus Cemmon ade 9 34 Tapeten autiuchen und bestellen Adeninistrator Track System 4 db 9 IS Tegpchboda aurruchen und bestellen Adeninistrator Track 4 dey 90 36 Zimmer ausrburen Administrator Track System Status Common 4 day 9 37 Tapete entfemen Administrator Track System Status Common 4 da 9 32 Ee neue Besprechung Adeninistrator Track System Status 4 d 9 18 Leftung for elektrische Koliden installieren Administrator Trach System 4 deve 00 19 Letuns for aab trachea Bolten in cztalieret Ade ihigtrat r Track Systarm
153. bar of amp add Form list Names Description Default Form ADD COMHENT Add cement te existing Hus 3 Give the new form a name and a description e u Seve Cancel Farm list Mame Description Edit Pide tons Edir form for eda deona 4 Click on Save in the toolbar area Then click on the Edit icon in the Action column on the right m E e Bew tab Kev game Maru Edit Miletstane EN Oo hh available field space available field space available field apace available field space available field apace available Field space 5 The interactive form designer appears with the new form This designer supports drag and drop Click into the top panel to select it In the Properties window the panel properties appear You can move the Properties window to a convenient location in the main browser window by selecting the blue bar and dragging the window to a new position ALLCHEEEEEEEEENI E Name Panes Desenptoen Pane desengt Rows 3 Columns 3 eh System fielde a 6 You keep the default of 3 rows and 3 columns for this panel To add a field to a location you select the field from the field list in the Properties window Here you have selected the itemld Customizing Genji rie Priority miw hern y s REPETI ae rigiater sie eae abe 7 You drag the selected field to its position in the panel and drop it there left mouse down in the field list drag to p
154. be sent an e mail of this change if notifications are configured accordingly 3 3 10 Changing item state The life cycle of an item is characterized by its state As work on an item progresses it is typically moved from one state to another one Oftentimes a state change coincides with a change of the responsible person You must have retrieved the item which you want to move to another item type list This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the item overview From this report you can also directly change item state using the context menu LE LN t onansum O Wiews in news babs 5A INT bonaraumn Edit a INT Benaraum Copy 34 Pee Qraon Mew LP br Printer Change Salus IGF shred 5 Add Child 4 ak int a bongraum L 35x g a bees e nd Hj Set Private FE Ond FE 5 B i rator Fi pa Ti inhenearinin You must have been granted edit permissions for this item 1 From the item detail page click on tool bar icon Change Status 2 Anew screen appears Select the new state and depending on your system configuration a new responsible and other parameters 3 Click on the Save icon in the toolbar to finalize the operation If you want to close this item and it has children that are not closed you will be asked if you want to automatically close them If you deny the current item will remain in its current state The item will now have the new state Be
155. c lists 3 Give a name to the new list or modify the existing one Optionally add a brief description for book keeping purposes Customizing Genji Q Ay iment Cer 37 Operating Systems Here you can confi lecion labs Thay wf Ande Bebe Lin mate priority and item types rou can add a nec Che goha loni virible io all ce Ma worktpe Ti onesemue Wires eae ee eee ee A sai ji T Manage fiters fuat miim Mame Customers Custom foes Cuscriptics All our customers A Dussiem afi ribules V veorkfioss T Ausign AOCOUPER of Ankama e api k Ww Version control F Export in MS Project Savr Canc P vt from HS Proper 4 Select the node to which you want to add list entries or edit an existing entry Use the context menu to add or edit an entry BS wisi Add custompentry o Edit giobal lat UR Debes global list Copy ghobal list D Export global list 5 Name the new entry or edit the name of an existing entry and optionally give it some style information The styles can be used to control item appearance in the item navigator Then click on the Save button Gy AK a o Dinha ees Nares i mata E Miriy m Severity Add custom entry Rim t di m Name EMEA ou Listo List Defaut EZ riep pede iri bobus ye Background color t Color Font aight x Fant style Test decoration w You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be u
156. can be done with items belonging to it You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator There are three workspace state values in Genji Each state has a state flag which determines the availability of a workspace There are three values a state flag can assume as shown in the following table Table 5 7 Workspace states State State flag in active progress on hold inactive archived closed Description This is the standard workspace state You can create and modify items as you like The workspace will not permit you to create and modify items all existing information remains visible as well as the workspace itself The workspace will not accept new items and will not permit to modify existing items Furthermore the workspace is invisible with all its information Items are inaccessible 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt System states Alternatively click on the Customize System state bar in the left navigation area A Tucke Syon Adina Help Logo Y id Ae Find Geren v Reporte crmirivication ow Croin Eier oc track Ju My settings NS Workspace state o Mermapaent p sates for workipaces phases and accounts Select a node in the tree left El Meiri itate B Users groups ET Accord abe Customins CT Manage liters ues Acorn Report templates SEU Select a nadie in ihe Gree left 204 5 11 System object states 2 Select Workspace state Click on the Add
157. ce You can overwrite the labels and tool tips of these properties at each of the levels mentioned above thus permitting you some limited customization Custom properties As a system or workspace administrator you can define new properties An property has an property type like text or date If you want to define properties offering a selection list you first have to create the selection list before you define the property Custom properties do not automatically appear at the user interface You have to explicitly place them on at least one custom form before they become visible to users Deprecated and required properties All properties can be marked as deprecated or required Deprecated properties cannot be selected anymore from the property selection list when managing input forms They are still in the database but they cannot be used anymore when designing new forms If an property is marked as required users have to enter information for this property when an item is created If they do not enter information an error message is displayed The required property pertains only to creating items 5 8 Item properties General confiquration qi Caution It is possible to create problematic configurations that prevent the user from creating new items If an property is marked as required but does not appear on the associated input mask for this workspace and item type the user will not be able to create an item Property names
158. cel 4 Caution This will enable sorting and grouping but it will also permit the user access to the system under your name Thus this option should only be chosen for the guest user or another user with carefully controlled access restrictions Copy the link shown to where you want to use it 5 3 4 Creating a link for Maven Maven is a widely used build project management system that can automatically generate project documentation Maven can incorporate information from other system and relate them to Maven builds or releases To incorporate information from Genji into Maven you need the Genji Maven changes plug in and install it into your Maven installation Then you can create a Maven changes link and copy it into the proper place in your Maven pom file 5 3 Managing filters The two main tags you have to change are the mapping of item types to Maven action types and the query URL lt build gt lt pl gins gt lt plugin gt lt groupId gt org apache maven plugins lt groupId gt lt artifactId gt maven compiler plugin lt artifactId gt contiduractiorn source 1 5 source lt target gt 1 5 lt target gt lt configuration gt lt plugin gt lt plugine gronpld com trackplus mvniplugins gronupldo lt artifactId gt trackplusChanges lt artifactId gt version 1 0 SNAPSHOT version configuration query http gandalf 8080 track xml report query nKsWADX15WsX 3D query amp l detault actio
159. ck on the Action button and select from the menu Save as standard layout You can only do this if you are the owner of the filter you used Q Am BE Gre Cheese celum Edit selection i Copy selection Link lems Ad AE ab La bt Ea La Ea La Ea LE La ARP AAR eee 4 To overwrite your own arrangement with the standard layout click on the Action button and select from the menu Use standard layout Right area configuration You can configure the right area views of the item navigator What can be configured depends on the view mode 1 In the item navigator click on the settings button all the in the top right corner below the logo 88 3 5 Item navigator F Tatie Time ax Cet ngenes TT Qoose coiumns Quarters wees M N Days Migh ght critical path Showbaselee G Zoomin A Zemout Gi ne 2 km Project Te zn mM ax Mov20 13 Oec2013 2004 Fe OS Project Ausschr Quer e SS cene l Aust Naste Ax 8 M laus Awshrebung Ko TASI Aexeebex Bo H 2 Depending on the view mode you will be able to configure the view 3 5 4 Grid based view modes Depending on the right area view mode you can configure the columns sorting and grouping in the item navigator The configuration pertains to the last filter you have executed and will be preserved even after you have logged out If you change the My items filter navigator configurati
160. consulted a free form text field for people that do not have an account on the system and shall get a copy of the meeting protocol The complete distribution list is made up of this field plus the list of users registered as informed a free form text field for people that should have attended the meeting but were not present a free form text field for people that should have attended the meeting and that were excused begin of meeting end of meeting a URL to your file system where you keep the meeting protocols or a direct attachment with a frozen version of the protocols for this meeting For meeting topics you should define at least the properties shown in the following table Table 3 5 Specific meeting topic properties Property duration responsible distribution level Creating Word templates Description the amount of time minutes allocated to this topic in a specific meeting who should take care of this topic or who is the main driver a selector defining the audience for this topic Topics with a lower distribution level are intended for a broader audience while topics with a higher distribution level are intended for a more specific audience free form text field for people that should have attended the meeting but were not present Using this property you can create different protocols from the same meeting specific for each audience To create printable forms of your meeting agenda and meeting prot
161. ct which projects and or releases you want to consider in this tile or use any filter you have defined previously Selecting a project will include all releases of that project Last you need to select the grouping criterion You can group by Save your configuration by clicking on the Save button You will be returned to the tile configuration Click on the oack button in the toolbar area to finalize the configuration Weekly View The weekly view comprises a header row and the fields for the different days of the week The header row displays the current calendar week There are two arrow buttons on the left and on the right with which you can move a week backwards or forward The current day is marked by a red frame CALENDAR a 4 22 13 4 28 13 Week 17 Today Menthhy View o 23 Msn 23 Tus 24 Wed 25 Th 28 Fr a tat 28 Sun Hk Sarees ri H C r ne ir The header contains two more buttons With the today button you move to the week that contains the current date and will select that date A selected date is marked with a yellowish background The Monthly view button takes you to the monthly view of the month where the currently selected date is in In case you have not selected any day the current month will be displayed Monthly View The header of the monthly view comprises of two rows The first row contains the name of the month two arrow buttons with which you can move one month forward or backward and two years the pr
162. ction items It also gives you a simple graphical indication for the degree of completion for this meeting Date Title all resolved unresolved ee ee 1 2 m ng tur Verbas D der Requirements fngi P 1 Drorevcer BD t hung t g gt MEN Release Notes The release notes tile gives you a list with all resolved and unresolved items in a release grouped by item type The Panel The Release notes tile requires you to configure a project or release for which the overview shall be generated If itis being used in a project or release cockpit there is no need for any configuration The tile displays a list with item numbers and titles for all resolved and unresolved items grouped by item type Pain Pens Tau ad Irgit ut 2 2 resolved 421 146 nmeinleed 273 unreielved Hi Problem Report sali 1474 Pog problem re The rout breaker hires when Ehe ae oendtion sbarbs raeng 2295 This risum rr bh ihon a completo length hile bes w h sems steetih lotor Requirement Change Qi 1580 Presse Bauen Qj 1581 Time View erbauen KR is asdasd In addition there are summary links for all resolved and unresolved items as well as a simple graphical indication for project or release progress Configuration When you use thistile in the general cockpit you must define for which project or release you want to enable the tile When you use the tile in a project or release cockpit you do not have to configure anything Conf igar
163. cts Automall assigrenents pa M Users groups C Generate iCalendar UBL ie 79 Customize D idii fet AF actas k ae tarde et ous Mere e 00s F 2 Select the tab labeled Access data lg seve Access dake Revirar e eadi Mher selling Legin and e mail ar rane hamana e a Imm E mal acess hermanntbbosch com o Wanne aed Language Lact Marre Hessa First arri Hamari Preferred Language Engish d rone Central European Summer Time Europej erin ie 3 Enter your new password into the Password field Accords dala Boerisienler n m tts Other setlinps Login and e mail ir nno bent I2 L li e nc E kr henmnannthbosch com amp 4 Enter your new password into the Confirm password field 5 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration Your password has been changed The next time you log in you have to use your new password 3 2 3 Activating central password storage LDAP Instead of storing user names and passwords in the Genji database it is possible to use available data from an LDAP compatible directory server You can thus use your Windows or Unix password to access Genji 45 Genji for team members Your Genji administrator must have configured Genji to connect to an LDAP server If this is not the case you will not be able to mark the LDAP check box It may also be that your system administrator has disabled the selection and you have to use your LDAP Windo
164. d Other ki Be Access data Reminder e mails gher settings 1 ganizat Latt Login zUL2 10 19 L2 46 36 raangabona unt Dnnlopnmment o i T nam Belin Western I50 BO59 1 ral har 2 classic 9 We a 7 e 3 Choose if you want to always offer a Save as dialog when downloading attachments 4 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration Next time you download an attachment from Genji you will be prompted by your browser how you want to handle it 3 2 7 Configuring e mail format You can select if you want to receive e mails in plain text format or in HTML format The HTML format looks much better and quickly gives you an overview on what has changed Most e mail clients support the HTML format well so there may be little reason to not choose this 1 Inthe top toolbar select Administration My profile My settings A Um fusminitrabnn wr Create Emm 7 JS oMysenawgs Projects Automall aczzigraments jog M Users groups C Generate iCalendar UBL L ie Customize Pe dii fet AE actas ke a br us A rho k hianege server n m 2 Select the tab labeled Reminder e mails 48 3 2 Registering and changing your user profile Da Sore Access data Reminder e modis Other settings Gener al settings o po MTM Plan Poles o z o z o Hernendet bevels and bead gelegertich 0 v o oe gering 0 o 9 3 Select the desired e mail format plain or
165. d useful You can share these entities with others in your project or you can make them available to anyone via folders similar to folders in a file system There are three kinds of folders 28 2 2 Communication e private folders only accessible to yourself e project specific folders readable by anyone having a role in that project and modifiable by anyone having project administrator privileges for that project e public folders readable by anyone and modifiable only by a person having system administrator rights You can organize folders hierarchically if you have a lot of entities In the item navigator you can turn of the folder structure for queries and display them flat for quicker access 4 C3 ABFRAGEN Meine Vorgange j Managers Vorgange Bearbeiters Vorg nge Verfasser Vorg nge Besprechungen 4 C Privat gt 7 Datums bezogen gt Meine eigenen Alle Beispiel einfach Diesen Monat f llig z Letzte zwei Wochen geschlossen Neue diese Woche Neue in diesem Monat t J Projekt t 5 ffentlich 2 2 Communication Genji can inform you about any events within the system as you like You can tune the notification system such that you get exactly the right amount of information For example when an item has been changed that you are interested in you can get an e mail notifying you of the change The notification system is structured into automail triggers automail conditions an
166. d automail assignments 2 2 1 Triggers and conditions You can receive e mail notifications from the Genji system when items you have an interest in are created changed or due You can control under what circumstances you receive such information by means of automail triggers and automail conditions Sending an e mail upon creation or modification of an item is a two stage process as shown in the figure below Automail trigger Automail condition Only checked fields will trigger an Only e mails for items matching e mail in case they are changed these criteria will pass through status priority new priority high 7 u responsible AND manager new responsible Doe ve I4 description Puce OR old end date responsible Doe _ space Susan item type severity Figure 2 6 Automail triggers and automail conditions 29 Key concepts First based on a configurable trigger an e mail notification is triggered Next the item causing the trigger event is examined by the automail condition Only if the item meets the condition an e mail is actually sent In the example above only when the state or the responsible person or the end date changes an e mail is triggered But only if the new priority of the item that is the priority after the item has been changed is high and Susan Doe is either the new or the old responsible an e mail is actually being sent With automail triggers you can define for each action type creat
167. d group the data in the item overview 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters Customizing Genji L Find fuporte ies Create tom w te pym remm Si uer iava Ovtstand ng Name My items Mmiristratey Track System I m the manager Bojers Adrian I m responsible Barbed Lena Meetings Ernst Manuela Unscheduted Freen Keg Closed recently Friedrich Matthias Added recently Guest Jon Updated recentiy Henderson Fred My fiters Lang Hartmut T Last used AV GS Mira David Insti j Pich Gabriele ARANAN Yero Parra predi tamas 2 Select the filter you want to create a permanent link for from the list of filters available Y aL fa Li Find items w Reports Administration Y Create item v My items vlder Add View filter T ft t Farado 5 Link 6 Delete Managers items Name Type All open items View fiter Originator tems Click on the link icon in the toolbar area 4 Select that you want to create an Item Navigator link In case you have a parametrized filter select if you want to add parameters to the query If you do not check this the user will be asked for the parameters each time she clicks on the link 6 Chooseifthe user should stay logged in after running the query Create permaneant lal x EE bes naipata bnk D Mareen changes plug in link Keep user logged in dangerou http iocellost BOBO track encoded pery action EREMO aaah leary pot MEd Ob Pw Py SCPMUPZ mE ian MVLTRE TCR Fd ke 3D Can
168. d on report templates 3 11 1 Using a Report Template Reports are based on data sources and report templates The data source determines the set of items you will then get in a report The report template defines the layout and visual appearance of the item data Report templates take a list of items and format them in the way defined in the template The examples that come with Genji are templates to present their results in PDF There are examples for reports with and without history grouping localization and even graphical output Genji for team members To get a result set displayed with one of the templates on the server proceed as follows 1 Create a result set using a filter You can use any of the predefined filters e g menu Reports My items or any other filter from the list of custom filters menu Reports gt Manage report filters You will see the item overview Click on the Export icon in the toolbar 3 You will see a list of available report templates If you hover over the report name you will see a preview of how the report will look like 4 Click on the Execute icon in the Action column of the report template you like to use A new window will open with your set of items formatted according to the report template If you go directly to the list of templates menu Reports gt Manage report templates and hit the Execute icon the last set of items displayed in the item overview will be taken for t
169. des which is the minimum requirement to provide redundancy By using redundancy HA cluster implementations eliminate single points of failure The figure below shows a simple HA cluster with two application servers and a database server The database server is not redundant but it would be possible to use one of the application servers as a redundant database server The router which switches between application server 1 and application server 2 is not shown here PN Database Server E Applicaton Server Jt po ON t al a P oe gt re md The purpose of a load balancing clusters is to distribute a workload evenly over multiple back end nodes Typically the cluster will be configured with multiple redundant load balancing front ends Since each element in a load balancing cluster has to offer full service it can be thought of as an active active HA cluster where all available servers process requests 250 7 3 Cluster operation The following figure shows a rather large configuration with a load balancer five application servers two database servers and two file servers Load Balancer All application servers operate on a single database which is served in a redundant fashion via two database servers The attachments and full text search indices are kept on a single file server which also has a backup The backup for the file server is left to the operating system there is no support for this within G
170. dministrator Genji will use localhost as its base address until the next application restart This will cause problems when other people iare accessing the system from some other computer You thus should always access the system using its real address as seen from the outside The automatic base URL detection works fine if there are no proxy servers between the application server and the user clients If there is a proxy server hiding the application server the correct server URL has to be configured The application name must not be included Genji will find that out itself Example for the Genji server URL http gandalf This will work for an installation where the Genji application can be reached under http gandalf track or http gandalf track dev or any other application name you might have chosen In non proxied environments you can leave this field empty which will enable the automatic detection feature for the server URL Configuring self registration It is possible to permit users to register themselves This can decrease the burden on the system administrator Registration is always limited to certain e mail domain patterns as configured under Allowed e mail pattern in the incoming e mail configuration section Even if users register themselves the system administrator is the only one that can assign employee numbers and departments to accounts Project administrators have to grant users access to their projects
171. dress e g From Tracksystem doeJones com You can set this parameter as you wish However some SMTP servers require that the From address matches the SMTP user name In this case you are forced to check this box Testing your configuration You can enter your e mail address in the field provided and send yourself an e mail from the Genji server to check if the configuration works Limiting number of simultaneous SMTP connections Some SMTP servers only accept a few connections from the same client To limit the number of simultaneous SMTP connections by Genji set the following inthe GeneralSettings Propertiesfileinthe TRACKPLUS HOME directory limitSMTPconnections on You need to restart the server when you want to make a change here effective 2 3 Incoming e mail connection Genji can receive e mails and create from them new items or add information to existing items To this end Genji acts like any standard e mail client like Outlook or Thunderbird and needs to know how to connect to a mailbox on an POP3 or IMAP mail server Mail server protocol There are two popular e mail protocols to communicate with a mailbox IMAP Here you can select which one you prefer Your server has to offer the protocol you select here Many servers offer even both at the same time A good way to check is again the setting in your own e mail client software 241 Administering the server License Outgoing emal Lacoming e mail Full t
172. e button in the toolbar Your workspace is now configured to create and manage items There are many more parameters you can set like accounting version control releases forms fields etc From here on the space administrators can completely control this workspace there is no need any more to involve a system administrator or system manager 1 2 Deleting a workspace You can delete an entire workspace including all subspaces and items This is the only way to permanently remove information from the database You must have system administrator or system manager privileges Warning You should consider setting the space state to archived rather then deleting a space This will make the workspace disappear on practically all lists and selection boxes but will keep everything in the database It is also reversible Deleting a workspace is irreversible everything is removed from the database 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area Z ae a A L Brown workspaces Find tems v ach Mnirisvtiien v Creste Bem v gt m x uss finanden amp Verwaltung T Manage fiters E Manage server gt P nargis Report templates wn Whegretorsroun s Cuntom forms 2 Useeither the context menu in the left navigation area or select the workspace in the left navigation area and Click the Delete button o E T ai Ay L1 meleste LI Cockpit eee
173. e edit change cost and budget related information for each RACI and item role manager responsible author consulted informed watchers and for each item property whether a message is triggered or not Important Automail triggers cannot be used to exclude others from notification e mails Any user can overwrite for himself the space or system wide settings Automail triggers define how YOU will be informed or others that also use the same trigger As a standard user you don t have to define your own trigger settings In this case the space or system defaults will pertain to you If you want to define your own trigger start with copying an existing one With automail conditions you can define complex filter criteria based on new and previous item property values For example you only want to be notified if an item was reopened or when it was closed You can define your own conditions or use existing conditions and you can assign your personal condition specifically for each space If you do not do this the settings provided by the space or system administrator prevail All properties can be selected with either their new or their old value New means the property value that was the result of the action causing the automail trigger and old means the value the property carried before the action This makes it possible to define conditions that check for transitions for example state transitions from anywhere to closed or
174. e Genji instance to another you first have to export this data at the source To define the set of items to be exported you execute a regular query and export the result from the item navigator Note that you can copy entire spaces this way or just parts of a spaces and even all spaces of the source The export process creates a ZIP data file including all data and attachments which you can import into the target installation Export To prepare for an export observe the following You must be logged in as a user with system administrator or system manager rights e g admin user You must have at least read access for each project from which you want to export items For this you need to assign yourself a role in these projects 226 6 7 Importing data You can only export items and related data via regular queries This means that you will not be able to export items from releases that have been archived Such releases will not show up in the selection boxes of the query definition any more To export items and all related data first define a filter For example if you want to export all items from all projects select the projects and deselect all other selection in all other boxes Select if you want to include archived and deleted items or for example you want to include only archived and deleted items to archive them somewhere else Apply the filter The result will be shown in the item navigator
175. e Repris Adrraniegtion ow Cronin prm oe Jy Meti Gebel en 7 WenPMUT selection Fats There are some predefined oyster Ests li Rem c S Workspace smectic ists Hl Users amp grou id any number of custom selection las either at the global level vit HT Manage Miers p mouse right mesa Atom Foo Repot templates Mange serrer ty Lir roles Eo Cost centers accounts J kutumai Lini typer Coeli sytem and custom Isis c3 priority wcerrity Po Woippy 2 In the second navigation column click on Global lists if you want to add a list accessible to all workspaces or select a workspace to which you want to add that list Then click on the Add button in the toolbar or use the context menu Customizing Genji a Q Gohal Its ad Status 9 Priority ob Bevery gu Bem type i Customer List Workspace specific lists 3 Give a name to the new list or modify the existing one Optionally add a brief description for book keeping purposes CHEER erani a neratirg yen Here you can linum peleciion lees Thera V Aasign Moles Unis sate priority and item types You can add a E Reisma Vwa the ginbal level viaible to all or a a workspa ue Situs oe t Lits Aali workspace specific lint T Manage fiteri Report tempiates Mame Customers NN Deseripton Ad our customers 9 Dustem a iribulis DE Viork im T Ausign ACCOUREE af Aiai e Cockpit H Version control F Expert in MS Projeci lt 7 nut from HE Proper
176. e an account themselves and automatically join a group Some supervisory activity is required to grant clients specific permission to view or enter any data to spaces 6 4 Managing groups to assign them to organizational units and groups and to activate or deactivate their accounts Handling of client users is the same as for regular Handling of client users Handling of client users is equivalent to that of regular users see Managing regular users with the differences noted below To manage client users go to the Administration Users and groups Clients menu entry Adding clients by e mail submission You can allow people to create items by e mail In this case a new client user can automatically be created if the e mail comes from an authorized domain The system tries to guess the first and last name The automated e mail response contains a link to the newly created item and a link where he can register even if self registration is not enabled Assigning roles to client users Client users cannot be assigned a role directly Instead they have to belong to a group and inherit their permissions from that group Limited client user permissions Client users can only View a fixed list of their open and closed items Create new items Comment on their own open items Close their own items Different access point Client users access the system via a different access point URL 6 4 Managing groups Genji can be configur
177. e for new custom properties i A Tracke 1 Adminigtrac 6 F Y E Li sie Cockpit Browse Find iem oe Reports Adminai w Create ers ce My settings Jy My settings Qi aces tas CO MEENE pseection lets There are some predefined system ists Bike Rem sI KE Workspace specfuc ists Users groups 4d any number ef curtem selection rte either ac the global level vies ly ane E mause context click right mousse Actions Foo Report templates Manage server gt V Liver roles E Co centers accounts J Auiumail W Link types lt Custom lorma Cueto feda FTO Woiapas ip T 2 In the second navigation column click on Global lists if you want to delete a list that was accessible to all workspaces or select a workspace from which you want to remove list Then click on the Delete button in the toolbar or use the context menu Your custom list has been removed from the system for selection for new custom properties All items that had a reference to this custom list will still have all information available Importing and exporting custom lists You can export custom lists into XML files and you can import custom lists from XML files There are some rules that govern the import process when importing lists that already exist XML format The following listing shows an XML export for a cascaded option list with two main options EMEA and Americas lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt ns2 trackplusExchange xmlns ns
178. e forum on how to do this 1 Goto the login screen Click on the link labeled Forgot password 52 er name Panaon meras The rome ser on makas vaaka velth Trasckpolus ever ei 2 Enter your e mail address in the form 3 Click on the OK button An e mail will be sent to you with instructions on how to create a new password 3 3 Working with items that comes up Trick Fomgel Patrail e Caper ind rimo viia Forgot pampueord fera ether Ct te dere unes which ou Foro nee brid with the ysbem l Cancel Funiber 3 3 Working with items Each item consists of a number of properties and history information The properties are shown as fields on forms Forms permit you to enter or change properties They also permit you to act upon an item like closing it or changing its parent item A Tracks System Adminkiaor Hein Log oft ES j ie Y wal aS o F vits K Cockpit Browpe PROCTER Find items w Reports Admiriirabion e Creeks item AAS track T views d TE isle onah om Taal numar af hana fid Tand T Ei ito E UE a La D Da 3 MIEW ITEM 5 ailosod by fith test item Lx Q4 Dam Me P Oaea ee Choowe parent Mai Print fg Set Private gi Archive MA Delete LAE IP m Exe Na 5 Project Test Project Issy ypt Task ig Created 05 25 2013 15 48 28 Priory immediate pa Criginater Admina Treck4 Sysher Relsase poticed Release LO Sar 16 Manager Admirina Trac
179. e full access to the system including the permission to add and delete spaces and users Users with system administrator rights are marked with a I at the end of their name System managers have full access to the system including the permission to add and delete spaces and users In contrast to a system administrator however they cannot modify the server configuration like setting index or attachment directories or enabling and disabling LDAP and web services A configurable level for users that prefer basic functionality and a simple user interface The difference to an easy user is that the simple level has no restrictions regarding reading other peoples items or filtering A configurable level for intermediate users that don t wantto use the entire system functionality and have thus some user interface elements removed A configurable level for users that want to use most of the system functionality Managing the system Removing users permanently As a system administrator or system manager you can remove users from the database permanently This is particular useful if test users had been added or mistakes were made when creating the user name Otherwise this is a rather grave operation since it affects all items this user has ever worked on Since Genji is a tracking system it will not delete any users activities from the system When permanently deleting a user from the system a replacement user has to be named
180. e many more problem reports than bugs Genji comes with a set of default item types as shown in the table below You can safely delete those you do not need or rename them to something more appropriate to your requirements This you can do even later on If you then delete item types items of this type will then be mapped to one of those types you keep Table 5 4 Ddefault item types Item type Description Problem report Somebody has a problem with something rather unspecified May be a know how problem a user interface problem or a bug Task In a well managed project there exists a work breakdown structure with many tasks or work packages It is very tedious for a project manager to keep track of the state of such task Using this list and having each SRESPONSIBLE take care of the state of her work package the project manager can without a lot of effort obtain the actual state of his project and look for instance for late packages Meeting In a well managed project there exists a work breakdown structure with many work packages It is very tedious for a project manager to keep track of the state of such work packages Using this list and having each SRESPONSIBLE take care of the state of her work package the project manager can without a lot of effort obtain the actual state of his project and look for instance for late packages Requirement A list with requirements This permits for requirement engineering and tracing Since attachments
181. e of the supported version control systems in this case Git The list may vary Additional system can be supported via plug ins 5 Select a version control web viewer if you have any installed Genjidirectly supports Git Viewer With a version control web viewer you will be able to go from item directly to associated change sets or files 6 Enter the correct links for your version control web viewer In particular replace the SERVER variable with your server URL Enter the path to the repository as seen from the Genjiserver You cannot directly use a remote repository 8 Fillin the authentication information here shown for Git authenticated via a public private key pair In this case copy the private key in OpenSSH format into the provided area If the key is protected via a pass phrase enter it into the pass phrase field T Attention You need to copy the entire private key file in OpenSSH format there It does not suffice to copy the key itself as you may be used from the authorized keys file Genji for space administrators Buthientication ATO Fermweor Public Prie Key k Privete key BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY e Proc Type 4 ENCRYPTED DEK Info DES EDE3 CBC AC2315208EF21 649 KEEB 3HSTaOonQesc huloOr hic zm CO KDE T Ehio wed bel Zhe Vp IS ep LYSE DR bl bei Pose Td Or Ww E m SMCS FON ISERIMOR 7 73H Neh We ly Teu ng TOv Lush wat WE SIG Ge Gc LEGI DNACYSH Y DH n7HWENASOrCALASSBry Cx 2h Sin rab RZNSODNVCMDO
182. e release contains items you will be asked to pick a replacement release DEALER You ere about to permenenthy delete the release RELLO from the database To replace isting instances you have to mark a replacement release in the Bet below Think it over Replacement release RELZOO 7 Click on the Delete button to confirm the deletion of this release The release you have deleted has been replaced with the release you have selected as a replacement release 4 3 3 he release status Similar to items and workspaces releases and phases have a status Via the release status you control the accessibility and visibility of a release 131 Genji for space administrators You can create any number of phases for a workspace Phases have a status just as entire workspaces do The phase status determines accessibility of a phase Via the release state you can control visibility of a release and what kind of operations are possible with this release When delivered Genji offers four release statuses as shown in the table below Status name Description planned These releases appear just in the Released scheduled selection boxes Typically such releases have not yet started and are planned for the future on hold These releases cannot be selected in the Release scheduled selection box However they will show up in the Release noticed box Such releases have typically been put on hold and no new items can be created for the
183. e the definition of an property of this type Simple list name PC Manufacturer When you place this property on a form it will look like shown below 5 8 Item properties Sun w H rnlet Packird Call Manutachurer Extensible simple select The extensible simple select lists permit to select a single item from a given list Additionally it permits regular users to add new list entries directly in the edit or create new item mask H rn Customers o Note You must have defined already a simple list before you start defining a item property of this type Otherwise you may not be able to complete the definition of an property of this type Simple list name PC Manufacturer When you place this property on a form it will look like shown below Customers Multiple select Multiple select lists permit to select one or more items from a given list The default value is configured as part of the list not as part of the property Ham Manufacturers Field trpe o Note You must have defined already a simple list before you start defining a item property of this type Otherwise you may not be able to complete the definition of an property of this type Sample lest rame PC Manufachirer When you place this property on a form it will look like shown below Hewlett Packard De Medion Toshiba Seemens Fuptsu Manufacturer Cascading select parent child Cascading select list of type parent child permit to s
184. e to save changes to the guest user account Usually this should be disabled Alert of new software version This displays a message in the state line when there is a newer program version available than the one you are running The message is only shown to system administrators Webservice activation You can activate the web service interface which is being used by external software like Eclipse Mylyn and Hudson Jenkins The address under which you can reach the web service is the URL of your instance amended by services TrackplusService Example https www trackplus net services TrackplusService Automated data backup This turns on regular automated data backups The number and frequency of backups you can configure on the data backup configuration page see Data Backup 3 Cluster operation Genji can be operated in a clustered environment i e one Genji instance can run on a number of servers This section gives examples of possible configurations and explains how Genji behaves in a clustered environment Cluster configurations For web applications there are two forms of clusters high availability HA clusters and load balancing clusters With a high availability clusters you can improve the availability of the Genji service for example to ensure 24 7 operation A HA cluster operates by having redundant nodes which are then used to provide service when system components fail The most common size for an HA cluster is two no
185. e type configuration will be added to the importing Genji instance The following rules apply will get an XML file containing the entire workspace configuration This includes Any item type not present in the importing system will be added Any form not not present in the importing system will be added Any properties not present in the importing system will be added Configurations that were inherited in the exporting instance will be made workspace type specific in the importing instance If you want to have them inherit from higher levels in the configuration hierarchy you must rest the specific configuration manually 6 7 3 Importing data from other Genji installations You can import data from another Genji installation for example to merge two different installations This is a powerful and potentially dangerous operation and therefore enabled only for system administrators This sections describes how to proceed and what happens during the process Overview Genji permits you to import items and all associated data from another Genji instance In the following we will call the Genji instance that provides the data source and the Genji installation that gets this data and makes it part of its own database target a Offline synchronization b Importing and merging Es of issues and projects md T qm d Track E A Tibor A Source Track Tracke Server A Soran B alnk To copy data from on
186. ead access to at least one project 1 Goto Administration My profile Generate iCalendar URL 98 3 8 Working with the cockpit L Projects H aners amp groups Pr rds 7 Customize rot WE actions p Manage denver 2 Select the projects that you want to consider when importing start and end dates Then click on the button labeled Generate iCalendar URL ri Generate iCalendar Gelact a fitar and push Generate KCalendaeuRL FELLEL T m Pres entah 3 Beneath the button you just clicked you see a URL Mark this URL like you would mark text in a word processor e g move cursor over text while pressing left mouse button and copy it to the clipboard e g right mouse Click copy or CTRL C Then paste it into the proper place in your calendar application You will see your start and end dates in your calendar application og 31 Januar 2009 Hhunderbird Dum Beebeten foot Meggett Gaar Eire a a E b cda dX r E i By m m IS Ad Ea D Neuer Temi Meum fafgate Tapin Heute Tasgecanichi Wechenarscht Mehnwichage Areich Monstusmicht Termine suchen Erick Mesi Leber Januar 7009 4 Q Termine ir den nicdhsiben 7 Tagen ihik Se Ho D M Do fr 4 Titel Begen Ende Kategorie m AE The rad Fender i stitesd Denier 29 Jano DUS 0 Donnerstag Z9 Jana ZO 1 reed a bile with Umbsut Clerc 27 Januar 2000 Gan Freies 30 Januse 2009 Gan 4 5 amp amp 7T B 9 IO L Hn mu
187. eamwork items need to have a number of tags and other properties Tags and other properties help you categorizing and structuring your set of items Managing workflows 3 32 Item description and comment fields Genji provides large text fields for descriptions and comments These description fields can be formatted using regular HTML tags The fields always open with a rich text editor which gives you instant feedback on how your descriptive text will look Not all HTML tags will be transferred into the report engine only the basic ones like bold italic underline lists font size and color Thus if you require nice looking PDF reports you may have to limit the rich text formatting to these features Tie Linden iem Description I B I U A D ies a Ii e Formar E a 2 2 d Source Currently we unie a nomber of ways im Enk bens 1 Chronological relations 1 Brat same time R 2 end same time BE J start with end EA 3 3 3 Creating an item overview Creating an item is a two step process In the first step you have to select the project this item pertains to an item type such as bug report action item mile stone and whether you want to treat this item as a private or public item If you mark an item as private nobody other than you will ever be able to see it It will not show in any reports except your own This way it is possible to keep your private tasks separated from tasks others may have a
188. ed add 61 CODy attachments 62 custom form 185 form 185 item hierarchy 62 workspace 127 create child item 62 custom form 180 form 180 sibling item 62 workspace 124 create item from Excel sheet 55 223 criticality 192 CSV configure 46 48 custom form assign 180 copy 185 create 180 delete 186 modify 183 overview 178 custom list import 203 custom lists 132 custom property add 172 customize workspace type 206 CVS link to 64 D dashboard 99 define standard layout 88 define filter 73 146 delegated 35 delegated waiting 35 delete custom form 186 custom list 199 form 186 iteration 130 phase 130 release 130 sprint 130 workspace 126 delete filter 75 146 deprecated property 163 deputy 52 description to PDF 54 diagram 116 due date reminder 49 E e mail automatic sorting 50 format 48 reminder 49 turn off 50 X Mailer field 50 e mail connection 257 e mail filter 95 e mail notification trigger 95 e mail submission automail 162 e mail threads 31 edit custom list 197 edit role 153 edit sets 90 email incoming 30 encryption 257 escalation 36 estimated remaining effort 67 event 36 Excel CSV character 46 48 Excel import 55 223 expense add 67 estimated remaining 67 export workspace type 230 F FAQ 115 filter automail 95 basics 72 basket 71 define 73 146 delete 75 146 parameter 2 reporting 69 filter layout 88 filter repository 72 final state 36 flat list view mode 86
189. ed 163 derive 174 item 33 long text 54 overwrite 174 required 163 property access 157 property type 165 proxy 52 public item 54 PV planned value 65 Q query link to 80 147 R RACI 28 RACI matrix 28 RACI scheme 27 read only fields 157 reference 36 registration 44 release add 129 delete 130 state flag 131 205 status 131 reminder e mail 49 overdue items 49 reminder e mails configure 49 configuring 49 replacement person 52 report template 115 150 150 152 152 152 153 reporting filter 69 TOL filter 69 TQLPlus filter 69 tree filter 69 reporting period accounting 116 reports accounting 116 FAQ 115 repository folder 72 repository folder 72 required property 163 reset overwritten property 175 responsible 28 responsible issues 69 restrict item type 156 result link to 80 147 revert property overwrite 175 rich text editor 54 role add 153 assign 128 edit 153 restrict item types 156 restrict property access 157 roles 27 S screen assign 180 copy 185 create 180 delete 186 modify 183 Scrum board 86 Scrum tool 16 select cascaded 187 custom property 168 169 multiple 187 simple 187 selection 187 selection list 195 197 199 set operation 90 severity 192 short text 165 sibling item create 62 simple select 168 169 187 Single Sign On 262 space 24 spaces and baskets 25 sprint add 129 delete 130 955L 235 257 SSL certificate 257 SSO 262 SSPI 262 standard layout 88 start date 60
190. ed in his workspace or project To facilitate cooperation you can provide workspace specific cockpits to your team members This helps to ensure that everybody has the same view on a workspace in discussions You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator When you click on Browse workspace in the top toolbar you can select a workspace in the left navigation area Then you will see a cockpit which is specific to this workspace You can furthermore have release specific cockpits within each workspace that is a common cockpit for all releases within that workspace The general procedure of managing these cockpits is equivalent to managing your personal cockpit 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area Genji for space administrators 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 In the second navigation area select Cockpit o Y uo L Copt Browse woriapeus fidem vo epora Ackministration vo Creste item Ju My semis i Configure opt f r workspace d Reset cock D Configure cockpe for phases Reet ree cock Wohweow diri Here you configure the workspace specific cockpit that i amp shown when ty jj am Oy Assis Rush i Li UIT ip T Hap fiers Po Rnancen Verwaltung 2 Saport inpak 5 Custom forms T utom Peek D vorin oos 4 Toconfigure a workspace specific cockpit click on t
191. ed in the upper part of the configuration screen for new messages and either creates new items in the default project you have to configure here or adds submissions as comments to existing items if the subject line starts with a number and that number corresponds to an existing item 242 7 2 Server configuration Keep Nessa es Or 3erver Check this if you want to keep messages on your mail server even though your Genji server has read them This can be useful if you access the same mailbox also with an interactive client like Thunderbird or Outlook Accept unknown sender Check this box if you want to permit unknown senders to submit items to the Genji system via e mail The e mail senders address is still checked for compliance with the allowed domain patterns but it is not required any more that the senders e mail address is registered with some user within the Genji system Be careful when you expose Genji to the internet leaving the wildcard domain pattern at the same time which is the default This could result in spamming your Genji installation E mail default project When e mail item submission has been enabled there has to be a project the incoming items can be assigned to This could be some kind of catch all project from where the items are regularly transferred to their final points of destination Typically one or two people monitor this catch all project and take action when items come in Each project can have their
192. ed such that users can create an account themselves However some supervisory activity is required to grant users permission to view or enter any data to spaces to assign them to organizational units and to activate or deactivate their accounts Access to spaces can be granted to users by the system administrator or system manager for all spaces A space administrator can grant access to the spaces he manages This section deals with managing groups that is creating modifying deactivating and deleting groups and assigning users to them Adding groups The system administrator can add users to the Genji system This is particularly useful if self registration is not enabled To add a user go to the Administration Users and groups Groups menu entry Then click on the Add group button in the toolbar Enter a group name and save Managing the system Name Developers Users from this group inherit RACI roles reciprocally for Originator Marager Responsible Tip By marking the check boxes you give members of that group a special property Each user in that group can handle items of other members of that group as if they themselves were the author responsible or manager Thus they could access items even then if their role would not permit them to access them This is useful when you deal with another organization and you want them to be able to see only their own items but not yours o Note By marking the check box Autom
193. eeting You can order them and remove them from the meeting agenda or meeting protocol Genji for team members FILTERS A B aktis Wa numberof tems found 120 Fired 120 accons Aat y Settings D MEETING pom BE crease colina 7 mainita Only axtive meetings 17 7 item f Workspace Tite Resgurnobie Last mod fed E gana Tacie Sue ad sereenthet in LES does net work Bajari Adrian 12 01 2014 170 z 3 Eo Tacie So Links in Coemments and Issue deseriplines daa t save Target settings Bojani Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 33 i El a Tacie 5o seinching sertenshei to inue does net wori Beier Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 36s emp ia FE fg Traci 5 Option include item information bn email Enja Atria Var 15 2014 15 43 08 Bf ono iid E denas Tracks 5 x Add cte himi test eiior Feli type Nagy Bence D1 15 2015 17 33 20 Bb Vang 11123004 E Bis Traci SE Wen remaing children dates for parent bask aee lont Ruff Taras 12 01 2014 17 01 38 ag mee mw Tracks Sw Rent treplabe perse slt ihren Vr a leg hetana Bajari Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 32 ME Tacks 1x E an Wu EE ngpeont handing when picking from selection lists Bajari Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 36 alid Tracks 4x Eogz Ix achment fer sending emad lenem item Bogan Adrian 12 01 2014 17 01 35s s vene 5 mess zm e Based Chio ablejdraggabie column widths Bejan Adran 12 01 2014 16 10 52 gl Track Support k E gan Cony ir ARE Renee FP sem NaN WAY aera Bajari Airian 12 01
194. efaut input mai Adminis Track E Feature wo Release ALL A maik fer cabure ey Adeninisisatos Track F Feature e nean A Avery dimple mask for Adeninixirator Track D meewing ALL A very ample mask for Adenmedtrate Track F Seele Feature ALL Avery ampie miik for Administrator Track D Task w Release ALL A mask for tasks with Administrator Track L Task Release TD A A mask foe tasks with Aderinistrator Tracks _ E Tak wia release ALL Avery simple mai fnr Adeninistrator Track F rgy A etry simple manh for Adknintviralos Track You can assign workflows to item types in the selected workspace type How this is done is described in Managing workflows Pd apg Diron qr ssn hes type di MAr atn S Assign Priority i Pign Serecrity Lud Custren ferms D renan Workflows gt EE Generic Project Pm Mechanics P wm Mechatronies Pu Priste Project P mm Sofvere Devekomet m Teemenspescher O Adinetion Jie M oes ey 4 mz Baim J Tassie Standard ection P Heia E Peubiem Report Standard B Action them Starland action 3 Rezarement ft Phiestone 2 1 1 7 Mantan adien Bekerinisbrahs Trakt Tard M Sanad minione Aero workflow for aika Adeniniiralor Track Byak 7 dad problem report ohare A werfen bor si bane pre Aderenestratus Track Spel 210 5 13 Managing locales and terminology 5 13 Managing locales and terminology You can modify practically any term in Genjiand
195. ei Customize SEENXNNB idi e it Actions j ae iden et ous ead Manage H 3l re UE Select the tab labeled More settings 46 3 2 Registering and changing your user profile ki rre Access data Kerinder e mails gher settings 4 ganization Latt Login fhe 10 19 Laer Waita uni Donni hat amp Enc i Il Hi T uk B Balissin SV encoding Western I90 0859 1 0 Cov sroarabon cForactes ia A d ean Sano ghrelin a rv cass 9 etc s Enable query layout 9 e 3 Go to the field set Behaviour and set the CVS encoding and the CSV character to the value your Office installation requires 4 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration Next time you export a report to a CSV file columns will be separated by the character you configured 3 2 5 Configuring the layout manager You can enable Genji to associate a specific item overview layout with each filter you have defined For example a list of mile stones might require different columns and a different sorting than a list of requirements When you enable this feature Genji will remember for each filter even from the cockpit tiles how you had laid out your columns the sorting and grouping the last time you used that filter 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings Ld Administration wr Create tem se Sy Mytting J Projects Ph Automall assigrements na M Users groups C Generate iC
196. elect from a list of parent items and when a parent item has been selected the list of selectable child items changes as well For example the parent list could be products and the child list could be components Note You must have defined already a list of this type before you start defining a custom property of this type Otherwise you may not be able to complete the definition of an property of this type Customizing Genji In our example we have a short list of customers Bosch and Siemens The children are divisions of Bosch and Siemens For Bosch we have divisions Benzin and Diesel for Siemens we have divisions telecommunication and medical All this information is contained in the list named Customers Cacading list name Customer w When placed on the screen this selection would look like shown below E Ich Bosch w Benzin MITTIS When the selection in the left box is changed the selection in the right box changes as well Another example would be a selection for an operating system Windows Linux Solaris on the left and the version 98 ME XP Vista Redhat Debian SuSE on the right o Note Even though the selection appears as two properties this will be a single property in the database To search for this in TOLPlus you would search for Customer BoschitBenzin The property name is shown as part of the tool tip in case your label is different from the property name Cascading select parent children
197. elete a state o AgJ BS Workspace status fun Taa TI Aetesse sabus opened ache By Account shai iiad dosed 5 12 Managing workspace types Workspace types help you minimize the effort of configuring a large number of workspaces or projects Workspaces inherit their configuration from their associated workspace type By configuring a workspace type you configure all workspaces that you have associated with that type With workspace types you can provide different configurations for different types of spaces or projects For example if you are in embedded systems development or develop mechatronical systems you may have a workspace type for the electronics part for the mechanical part and for the software For the mechanical part you don t need releases for the electronic circuit boards you may have three editions and for the software you need a lot of releases a product backlog sprints and so on For a workspace type you can configure the following entities 206 5 12 Managing workspace types ifit can have phases and releases e if it Supports accounting and progress monitoring e which item types are available e which states are available e which priorities are available e which severities are available e which child workspace types are available custom properties custom forms e workflow assignments To edit create or delete workspace types go to Administration Customize Workspace types Add a works
198. em properties by dragging an item to the respective node in the navigator left area Codpk rowioproMCS Andrevs v Repos Admins SUBFILTER WITH DRAG A DROP a E Adasi recent Total amber of it PROJECT Them Fo Project Tracks 3x A Them hype Problem Report 127 P Trcke Ax Q ims Teke Suppa J Tracks Support L EL 2 Track Suppcs a U pERSONAL BASKET j 1588 Teck Supp ibe e Irae Suppa ui Paned Ree 5 ru Tuxke 5upposa TRO Mest actions 3 199 Track Suppo H Reminder PELT Track dx A Deiesgated quA Tak Suppo B omes 19M kt ippa iiia Fr Boh dox B nere Gis wht An 2 Xj Status ope ird Sub filtering mode You apply a filter by clicking on the respective node in the left navigation area Here you find a tree with all projects and releases you have access to some predefined filters your own personal filters project specific filters provided to you by your project administrators and global filters provided by the system administrator The basket view filters pertain to your personal organization of items according to the Getting Things Done method Have a look at Tasks Items and Projects for more information Related Links Tasks Items and Projects on page 31 Items are the central objects of Genji Items can be of various types like mile stones bug reports action items Items have a lifecycle and items are contained in spaces Finding Items on page 69 A Genji database may contain thousands of it
199. ems Name Type D bles it All open tems View fiker Origater tems Meetings My views Instant view Manage view fitters Click on the link icon in the toolbar area 4 Select that you want to create a Maven link In case you have a parametrized filter select that you want to add parameters to the query Anything else doesn t make sense for a Maven link 6 Choose that the user should not stay logged in after running the query Anything else doesn t make sense for a Maven link Create permaneat hak W jien naeesator brnk Mibi dangti pugi hnk Kemp user logged in dangenmaus hiip ocelhost BOBO track encocedQuery action quens ir UA ahaq Q7 4MV1WOCH s 3Ao6630aw2 DADKOSFTnpehire BENCH nm yaty ME ndDbEns Py SCPMUPZ mE viapMVL TRE T c HF 3D Cancel Copythe link shown to where you want to use it 5 4 Managing report templates 5 4 1 Reports are based on data sources and report templates The data source determines the set of items you will get in a report The report template defines the layout and visual appearance of the item data Sometimes it is desirable to display a list of items in a different way for example in PDF format with complete history or as a graphical summary Genji has a powerful template based reporting engine that can prepare pixel perfect results from lists of items Genji comes with an interactive report design software called JasperReports Studio With this software you can define your ow
200. ems even for a single project Genji permits you to select subsets of items by means of views and display them in an item navigator This way you only see those items you are interested in 3 5 2 Navigator right area modes The item navigator right area can be viewed in different modes depending on whether you want to see a standard work breakdown structure a simple hierarchical view across projects or a detailed view with history comments and full descriptions There is a choice of operating modes for the right area You can switch between them with the buttons in the upper right corner of the item navigator screen 66 3 5 Item navigator flat list mode grid based tree view mode grid based hierarchical work breakdown structure view mode grid based agile board view mode Gantt view mode X Track System Administrator Help Log off track Q Alio L Tee vt a Rellings Flat ka Shark m Tite vota IK Herarchical vote WEG 14 18 X Gantt daga 1 00 ma Agde board Flat list view mode The flat list view mode permits you to see items across all workspaces disregarding any hierarchical order This permits you to group and sort by any field and see items ordered exactly by these criteria This mode further supports pagination Tree view mode The tree view mode permits you to see items across all projects including their hierarchy This view furthermore permits you to see the item history and comments and the fu
201. emut Track a s MN copy h 3411 Projekt enfach Vorbereitende TH i Tracks oR rar J ri Prot er sch Tapeten sors Copy the selected Rem OD txport J 13 Projekt erf acr Teppichboden eut y Tracke o aM Projekt erf ach Immer gust iure Prist w Treckee J A Protekt er ach Tapete ertfernen 4 CSV w Trace 4 Ais Projekt ed ach Elektrkerzbeten 22 XML yw Track J av Projekt eint ach Neue Sechdosn X Excel v Track Als Projekt caf ach Latung Gr elektrische Roll Admiro Track 2 Click on the Action button and select Copy set from the menu 3 On the new screen that appears mark those item properties you want to change When you check an property on the left the corresponding input field will be activated and you can enter the desired change Genji for team members Number of items selected for buk operation G Copy with hestoy P Copy with attachments PI Copy with chicren P Copy with watchers P B i onte Fj set A E E x Status set to c geotet a Manager set to i Domn Hide i Resporsible set to vs Admiistrator Tracks v A End Date set to x nm PRI note saana m You have a number of choices when copying items You can select to include the item history in the copy You can include attachments and you can copy items including all subordinated items i e an entire tree Furthermore you can copy watchers like informed and consulted with each item 4 Click on the
202. enji The database management system needs to take care of the synchronisation between the original database server and the backup database server All communication between different Genji application servers of a cluster is handled via the database There is no need to open any special ports for communication between the application servers or any need for using patched Java virtual machines o Note There is basically no configuration required within Genji to support operation in a clustered environment If you connect several Genji instances to the same database Genji will automatically go into cluster operation mode You do need an appropriate license key though which includes all application servers you connect to that database Many other configurations are possible For example one of the application servers can be at the same time the file server Or the database server and file server can be put on the same hardware Genji itself does not care about all this as long as you ensure that you have exactly one access point JDBC URL for the database and exactly one file path to the attachment and index directories for all Genji instances of that cluster Start up behaviour When a Genji instance is started it registers itself as a node in the database Then it checks the database for other nodes If there are nodes in the database which have not updated their record during a certain timeout period default is 5 minutes can be set in fi
203. entityAttribute gt name deleted gt N lt entityAttribute gt subEntityRelation parentAttributeName list type TOptionBean gt lt trackEntity entityId 1023 type TOptionBean gt lt entityAttribute name label gt Entry A slg lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name list gt 1008 lt entityAttribute gt JtrackEntity trackEntity entityId 1024 type TOptionBean gt lt entityAttribute name label gt Entry BN slg lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name list gt 1008 lt entityAttribute gt lt trackEntity gt lt subEntityRelation gt entityExchange lt ns2 trackplusExchange gt Import rules A list is considered to already exist in the database when all of the following properties match The name of the list The repository type The list type The project if any 207 5 10 Custom selection lists The parent list identifier if any An option is to be considered to already exist when all of the following properties match The label The list it belongs to The parent option in case of cascaded lists If you change the lists name a new list will be created when you import it When you change the label of an option and keep the list name the same a new option will be added to the list If you mark the option Clear children any child of the list that is not in the XML file is removed from the original list during the import process If you mark the option Overwrite existi
204. ents Disabling this is useful if you have limited disk space available or you want to reduce the computational burden of the server We recommend to leave the indexing of attachments enabled 243 Administering the server Index on startup When this box is checked a complete index is performed from scratch during system startup This can take some time minutes to hours depending on the number of items and attachments in the database During the indexing procedure full text search will not work It is recommended to not do an automatic reindex on each server startup It usually does suffice to do a reindex every half year or so It is best to disable access to the system during the reindex process Lucene analyzer Genji uses the Lucene full text indexing and query engine When building the index it is usually useful to keep out words that nobody usually looks for and that occur often For example in the English language words like a the does do and so on would consume a lot of indexing space while not giving any useful results when querying for them For this purpose there are different analyzers available that focus indexing on those text parts that are really useful However this depends on the language of the text being indexed Here you can select the analyzer that suits best your requirements The standard analyzer is not as efficient as a language specific analyzer but it should work in all cases If you
205. ents EE Workypace type spec form agigements s Customize WZ Wyb spec nem ements CT Manage filters Report templates Vy Uer roles k T Cost oenters A accounts HE Usern gnum aj Autorail Unk tes Each form consists of tabs panels properties The procedure to create and use a new form is 1 Create the new form using the interactive form designer 2 Assign this form to the desired action either globally or at a more specific level You can modify forms any time Tabs Each form consists of at least one tab Tabs contain panels and panels contain properties The figure here shows a form with three tabs The first tab can be designed any way you like The other two tabs have been automatically 5 9 Customizing forms added to this form because the respective feature watch lists and accounting have been enabled for this project These tabs are predefined by the system they cannot be modified interactively Created drag fieid here P Buthor Roses notio Sur Manager w Tant reins Hr i Respansible On behalf of Tithe i Description H i Parent M There is only a practical limit on the number of custom tabs you can add to your form You can specify the tab label to whatever you like Panels Tabs contain panels All properties are placed on panels A panel is made up of rows and columns A panel organizes the space for properties in a grid eo Y a L Cockpit Ercwxe workspaces
206. er actual estimates how much work and money it will probably take to complete work on this item As time goes by the estimated remaining effort may become more and more precise Together with the actual cost it also may be larger or smaller than the planned value Changes to the estimated remaining planned value are not recorded in the tracking database the last value entered is the only visible one including the person who entered it into the Genji system The estimated remaining planned value can be selected to compute the earned value or grade of completion This can be more accurate than the oftentimes used 0 100 percent or 25 100 percent approach Actual Cost Overview For each item you can get an overview of the actual cost already booked and how they relate to the planned value and estimated remaining planned value This overview can be filtered and shown in different views There is a bar graph that concisely describes the situation for this item The blue bars show the total budgets while the other bars show the expenses that have already been booked and the estimated remaining values If the values booked itself or in conjunction with the estimated remaining planned values exceed the total planned value the bars are shown in red It depends on your role with associated permission whether you can see all expenses or only your own Adding planned values budget If accounting is enabled for a project it is possible to associate a pl
207. er project You can move an item from one project to another one This is a grave operation since the receiving project might have totally different properties access permissions input masks managers responsibles and so one The following section describes how to move an item to another project You must have retrieved the item which you want to move to another project This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the overview report You must have been granted edit permissions for this item You will not see an active Move tool bar icon if you do not have proper permissions 1 From the item overview click on tool bar icon named Move 2 Anew screen appears Select the new project or item type where you want to move the item to 3 Click on the Next button 4 A new screen appears Here you may change other parameters related to the project or item type move This form might have been configured by your system administrator 5 Once you are done with changing other parameters click on the Move button 59 Genji for team members The item has now been moved to the new project or item type and has been removed from the old project or item type Be aware that this can change a number of things including your right to access this item For example there could be other states available or other properties or input forms People that are on the watch list of this item will
208. ertificate identifying your server in your local computers Java Genji keystore You need to proceed as follows 1 Obtain the public certificate from your Genji server You can use your browser and go to the login page using the https protocol In most browsers you can download the certificate by right clicking on the little trust symbol in the URL line looking for the certificcate details and then exporting the certificate to your local file system 2 Importthecertificate into your local Java keystore using the keytool utility that comes with any Java installation keytool keystore your home dir gt keystore lt your domain com gt ks import file theServersCertificate pem alias Keyl You will be asked for a password to protect the keystore if this is the first entry When you use the TC command line client you can activate the key as follows import com trackplus System setProperty javax net ssl trustStore lt your home dir keystore your domain com ks System setProperty javax net ssl trustStorePassword yourKeystorePasswd 235 Managing the system TC login lt user gt lt password gt https yourserver tld track TC help In case you can t get a connection you need to run the LoginSample example and add the following line at the beginning of the main method System setProperty javax net debug ssl1 236 Aaministering the server Topics Concepts and tasks for
209. et overview tile is functional you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the budget overview configuration page a gt Configuration x Toe udgebSumenang Laid Propects Heiss a jf Track Je Prajacts Ralenses aif LP Teen 4x Only ems of those projects and releases that are aj J Track Support sbectesd will be displayed Group by releases Grows by M Sab Group ber by statues Daly the ertutas will Fiber Dy stats opened ba displayed that are selected under Filter Ey status pecating None Discos tems of al seiecter projects and reims mnemented iri rie vii amari al Filter by Geet mrmediabe m seen WII display only those iberms thet have ome of He selected ocasional SM Filter by priority Wil display only those items that have one of the selected cuum uem Figure 3 11 Budget overview tile configuration You can select the project and or releases you want to consider in the budget overview If you select just the project all releases of that project will be considered You can group the overview according to various criteria Grouping is possible by project and release there is an overview for each selected project or release item state there is an overview for each selected state item priority there is an overview for each selected priority none there will be no grouping Furthermore it is possible to apply a filter to consider just a subset of items e g
210. evious year and the coming year Clicking on the respective year will move you one year forward or backward The second row contains the day of the week Each calendar field contains the day and month in an abbreviated form Genji for team members CALENDAR Pp 9 t 2013 April 2013 Today Weekly Wow 2014 wo Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Sat Sun Apr 01 Apr 02 Ager 03 Apes D Ape 05 Apr OG Apr OF Apr 08 Apr OF Agr 10 Apr il Apr 1d Apr 13 Apr 14 Apr 15 Apr 1 amp Agr 17 Agr 1H Apr 19 Ape H0 Ft Mash das ma H Puch dans mas Apr 21 Apr dd Apr dd Agr 24 Apr 25 Age 2G Ape 17 He Ganin einrirhten H Conabrucina Ehe casa sH Prignano lager Ape EB Apr 25 Aor 30 May 01 H 2 H H idia bnieha At the top of the calendar there are two buttons Today and Weekly View With the Today button you switch to the current month and the current day The current day will be selected shown by the yellowish background The current day is furthermore marked by a red frame When you click onto the Weekly View button the week that contains the currently selected day will be shown If there was no day selected the current week will be shown Selecting Dates You can mark a date as selected by clicking into it The selected date is marked with a yellowish background When you browse forward or backward the date remains selected as long as you do not select a different date When you change from monthly to weekly view the week with the
211. ext search LDAP 550 Other Incoming aver E mail submissscres F e Mal server protam 8 poe O MAP e Mall servers name e Mall server port 110 T Mailbox puthantcalion Mailbox user name 2 Mailbox password Encnypted Connection 3 None TLS if available TLS Sh e Moro option Reep THESES ON Sene e Accept unire serier e E mail defaut project d Alkon Geta domain pattan ovr vss pg Pe nw ow We 3 i ag Test connection Mail server name and port Mailboxes are managed by mail servers Here you enter the name of the mail server where the Genji system mailbox resides You can leave this empty if you do not plan to use the item submission by e mail feature and do not require authentication by first reading a mailbox before sending anything Typically you should leave the default port set 110 for POP3 or 143 for IMAP and 995 for POP3 via SSL TLS and 993 for IMAP via SSL TLS Mailbox user name and password All mailbox servers require you to authenticate yourself before retrieving any e mails Here you enter the user name and password associated with the Genji system e mail inbox Be careful if you try to reuse an existing private account you might loose e mails since they would be read by the Genji system and it is possible that contention occurs if you are trying to access the mailbox from two different sessions like from your private e mail client and through the Genji system Itis therefore recommended to establish an ex
212. f issues value h work h work h plan 9 29 739 0 666 0 70 0 69 5 Issues I m ad snp oe 1 300 0 270 0 30 0 90 0 moos sues All overdue issues 3 455 0 422 0 39 0 son iii machin 19 on My manager s ssues Alli issues due My manager am serie 25 154 0 172 0 37 0 62 3 are issues Sum of overdue estimated remaining work 33 0 h Sum of estimated remaining work due this week 8 0h of working hours this week the project is pretty much on schedule Grouped by Priority As mentioned above you can group the budget overview according to various criteria The figure below shows a grouping by priority Budget summary Humber af 5um planned Sum booked Estimated remaining Completion Consumption of ead tah valur h work hj work hj 932 plam 55 immediate HI 54n 455 0 535 0 ST he CFL OS Issues en kirsg La 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 My eater 4 i z 3 guest 1 3uu xd ZU 30 0 40 OUR All Qverdue iius 1 300 0 270 0 30 0 70 0 Due this week ssues om working ao n n an n n on E Be h My ranag r issues I 130 0 72 0 6 0 H0 0 6 All iztues dus this ues My manager i 130 0 fe 6 0 ELS s mi ittuar o 0 0 0 0 0 0 All pwiiued dus mart mgpa maak 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 Issues Men earki 5 5 n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0i My manager istua 5 130 0 113 0 25 0 1 98 All reisen viuis 4 1304 113 0 250 21 9 Number af Sum planned Dum booked Estimated remaining Com
213. f items i e such submitters that do not have an account with the Genjisystem Genji can be enabled to accept items via e mail from submitters that do not have an account in the Genjisystem Such submitters can nonetheless also be informed about the state of their items Such submitters will be treated as if they were the author of the items The notification scheme and automail triggers are taken from the guest account Thus notifications to unregistered submitters are handled as if the guest user had created them except that the submitters e mail is being used for notifications and not the guest users e mail 5 7 Customizing the User Interface To simplify the user interface you can define user levels For each user level you define which user interface elements menu elements navigation areas etc are available As an administrator you can assign each user a ceiling user level The user can select his preferred level from any level equal to or below the ceiling user level For a user beginning to work with Genji not all functionality might be required To reduce user interface complexity you assign users to a user level with reduced functionality In the top toolbar select Administration Customize User Levels You will see a matrix with user levels and associated interface elements The check box permits you to disable or enable a user interface element There are some pre defined user levels as shown below Table 5 3 Pre def
214. f the pop up window 6 Repeat the last four steps a number of times You can attach some files when you create items or play around with the description text editor 7 Click on the big Find items buttons in the top tool bar You will be taken to the item navigator You should see on the right the items you have just created Getting started emn ed FILTERS S Test Project Total mambe of items found 14 Filtered 18 Q Action S5mpiegridwies gH E lli WORKSPACES E cop TT hoe ohars L Ausschreibung E o s dHemMe Frekt Tie rt Responsible Last modified L Aumschresbung 2 L Goninon ame 0 Te Test Project Baugrube anheben opened Administratns Tracks 11 00 2013 1926 94 gt eet E a TST Test Project Pondument geen apud Administrator Taeke 12 00 2013 17 81 2 pe mee im gea Test Project Kirain verschalen opened Administrator Take 12 0 2013 14 18 13 b pe ox Hawar Fi gea Test Project Kellervine gelen pen Administrator Taeke 12 00 2013 14 18 13 gt T ame F sgn Test Project Decke gelr opened Adrranistratos Track 12 00 2013 14 15 13 P PERSONAL BASIET Fl agre Tes Project Kopie Kellerwdede geilen opened Administrator Tracks 12 03 2013 14 18 02 Lg pee Fl amu Test Project Fesearch Barsure apai Administrator Tracks DIJORJJO14 1 57 08 U Parmi tam F mags Test Project Collect experimental data opened Administrator Tracka DIJORJJOI4 1 57 08 QR es acoons TT Ruin Ti 8 Try to change the
215. f your item in the description field You may use rich text formatting elements here if you wish like bolded or colored text lists etc 7 Enter any other information that you know of and that is required Since screens can be item type dependent you may see different fields and tabs in different projects and for different item types 8 When you are done entering the data hit the Save icon at the top You have created a new item which is a sibling to original child item 3 3 16 Copying items It is possible to create a new item or a larger number of new items from an existing one by means of the Copy action The title of the new item will be the same but with the text Copy in front The copy operation can copy including all history trail information deep copy or without the history trail information The copy operation can optionally also include all children of the original item and can include attachments 62 3 3 Working with items You must have retrieved the item which you want to copy This you can do by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the item overview report You can also select the Copy entry in the context menu of the item overview report You must have permission to create items 1 Click on the Copy icon in the toolbar 2 Onthe screen that appears mark the check box if you want to copy the item including its history otherwise leave it unchecked You c
216. ferent user names Step 4 Configure the Jenkins Job In the last step you will have to instruct Jenkins which Genji connection to use for a specific job Click on the link for that job from the Jenkins main page 260 7 14 Configuring Genji with Jenkins Zu New hem Hallo welcome to the Traekplus Cl sarvar amp People k Aui Wok EREB suns a Wadd description T Build History 5 W Name Last Suecess Lost Fallure Last Duration GA Project Relationsnip e days 17h 9i NAA 40 min D 2S ae 3 2yr8 mo 1 N A 3mn 3se E i mi xe 25 days 4123 moi2days sii 1miiBse gf amp My Views e d Seti 2mo days 117 N A 6 min 18 sec ee 7 J 2mo28 days 1108 N A 7 min 81 sec aa x Q5 1Bhr aad NIA 40 sec bis em Lagend BSSioral EjRSSiorialres E BS for just intest bullis 2 Build with Parameters Raw HTML Preview S Delete Project amp M Discard Old Buide Days bo keep builds 3 k A f amely Ddd toe Ard any kapit up b na rambi diyi E Max of builds fo keep 4 t 8 nai empty onty ug lo Uv emer of Duk oonde an sapi hepi trackplus com track dani Use It The connection between Jenkins builds and Genji items is created via Genji item numbers found in Subversion commit comments preceded with a hash mark like 3009 When in the Jenkins build you click on the item number the browser will take you to that Genji item The link in the Genji item comment will take you to the
217. fig 2566 Track fa impra behavior of date fekis when creating fers soon T Imglernented or closed 5 0 A fig 27 Track n Allow addeng more than one lenis item wowed X nance nm Gnn Tracks Sx Add MS Prope oat and errors ni ngu vortexed menu opened T reden E CI Track fx Eatery dan buard wefagurabon aed F Unscheduled B apered ma Track f Autorai templates for mass operation 14 Edit an item by double clicking the item number Change the state to closed and save 15 Click on the filter symbol Outstanding in the left navigation area The item you just closed has disappeared from the list on the right 16 Click on the subfiltering symbol at the bottom left Select two or three items by marking the checkboxes on the left in the grid area Drag them to a new state in the left navigation area The items will changes to a new state 2 Key concepts Topics Access control Communication Structuring items Workflows Queries filters views and reports Configuration basics 23 Key concepts 2 1 Access control In Genji you can control who can access which items and even what information within an item The access control system in Genji organizes items in spaces Permissions are tied to roles and define what a user in this role may do with items within a space Beyond these space specific roles there are item specific roles structured according to the RACI method User groups make it easy to manage large numbers of spaces and r
218. figurations System attributes v AccomLevel eee 1 as I Comment Defaut Gate empty now Date P Create date plus X days 3 Change the label and tool tip of the system property to Due date Set the default end date behaviour to using the create date plus seven days Thus when you create an item the end date will be filled with the date of the same day next week Q biotite h 5ra a seeded attribute configurations vI emva ais Arihia I Bulld Ciomas 17 Description Eie ane rha as cat Typ at Last ioi ed Date pm Manager im Priority as Project D Fahne tectum int ArnEe ap anfiqurntian Mame EndDbr Appear in fier ig Geprecated Description Deini date Cree Gate plus X emg 4 Clickon the Save button in the toolbar area On all forms you will see the new label unless you have overwritten it at a lower level or you have localized it explicitly You have renamed a system property It will appear on all input forms with the new label and tool tip 5 8 Item properties Attention When you change the tool tip or label you may not see the change reflected at the user interface This happens when you have explicitly localized the label with the locale editor The localization overwrites the changes you make here Deleting custom properties This section describes how to permanently delete a custom property You must be logged in as system manager or system administra
219. fined Search is based on the member property of the groups deactivateUnknown True if users not found during the synchronization process shall be deactivated The admin and guest users are exempted IdapFilter The LDAP filter expression for user synchronization Can be any valid LDAP filter term like amp objectClass inetOrgPerson ou Trackplus IdapFilterGroups The LDAP filter expression for group synchronization Can be any valid LDAP filter term like amp objectClass2group ou Groups firstName The LDAP property name for users first name lastName The LDAP property name for users last name email The LDAP property name for users email phone The LDAP property name for users phone number groupName The LDAP property name for the group name After you have modified this file save it and restart the Tomcat server Bulk setting user properties You can set some user properties for all users using a special link Here is an example http localhost 8080 track setUserProperty action field homePage value cockpit The fields with their possible values are listed below field value Description homePage cockpit itemNavigator layoutEnabled true false alwaysSaveAttachment true false hoursPerWorkday in hours e g 8 0 autoloadTime in seconds maxAssignedltems 1 1000 prefEmailType html plain sessionTimeout in minutes 6 3 Managing clients Genji can be configured such that external or client users can creat
220. following imports typically require just uploading the file In the next step you define how Genji should handle required values that it cannot find in your Excel spread sheet There are two options either the row is rejected or a default value is being inserted by Genji If there are problems with the spread sheet Genji will give you exact hints on the row and data it has problems with You can then correct the spread sheet and upload the file again If everything goes well Genji creates one item for each row in your spread sheet You can only import system and custom fields It is not possible to import consulted informed information costs or budgets You don t have to enter a project in your spread sheet You can select a project during the import process for all items The order ofthe columns in your spread sheet is of no importance You should just keep it the same in all subsequent imports to minimize your configuration effort 23 Genji for team members Column Mapping The column headers should be mapped to the Genji fields If a column header is not mapped then the values from that column will not be imported When you use the import facility the first time Genji tries a best match of the column headers to its own fields This match is based on 1 localized field configuration localized field labels 2 notlocalized field configuration original field labels 3 field names You can now go ahead and change the mapping
221. gement 10 Range Searches Range Queries allow one to match items whose property s values are between the lower and upper bound specified by the Range Query Range Queries can be inclusive or exclusive of the upper and lower bounds Sorting is done lexicographically 8 3 4 Finding items Lastedit 20060101 TO 20060101 This will find items whose Lastedit fields have values between 20060101 and 20060101 inclusive Note that Range Queries are not reserved for date fields You could also use range queries with non date fields Synopsis Aida TO Carmen This will find all items whose synopsis are between Aida and Carmen but not including Aida and Carmen Inclusive range queries are denoted by square brackets Exclusive range queries are denoted by curly brackets Boosting a Term TOL provides the relevance level of matching items based on the terms found To boost a term use the caret symbol with a boost factor a number at the end of the term you are searching The higher the boost factor the more relevant the term will be Boosting allows you to control the relevance of a item by boosting its term For example if you are searching for project management and you want the term project to be more relevant boost it using the symbol along with the boost factor next to the term You would type project 4management This will make items with the term project appear more relevant You can also boost Phrase Terms as i
222. get item with their reverse description when the links are bidirectional For example if you have selected as link type duplicate of in the target item the link would show as duplicated by You can go to the target item by clicking on the item number or title of that link in the link tab When creating queries you can choose to include all linked items or items linked by a specific link type This permits you to create overviews like requirements and all their related test cases or issues and all their duplicates Related Links Item linking Linking items on page 92 You can link items directly from the item navigator 3 3 18 Linking items to other items inline There are various ways to link items to other items by means of a parent child relationship by inline links or by explicit links This sections describes how to link items by inline links which are part of a description You must have chosen an item and you are in edit mode for this item You can get there by either creating a new item or by editing an existing one 1 From the item overview click on the Edit action icon 2 Onthe screen that appears select the description field 3 Click on the second icon from the right of the editor menu or enter the item you want to link to like item 4711 You can add as many links as you want In case you click on the icon an item picker box appears You can filter here and select the proper item by clicking on its i
223. ghts need to not just depend on a role but also on membership in a specific group In Genji you can control whether a group enforces access right propagation or not 2 1 2 Phases Spaces can be structured along the time axis via phases A phase is some time interval where at the end you can show or deliver a previously defined number of planned items Phases can be organized hierarchically For example if you were working according to the Scrum model you could split up the development of a product into a number of sprints and combine several sprints to form a release The release would be a phase and it would enclose a number of sprints which themselves would be phases Release 2 1 Phase 2 1 A Phase 2 1 B Phase 2 1 C Phases can have properties associated with them They can have a state like in planning released archived they can have a start and an end date and they can have a time and monetary budget 2 1 3 Spaces and baskets Spaces are for team wide organization of access to items while baskets are for personal organization of items Baskets span all spaces you have access to Baskets are explained in more detail in Structuring items Baskets span all spaces you have access to 25 Key concepts Space B Subspace A1 Sub subspi Input basket Private space Figure 2 3 Spaces and baskets For example the in basket contains all stuff from your private space and any other space you have
224. gle project Genji permits you to select subsets of items by means of views and display them in an item navigator This way you only see those items you are interested in 69 Genji for team members 3 4 To find items or view a set of items you use the Find items button in the top toolbar area A view consists of a filter and a layout The filter determines which items you see and the layout determines how the items are displayed The layout is always personal while the view filters can be public The view is presented in the Item Navigator The Item Navigator permits you to further filter and structure the result set in form of work breakdown structures Scrum or Kanban boards and so on View filters can furthermore be reused for reports A second way to get items is by using the full text search capability of Genji Just enter any text or TOLPlus expression into the search box in the top right Genji will search for items having this text in any text field or attachments like PDF Word Excel PowerPoint HTML XML pure text or OpenOffice documents System filter and your filters To display a specific collection of items you either apply predefined views you click on links in cockpit views or you use the full text search box Genji will make sure you will only see items that you have been authorized to see regardless of the filter settings You can envision the procedure to get a set of items from the Genji database as t
225. gn this list to custom properties for the same type This assignment can be global item type specific workspace type and item type specific or workspace and item type specific Editing a custom list You can edit existing custom lists for example to modify or add entries You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area n A Tie Sytem Administ 3 r aUl 3 mt 4 o Y aL Cockpit a Pid erm n Reports Adminai w Cronin ier y My settings Jy Mysenimgs Workspaces Q oes ies wi epee b anecon tats _ Tare ar sone predefined orte s Wem si EB Users groups EE workspace speci leas IB Users 6 groups fe any number of custom selection bars either periere d i Customize m Wpsciueshehind nagalm Customize T mp Actions t id Report benplates T Haag Mea Manageszerver gt Uy User roles Repent Lemplates xe 7 net onien A accounts T Cmi centers B omuia a j 3 Link typet Mb unk types Coston forme fr Casio ems FTO Wort p T 2 In the second navigation column click on Global lists if you want to edit a list accessible to all workspaces or select a workspace with the list you want to edit Then click on the Edit button in the toolbar or use the context menu Jc h gt Name D Stats Americas 9 Prony EMEA Gh Severty 3 EMEA BF Workspace specifi
226. gt value objectClass groupOfNames lt value gt entry lt entry gt lt key gt firstName lt key gt lt value gt gn lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt lt key gt lastName lt key gt lt value gt sn lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt lt key gt email lt key gt lt value gt mail lt value gt entry lt entry gt lt key gt phone lt key gt lt value gt phone lt value gt entry lt entry gt lt key gt groupName lt key gt lt value gt cn lt value gt lt entry gt lt job data map gt job You enable all automatic synchronization by setting key enabled to true You may have to modify the mapping of LDAP properties to Genjiproperties The Genji properties are the keys and must not be modified The LDAP properties are the values and you may have to change them to the values you use in your directory Table 6 1 LDAP synchronizer parameterss Property in quartz jobs xml Description enabled True if users and groups shall be regularly synchronized with your LDAP directory If False properties enabledUserSync and enabledGroupSync have no effect enabledUserSync True if users shall be regularly synchronized with your LDAP directory Managing the system Property in quartz jobs xml Description enabledGroupSync True if groups and the users assigned to them shall be regularly synchronized with your LDAP directory baseDnGroup The LDAP base DN under which your groups are de
227. hanged into the selected status within each reporting interval For ioistion zE example if the granularity hers bien set bo monthiy and rie status bo aatan moda E Simplament the diagraen would chow for aach month how many tane Siuk opened have changed to status implemantedt analyzed Accumulabed activity This Gagram shows the accumulated number of iiai iterns that have changed into the selected status within each reporting interval For example if the granularity has been set tn monthly and the asinum status to implemented the diagram would show for each month how imcicmortiod many items have changed to status vplemented during that mont marini and all months before that WER boats 280 43 gt Haight pixels 250 Figure 3 8 Status over time tile configuration You have a number of options on what you want to see First you should give your tile an expressive name so you later on know what you actually see in the tile Then you need to set the projects or project releases you want to monitor You can select an entire project which includes all associated project release or just some releases Genji for team members Next you select the reporting period you want to monitor You can either set a fixed interval starting and ending with a specified date or probably more useful just consider the last X number of days Next you need to set the granularity of your tile for example to daily weekly or month
228. have texts and attachments in different languages you may be best of with the standard analyzer or the analyzer of the language most texts are set in 7 2 5 LDAP and SSO configuration If you want to use always the same password on your Genji account as on your other computers you can connect Genji to a directory server LDAP server Active Directory If you have several applications all running on the same server you can provide a single login to that server and have Genji use the authentication of that login process LDAP configuration Genji can be configured to use a directory server based on LDAP to authenticate users during login This simplifies the handling of login names and passwords for Genji users Liena utgang e mail imenemnimg emal Fulltext earth LOAP B EO Other Container based auth e LDAP activated jl 2 LDAP serze URL e LDAP lozin attributa name e LDAP bind DN o LDAP bind p rmend Force central passend Login name for test Pasma for test af Test LDAP configuration To allow users to use LDAP authentication you have to activate the LDAP settings in the site configuration page The LDAP server URL is of the form ldap ldapserver ou Main o People and the LDAP login property of the form uid If searching in LDAP can be done with anonymous bind keep the LDAP bind DN field and LDAP bind password field empty Otherwise provide the distinguished name DN used for searching and the password for the
229. have transferred the item to somebody else The delegated waiting basket contains items you have delegated to somebody else and that have not been completed In your delegated waiting basket you keep a pointer to the original item while the original goes to the new responsible person You can delegate items by dragging them from the right panel of the item navigator to the delegated waiting basket You will be asked for the new responsible person and an optional follow up date The item will then stay in your delegated waiting basket and at the same time it will appear in the in basket of the person you have delegated it to 2 345lrash Can As items enter your in basket there may be things that do not require any action and that do not contain information valuable enough to keep Such items you can directly move into the trash can You should empty the trash can on a regular basis When you empty the trash can the items in there are automatically put in state closed if you have the appropriate permission The items will also be removed from your trash can when somebody else closes them 2 3 9 Incubator The incubator basket permits you to collect things that are not urgent but that you might want to get to sometime in the future Items in the incubator basket serve as crystallization points for future activities and projects For example your customers gave you some nice ideas on how to improve your product However at this time you do
230. he associated spaces The personal organization is individual to each user The personal organization structure follows the principles set forth by David Allen in the Getting Things Done GTD method Key concepts Items In basket non actionable Incubator actionable Planned items Reference waiting Figure 2 9 Getting things done workflow o h Y Cocpit Breti verpa Tem rumigatar FILTERS w Agia Board 2 J W RKSPACES Administrator T T FILTERS V MRSONAL BABET E Administraan i B TST 1 Bau pe T Ed Fannia amp TST2 Fure EE Next actions am E Administratn jj maindy amp T5T 3 Keil Piei E Administrata Woman 8 TETA Kalla 7 Adenirietrann B Aire amp TET 5 Deci All items you have newly been made responsible for are collected in your personal in basket In Genji you find the in basket as any other basket in the left area of the item navigator You should regularly review all items in your in basket There are three possible outcomes from this analysis An item is actionable that is to obtain the desired outcome triggered by this item you have to do something An item is non actionable you may just have to file it away for later use or reference An item requires a sequence of actions to be taken care of possibly involving many people and stretching over 4 M a longer period of time As a result from the analysis process you create or modify pl
231. he button Configure cockpit for workspace in the toolbar To configure a release specific or phase specific cockpit click on the button Configure cockpit for phases in the toolbar 5 Now you can configure the cockpit just like your own The only difference is that automatically a filter is applied to all cockpit tiles that limits the items shown to this workspace and phases 4 Version control With Genji you can link files in a version control repository like Subversion GIT or CVS to items Genji scans the repository log files on a regular basis for references to items and automatically creates links for the items Initially the scan takes place every 10 minutes The scan time is measured and the delay between the scans is set to two times the scan time For example if the scan time for all repositories is 20 minutes the repositories will be scanned once each hour The parameters for the initial scan time and the delay factor can be set in file TRACKPLUS_HOME quartz jobs xml 4 7 1 Subversion version control Genji can integrate with your source code version control system for example CVS Subversion or Perforce To establish links add item numbers to your version control system submits like lt item no e g 4711 This section describes for Subversion SVN how to proceed 4 7 Version control You must know how to connect to your version control system Typically you already have used that information when you set
232. he chosen project and phase 3 10 Preparing and generating FAQs 3 10 Preparing and generating FAQs You can export any number of items from Genji to an external file structure or zip file suitable in form of a webhelp system This includes indices and search functionality You can then publish this structure on any web server so other people can search this structure for answers to questions they may have To prepare for FAQ generation you need to assign such items to an item type FAQ You can then define a filter to extract these items from the Genji database The FAOs contain the title and the description fields of an item The FAQs are generated in directory TRACKPLUS HOME Faqgs They are also offered for download at the browser interface You can modify style and appearance of the FAQ pages by changing files in the TRACKPLUS HOME Faqs whc template directory prior to generating the FAQs eoo FAC Link daesn t work S ajf EE a ee f ez j J opt trackplus Faqs TRCW 5 1 html e LO inha index Suchen Link doesn t work When a naw issu es cneated Ira Enk in theo rnal which is sont to ho responsible 0 o 0 person dotant work With copy the Hyper link open a g insi and paste the hyper fink into the Mechanics fied it vill adeo Eu Pauly Example A weror in yeliow RD pop ups http arme vend muetier comtrack primthem motion kms 1054 Biim Anbi sgen ginis Supprecasa Malerial uua ogee Lini doen work I S not p
233. he configuration of the database character encoding very much depends on the database system being used so no general instructions can be given here We strongly recommend to use UTF 8 or UTF 16 at the database interface as well 7 12 Using SSL and TLS encryption on e mail and LDAP connections You can use encrypted connections between Genji and your e mail server to prevent passwords from being transmitted clear text across your network o Note In case you use a certificate issued by a Certificate Authority like Verisign Thawte Geotrust or Comodo you do not have to do anything here it should just work In case you use a self signed certificate or a certificate from a Certificate Authority not known by your system you have to install the certificate identifying your e mail server in your local Genji keystore You need to proceed as follows 1 Obtain a certificate from your e mail server How to do this depends on your server You can ask your provider to give you this certificate The certificate is usually bound to a certain internet address like your domain com 2 Import the certificate into your local keystore using the keytool utility that comes with any Java installation mkdir lt TRACKPLUS_HOME gt keystore keytool keystore lt TRACKPLUS_HOME gt keystore lt your domain com gt ks import file theServersCertificate cer The keystore file must be in directory TRACKPLUS HOME keystore See Various configuration items
234. he report So if you want to try out several report templates you don t have to run the query again and again 3 11 2 Built in diagrams Genji offers the possibility to present the results of reports in form of pie or bar charts and Gantt diagrams The charts are always based on the result set of a item overview To generate this result set select a filter and run the overview report Items that do not pass the filter are not considered in drawing the diagrams Bar Charts There are three types of built in bar charts number of items vs responsible person grouped by state total number of items for all projects grouped by state number of opened items over the last four weeks Pie Charts The built in pie chart depicts for each user the number of items for all projects included in this report This way a manager can get a quick overview on the workload of each person included in the report Gantt Diagrams For items including start and end dates it is possible to draw Gantt diagrams Items that have neither a start date nor a due date are disregarded for Gantt diagrams Items which have just a due date are displayed as milestones Parent items are drawn as super tasks 3 11 3 Accounting reports With Genji you can record work and expenses incurred when moving items through a workflow Recording takes place on an item level This section explains how to retrieve accounting information Overview There are a number of predefined repo
235. he start and due dates are on the main tab Your system administrator may have changed this 3 Using the little calendar icon add or change a start date or a due date or both You can also enter the date directly in the text field but you have to know the format 4 Tomake this change persistent click on the Save button in the tool bar The item will now have the new start and or due date All watchers will be notified of the change if they have configured their notification triggers and filters accordingly Changes to start and due dates are recorded in the item history Reminder e mails will be sent for items due or overdue if the e mail reminder facility is configured appropriately 3 3 12 Changing the item watcher list Each item comes with two watch lists one for people in RACI role consulted two way communication and the other for people in RACI role informed one way communication This section describes how to add and remove users from these watch lists You must have retrieved the item for which you want to change the list of watchers This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the overview report or by creating a new item You must have been granted permissions to modify the watch list for this item 1 Onthe item detail page in the bottom part of the screen select tab Watchers Hatay Lint 11 AU chiens J Wi tarde ost Watchers Verte 2 To add a consulted
236. hed before you can execute your manual backup By default the automated backup is running from Monday to Friday at 23 15 each night server time o Note The backup data is placed into the directory you have configured for attachments in a subdirectory there called dbBackup Automated backup You can enable your system to create backups regularly by itself To enable automated backups activate the corresponding check box You can then choose at what weekdays and at what time on each weekday you want to create a backup 9 Restoring data from backup A system administrator can restore data from a backup file to recover from a crash port data to a new system or go back to previous date In the top toolbar select Administration Manage server Data restore On the screen that appears select the file from which you want to restore data Then you need to enter 255 Administering the server O ww us S9 P Before you can restore a backup you must have crested a new empty database The connection parameters to this database you then have to enter here JOBC driver dass org gi mm mysal Driver JOOC URL chenge idtx mysal ocelhost 3306 treck400d useUnicode strue amp charecterEncodings JDBC users trap JOBC password esses f Test connection Send me an emal when restore is done J Not incluce database schema Restore attachments Atlachnent restore directory Available hacinapns in opt trackplusd Backups
237. heir combination is unique If a matching item is not found a new item is created If a matching item is found the changes from the non identifying columns will be applied 4 Each row is validated against the regular field validators before it is being added just like it would when you create an item from the web interface If all validations described above succeed the row will be saved as a new item in the Genji database Conflict Resolution When importing data from an Excel sheet there can be conflicts for example when Genji recognizes an Excel row as an existing item but there is conflicting data within that item between the Excel version and the Genji item version If inside the Excel sheet there is no column for the last edit date there is no usable history data available and all fields that have been changed in either Genji or Excel can be in conflict If in Excel there is data for the last edit date Genji can perform some intelligent conflict handling because it can take into account the temporal order in which changes happened The handling differs for fields that have an explicit history enabled in Genji and those that don t You can select explicit history for all fields but that is not the default In case a fields history recording is enabled in Genji the conflict resolution handling is as follows It will be verified whether the first old value form the Genji history after last edit date is the same as the actual value
238. his can be a lot and this filter will be mostly useful when you start working with the system Outstanding all items that you have permission to see and that have not been closed My items all unclosed items that you are either the author of the manager or responsible This covers all projects you have access rights in Responsible items all unclosed items you are currently responsible for This is basically your personal to do list Managers items all unclosed items you are currently the manager of You may want to look after these items once in a while to monitor work progress Author items all unclosed items you have originally authored Meetings all meetings that have open items and that you are currently involved in You are involved if you are either the creator of this meeting responsible manager or you are on the watchers list Unscheduled all items that you have permission to see and that do not have an end date Closed recently all items that you have permission to see and that have been closed recently Recently is defined in your user profile with the parameter named days lead Added recently all items that you have permission to see and that have been added recently Recently is defined in your user profile with the parameter named days lead Updated recently all items that you have permission to see and that have been modified recently Recently is defined in your user profile with the
239. how up as normal in the Release noticed box archived closed Releases with a closed type flag will not appear in either the Released scheduled or Release noticed selection box 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt System states Alternatively click on the Customize System state bar in the left navigation area i A Tacks Syne Aden Hein off o Y i A TE Fd Be rack mipi Broe weoricipasces Find Geren o Reporty himinninn w Crests iem v t dy My settings Ju My settings jo Werkspaces El wortspece state E states for werkspaces phases and accounts Select a node in the tree left T T3 Pari tate Users amp groups HB Users A groups s T Accord gabe Customise d F 5 T Manage l ibers o Atia Report templates TF 3n Flimi Maas Manag senw f Weer roles Rasewsrt Leere Cost centers B accounts Vy Qe roles hig J Automall T Com cem amp accounts Link types J Anma Custom forma Link ypas Custom Fields 3 Custom forms Comicon fedi 1 i r TE mm duum hirci emendum os Sele a node in phe Gree ie 2 Select Release state Click on the Add button to add a new state Select a state in the grid and click on Edit button to modify a state Click on the Delete button to delete a state 205 Customizing Genji D dd b EE workspace status Name Troelleg n Release status in progress PECES SR Account status en hold inactive read inati anved cosed 5 11 3 Managing acc
240. iapaons Find erm e Reports Administration wr Create erm e Jy Hr etting Jy My settings j Giba Wurkspaces Ucn rin Qon e sektion kats There ane sore predefined oyster bits lion tern ctl WS Workspace specific lists users groups P de any number of custom selection lets either at Ehe global level vie HB Users A groups z ly p mouse contest clic right mouse A Custpenize Manage filters Actions POLi Report templates T Haag Filters E Manegeserver Wp deer roles Rest birgir E Coi niem soumis Vg Uber ii Autnmail gt God codon amp acuta a Automall umtum forces es Lii typis z _ Custom Felda Candice Boma x EO Wieekuguasae iy 7 2 In the second navigation column click on Global lists and then on Priority You can now add priorities delete priorities or modify them Customizing Genji X Tracks Sytem Adm nigrator Help Log off Y wl ai Cockpt Bre workapeces Find Reem vo eget Aminin co Crete ien v track Ju My aei Q kd I Werkipanrs a Q Gobel lets Name kon i n fle sae Typeflag EM Users groups Sfi DCEASIOnaly be Coo ng Te leat Level 1 anon b son Test tent Lived 2 Oaterim ie png T Manage Men D acon wisvedutt Ll immediate png Test text Lewd 3 Repat templates m Eem You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be used to format items in the item navigator
241. ick on the configuration button in the small toolbar to display the agile board configuration area 2 Select the desired column property values The order in which you select values determines the order in which the columns are shown 3 Clickon the configuration button in the small toolbar to hide the configuration area Removing column values You can remove column values from the agile board to limit the number of columns shown Important You may not be able to remove columns if there is at least one item with a corresponding property value Click on the little remove icon at the right side of the column header Drag amp drop functionality With the agile board you can perform a number of operations using a drag amp drop technique 1 Tochange the order of columns click on the header and drag the column to its new position 2 Tochange the item column property value click on the item and drag it to the coglumn with the corresponding value For example if the column property is the item state change the state of an item by dragging it to the column representing the new state 3 6 Configuring automail Genji has a highly configurable e mail notification system E mail notifications can be globally and individually configured to ensure proper information flow Genji can automatically send e mails to users Such e mails are triggered by system events Two types of events sending e mails are built in others can be added The tw
242. idden with all their information Item information is inaccessible Warning Changing the workspace status may make the workspace inaccessible 4 2 Managing team members You can assign users to workspaces and grant them access rights via roles Without an assignment a user will not be able to see the workspace or any items within You must be logged in as space administrator space manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area 4 3 Managing releases phases 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 Select the Assign roles node in the second navigation area from the left S at o ys Y ad AS rack System Ademnutrator Help Log off E ce Ld Cock Browse workspaces Find toms w Reports Administration Create em w track Re My settings lr Workspaces eee pores Drag one or more users from the list on the right to the left column to assign Us oor y assign Roles bten them roia Responsible for workspace Integration space N Reiease G informes j CBT Support Pus Assigned Available IZ Finanzen amp Verwarung Y Manage fiters Vy Manager 2 Name Organizational ur Grup Name Organizational ur Group EE oo 5 mess Supot Mo AA Med he fT Helpdesk Qustom forms Boss Dan cro he mee User Construction No o eade circle DE Custom fields Coder Rarbara SW Develop N
243. ilas directi an disk a Lack remove cisablag enable plugins that can extend the tunctionalty of Jenkina updates avallabia Build Gueue 1 System Information No buileis in tha queue Displays various environmental infcrmalson to assist troubla shoaling Build Executor Status gt Dysten jog captures output kom java atil Legging output relered to Jenkins Download the Genji Jenkins plug in from the Genji web site and install it in Jenkins 259 Administering the server suopons groups SSH Credenbals Plugin This plugin allows you to store SSH 161 credentials in Jenkins SSH Slaves plugin v This plugin allows you to manage 18 slaves running on nix machines over SSH E Allows you to connect to Windows 10 machines and start slave agents on them On the Manage Jenkins page select Configure System SSHD Port OF ned Random Disable e Tracke Tracke instances URL e k Record Sem changes M e Update Track Issues M User name admin Password Add There is a section labeled Genji Here you can enter the URL for your Genji server and a user name and password which is being used to add comments to Genji items affected by a Jenkins build You should leave the item prefix with since this is the value being used by the Genji Subversion integration In Jenkins you can set up a number of Genji connectors for example to different Genji servers or with dif
244. ild Comment CreateDate Description Duration EndDate 83 Description not used deleted or archived a text property for software build nos end date minus start date holidays are not considered The deadline In case of top down support this is the bottom up value as confirmed by the contractor Genji for team members Field name Label IssueNo IssueType LastEditedBy LastModifiedDate Manager Originator Priority Project ProjectSpecificlssueNo ReleaseNoticed ReleaseScheduled Responsible Severity StartDate Status SubmitterEmail SuperiorWorkltem Synopsis TargetStartDate TargetEndDate TasklsMilestone 84 Description Asystem wide unique number for this item RACI accountable Author A project specific unique item number Together with the project prefix this makes a system wide unique item number It is null if project specific item number support is disabled In case of bugs the release or phase in which this bug was detected Release or phase for which this item is scheduled for delivery RACI responsible a ka criticality When work on this item shall begin In case of top down support this is the bottom up start date as confirmed by the contractor When this item was created by e mail or by another system user on behalf of a submitter not known as a user of this system The title of this item When work on this item shall begin according to the c
245. ilter a Add folder ICT Ad iter Mame Al bugs a Al impor Al Rem A onm B If you like select the property which should determine the colors in the Item Navigator This permits you to have different colors background and foreground depending on e g the priority of an item Save the filter 5 3 2 Deleting a filter 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters 5 3 Managing filters Xe cte a Deactivate Si User leva Y ES LI reste Reports Adminstration w Case em v Al tems Ovtstand ng Name My items Mdmiriatratey Track System I m the manager Bojer Adrian I m responssble Brace Low I m the author Diechner Cvistogh Meeti Ernst Manuela Unscheduted Fridrich Meg Closed recently Friedrich Matthias Added recently Guest Jon Updated recently Henderson Fred My fi R gt Lang Hartmut ue gt Margincen Mihei Mra David paa r AO A A Qet a specific view with ist of items tamas 2 Select a filter by first opening a folder and then clicking on the desired filter in the right list area am 2 i E e v SNES IOSSCS Li Towimqut Brower weorkiperass Find dern se Arash Bainan we Greate iiem e JA M miina E Instant query Eu Add ieder C E And nme Fest T Appie Gui M Delete Mare Tee Adi iniesoratonirsunm Atis Abe offenen Vorglnge Im den letzten 90 Tage geachinaaen EFFE 3 Click on the Delete icon in the toolbar area or use the context menu to delete the selected filter Y TE
246. ime Deactivated users are shown in the user list grayed out or with an asterisk behind their name 6 2 Managing regular users Deactivated users cannot access the system anymore In case they try they get an error message telling them to contact the system administrator Deactivated users do not count towards the number of user licenses included in the license key Assigning user levels As a system administrator or system manager you can assign user to levels The user level determines which functionality is available to that user You can define as many user levels as you like For each user level you can configure what user interface elements will be visible see Customizing the User Interface There are some fixed predefined levels which are treated differently by the system User level Client user Full user System administrator System manager Simple Intermediate Advanced Description Client users are managed in a different section than regular users They have a simplified menu with reduced functionality for example they cannot create their own filters and see only their own entries in the item history Typically you would mark users with a client user license if they use the system only occasionally for example in a help desk environment Full users can use the full system functionality excluding the administrative functions like creating spaces or managing users System administrators hav
247. ined user levels Name Description Client user Reduced functionality can only create items and see his own items No reports no project specific cockpit now access to workflows Full user Complete functionality except for system management and administration functions System manager Complete functionality except for server configuration options 5 8 Item properties Name Description System administrator Complete functionality Custom user levels overwrite the full user Thus if a custom user level is removed settings are taken from the full user settings You assign the ceiling user levels in the user administration section of the application see Managing regular users 5 8 Item properties 254 Items have properties There are several system properties predefined which you can modify for example change their label or set default values Beyond these pre defined properties you can define custom properties There are a number of property types like text properties numeric properties selections and date properties provided with Genji It is possible to extend the number of property types using the Genji plug in architecture Item properties overview Genji has built in system properties and you can add any number of custom properties Properties and fields In Genji we distinguish between properties and fields Properties belong to items and fields belong to forms or input masks On a form there is a field for an
248. information from this item to make progress on your own items It is quite common that a number of team members are in the informed role for an item As an informed you will be able to read all item information but you cannot alter the item You can use the consulted and informed roles to selectively grant people access to items they otherwise would have no permission for __ Projectplanning A R c Preparing technical doc A R1 Minutes ofmeetings AR Negotiatewithcustomr A C fR Supportcustomr A R C Preparinglegalwork A Rf Finalizing contract AR 1 j The RACI matrix defines for each action or item who assumes what role You should not have any row without an R and an A ideally each row should have exactly one R and one A If there are too many R in any one column you might have a bottleneck there If you have a lot of and C in your matrix you may distribute too much information to people that do not really need it Important RACI roles are independent of the space related role model Space related roles pertain to a space RACI roles are item specific you carry that role for specific items 2 1 8 Folders You use folders to organize queries documents reports automail conditions and automail triggers Over time you could have a larger number of queries documents reports and automail settings you have foun
249. ing item is not found a new item is created If a matching item is found the changes from the non identifying columns will be applied 56 3 3 Working with items 4 Each row is validated against the regular field validators before it is being added just like it would when you create an item from the web interface If all validations described above succeed the row will be saved as a new item in the Genji database Conflict Resolution When importing data from an Excel sheet there can be conflicts for example when Genji recognizes an Excel row as an existing item but there is conflicting data within that item between the Excel version and the Genji item version If inside the Excel sheet there is no column for the last edit date there is no usable history data available and all fields that have been changed in either Genji or Excel can be in conflict If in Excel there is data for the last edit date Genji can perform some intelligent conflict handling because it can take into account the temporal order in which changes happened The handling differs for fields that have an explicit history enabled in Genji and those that don t You can select explicit history for all fields but that is not the default In case a fields history recording is enabled in Genji the conflict resolution handling is as follows It will be verified whether the first old value form the Genji history after last edit date is the same as the actual value from
250. into this basket automatically moves this item to another persons in basket You keep a reminder in our own basket You need to review the planned items basket regularly Part of the items in this basket you may move to one of the actionable baskets or you modify the planned items set 2 3 2 Item properties To support effective teamwork items need to have a number of tags and other properties Tags and other properties help you categorizing and structuring your set of items Fig 2 10 shows the most important and required set of tags and other properties for items managed with Genji Properties are being shown as fields on forms who is responsible Status ond optional monitoring and planning Figure 2 10 Main tags and properties The following properties are mandatory The space mostly serves to control access to items The phase further structures a space along the time axis for example in releases or sprints Phases are optional RACI refers to a scheme where you associate a number of roles with an item like who is currently responsible for this item who should be informed in case the item is changed etc Each iteem has to have a person responsible for it The item type classifies an item more precisely for example as a feature a problem report a customer request for a quotation or a simple action Item types may determine workflows and other item properties You can have an item type of unknown for items yo
251. iod this state describes the process The end of this period is marked by state implemented which means that resolution has been completed but no integration and tests have been carried out The integrators and testers can use state integrated assessing and closed If the integration and assessment process reveals no further problems with the implemented item resolution the item can be closed In any other case the item is being set back to assigned As with state processing state assessing defines a process rather than the end of a process This again is to enable management visibility when the assessment process which could take some time has actually been started Managing priorities Priority urgency means how soon an item should be taken care of You can add delete and modify the list of available priorities For each item type workspace type or workspace you can select which priorities will be actually available at the user interface You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator The warning level is used by the automail notification engine In your user profile you can set the level beyond which you want to be notified of changes to items 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area i L eee i oe F Y ai Ki cl Track aysoerm Adrministrac Cockpit Browse wor
252. ion describes these basic system settings In particular this section describes how to configure licensing how to configure the e mail interface how to configure LDAP and single sign on SSO how to set up full text search how to setup various other settings like web services project specific item number handling directories for storing attachments and backups etc 2 1 System information and license data Genji controls licensing via a license key The license key is bound to your servers IP address The server information and license tab displays information on the servers software version database schema version and IP addresses To access the server information and licensing page In the top toolbar select Administration Manage server Server configuration RU 5 L Admenestrabon v Create ibam f My wettings ee extsearch LDAPASSO Oe HL Users amp groups Custamiza Friterprise i Actions Manage server Borer cnnligarabinm A screen with a number of tabs appears as shown below 238 Licmwe QOwtgoing e mail Incoming e mail Fulltext search LOAP ASSO Other Server data System Vernon Database vergon Bener P address es Liceras data Lineree key License expines on Mixx no users risqular ey License holder 43 0 1 1 3 Entegra 300 83 214 24 7 88 TZuxici Saa Ege pp ECs SE mH As Ste ogATwANA IWERT GOC YEMI IwHk7HLS3KBGYLBaEF e 1w 5 YokKBTLOL apinu cR TSC ha
253. ion via your Windows PC login without further password requests We use basic authentication here only because it is simple to set up and permits you to test your installation quickly 5 Tocreate the basic authentication password file open a command shell and type htpasswd c APACHE DIR conf htpasswd firstUserLoginName htpasswd APACHE DIR conf htpasswd secondUserLoginName and so on 6 Make sure you have container based authentication turned on in Genji see LDAP and SSO 7 Locate the Tomcat server configuration file server xm1 usually at lt TOMCAT_DIR gt conf Make sure you have an entry like this lt l Define an AJP Ls3 Connector on port 9008 gt Connector port 9008 protocol AJP 1 3 tomcatAuthentication false redirectPort 8443 gt This should enable your Genji to run with SSO behind an Apache web server Caution This is not a complete description for setting up a secured production environment In particular you should disable the standard access port 80 or 8080 in server xml and you should force SSL encrypted connections from your Apache web server to the browsers for the t rack location 263 Index A access control 24 153 access permission 24 access right assign 128 access right propagation 25 account state 206 accountable 28 accounting reporting period 116 reports 116 accounting report filter 116 action item tracking 16 actions 178 activity 36 actual cost add 67 actual work
254. isabled when you create a new item History since there will be no history for a new item Comments since it does not make sense to comment on an item that hasn t even been created 68 3 4 Finding items The attachment tab is always active The Work Costs tab is enabled if accounting is active for the project this item belongs to and if you have any of these rights add expenses or view all expenses or modify budget These rights you obtain indirectly by the role s you have in this project The Watchers tab is enabled if you have the permission see all watchers or modify watch list These rights you obtain indirectly by the role s you have in this project The Version control tab is enabled if there are any links between this item and the version control repository set up in this system A Notice There may be entries here even though you have not set up version control for the project this item belongs to In this case it is likely that the link comes from a repository of another project Genji does not suppress these links if a project does not have a version control repository set up Enabled and Disabled Buttons For inactive workspaces most buttons are disabled If a project is not in state inactive you have the following options For the Comments tab Add Delete and Edit buttons are always enabled The individual comments are editable and removable by the author and the project administrator
255. ith this you could have an e mail address like support productfamiliy mycompany com to channel all customer request to the right support space You need to have these e mail accounts on your e mail server first Important Don t use the same e mail account for more than one workspace Also do not use the system wide e mail inbox account at the same time for a project specific e mail inbox account This could result in erroneous behavior 6 6 Notice You have to set up the e mail account you are using here on your mail server Notice You can globally configure that you want to accept e mails from people whose e mail address is not in the Genji database or that you do not Furthermore you can globally restrict the domains from which you accept e mails This permits you to minimize spam to your projects even if you have published your e mail as a support e mail on the internet Genji for space administrators A Tacke Synem Admins Help Log off MN a ce INE INI w Cockpit Browse workspeon fied ters v Reports Adminizgton w Create iem v Ju My settings bd sre Canes L Works pcm Basic settings Defauitsettings E mail settings i 00808 E mail s bomissions o 7 CBT Suppor 7o finanzen Verwaltung b Integration space IT Helpdesk Leader circle e Marketing amp Vertries p Testraum Themernsoecher TP Integration Whitest Notificabon e mails X3 Loser Printer More options 6 Clickon the Sav
256. jects and or releases and the second grouping criterion you have chosen for this tile PROJECT SUMMARTES Track Support opened 62 8 8 dosed 2 GEE 91 Track 4 x opened 75 25 processing 1 0 implemented 6 2 verified 1 0 closed 213 SEND 71 suspended 1 0 The number of items in each category is given as an absolute figure in percent of the total number of items for that group and is visualized in form of a bar graph Late items are marked red in the bar graph You can click on any of the category descriptions e g a specific state in a specific release to obtain the list of items for that category 3 8 Working with the cockpit Managers list This tile gives you a quick overview on the number of open and closed items grouped by priority and grouped by responsible for each project The Panel The panel shows for each project grouped by priority and responsible the number of open items for each priority and responsible The number of items in each category is given as an absolute figure in percent of the total number of items for that group and is visualized in form of a bar graph anagers List Track s By priority immediate 21 Hi 389 soon 1 NN e tcasionaly 15 NN 2755 By responsible Bojani Adrian Butter Fare Ruff Tames 2 BEEN zo M 36 amp N 105 Figure 3 7 Managers list Late items are marked red in the bar graph You can click on any of the category descriptions a s
257. k System Target release Release 1 0 Finish 05 28 2013 p Fessponadcie Adcinisrator Track System Status closed Tite My Fh bert item Deescription Parent hi oy Hity 5 Coenneent g Atheeth i Watchers 3 Seat odere 3 Hide soe 1 Date Changed by Type of change Hons vale Did wal Corsa a DEER LESS Administrator Troche System Datus dosed opened D525 2013 15 48 29 Adeninitaing Track System usta epened Verion 40 140 Endespeiue W O83 menbesi Trackplars Figure 3 1 The item detail page The bottom part of the item details page consists of several tabs These will give you the complete item history trail access to comments on this item a tab with attachments the item work and budget plan a list of people that are on the watch list for this item and version control information in case there are files in a repository associated with this item 53 Genji for team members 3 3 1 Working with items The item is the central object in Genji Genji helps to manage items All items have a life cycle At some point in time an item is being created People work on it changing the item state assigning another responsible person adding comments and so on At some point in time the item can be closed Items have properties When working on items you are either changing item property values or you are moving items to a different workspace Related Links Item properties on page 33 To support effective t
258. k and meeting item types You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be used to format items in the item navigator For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here T Attention When you rename an entry the change may not be reflected at the user interface This happens when you have specific localizations for the selection entries which is the case for all predefined entries In this case the localized values will be shown and not the label you define here 5 10 3 Managing lists for custom properties You can define any number of selection lists which you can use for custom properties of the proper type You can store these lists either in a global scope visible to anybody or in a workspace scope visible only to users that can access that workspace Adding a custom list You can add custom lists which you can then assign to custom properties of the proper property type You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area X Tracks Sysoem Adminigrrac Y iL K L Pied erm o
259. k responsible and menager ust A Expert Excel ened RM Temas T tthe manager nm On Wack 2 x Teste para projeto PM dosed Lang Hartmut T tm responsible m on Tracks Ya eo closed Friedrich Seg Y monente mn o Tacks 3 x TOL Query Names should be unique dosed RA Tamas Y Moiros m Ow Track 2 x Maxomum attachment sae shovid be configurable dosed Ruff Tamas Y Uedudini mpm O10 Track 3 x Send emal to all active Track users dened Ruff Tamas id ons m 3039 Tacks 3 x Test al pages with different browsers dosed Bojeni Adrian T ad nm Om Track 2 x Test al pages with IEG owed Bojer Adnan nous 9 Qm Tock 3 x Test all pages with 1E7 dened Boan Ainan gt femi P Ox Tode Jx Test all poges with Firefox 2 x dosd Bojani Adrian Tw n Om Track Jx Test af pages with Opera 9 x dosed Bojan Adnan a v mm mp 2630 Tock Jax Test with diferent acplcabon servers dened Ruff Temes B oa n Ox Tode 3 x Test al pages with Tomcat 6 x dosed Ruff Tamas EE m Ow Tracks Jx Test with JBoss 4 x dosed Ruff Tamas Q notados n Om Tacks 3 x Test al pages with JBoss 5 x dened Ruff Tamas Sie m chten folgende Datei ffnen 5 TrackReport zip Vorm Typ ZIP Archiv Von httpc www trackplus org Wie soll Firefox mit dieser Datei verfahren JOffnen mit Archive Utility Standard 9 Datei speichern _ F r Dateien dieses Typs immer diese Aktion ausf hren Abbrechen Save the file to your local disc drive In our example this file has a size of about 9 MByte The size
260. l get reminder e mails only on these weekdays 49 Genji for team members 6 Optionally mark in which role you want to be informed If for example you check the Remind me as manager box you will be informed on all items you are the current manager of 7 Click on the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration You will get reminder e mail for tasks that you have authored you are the current manager or current responsible of depending on what you have marked in the associated check boxes Let us assume some item is due on Tuesday April 24 and that you have set your profile to get reminders on Mondays only If you set the lead to 10 days you will receive a reminder e mail on Monday April 16 So in the worst case you will receive a reminder just three days before the item is due The example shown below demonstrates what happens if an item is due on Friday and reminders were set for Mondays and Thursdays With lead set to 3 days the reminder will come on Thursday ISSUE dus a 3 daye lead Ld 7 F F Remind at 3 2 9 Turning off e mail notifications If you feel annoyed by the e mails the Genji is considered to be one of the most useful The e mails you receive from the Genji system are marked in a special way so that you can easily have them sorted automatically by your e mail client into specific folders The e mail subjects look like this Project yourProject Thus you can have your e mail clie
261. l roles add up You have now assigned or removed users in roles to your workspace 4 3 Managing releases phases Genji organizes all items in workspaces You can structure workspaces along the time line in phases for example to manage releases iterations or sprints Phases can be structured hierarchically just like items For example you could have a release with a number of iterations or sprints as sub phases 4 3 1 Adding a release This section describes how to add a release or sub phase You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area Genji for space administrators 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 Selectthe releases node in the second navigation area from the left This node will only appear if the workspace type this workspace belongs to has releases enabled T Ee 2 D LJ tll na Lf EE ag Compe Hresoeum wire Fire prm xe Arpt Aguiar A My ming HETTD T l Workspaces ferui fl Product backs ean t F1 Beipaun I Reease 2 BT Support LIES Finanzen amp Verwakung T Menage fiters FA ireegpecen space Rene herpes Click on the Add release button in the toolbar If there are already releases available you can add sub phases sprints iterations etc by selecting the parent release
262. l stating his request This e mail can automatically create an item in your Genji system You can respond to the customer directly from within the Genji system When the customer responds to this e mail his response is automatically added as a comment to the original item Synchronizing such communication threads is achieved by unique markers in the e mail subject lines As long as the customer does not remove these markers an item will be connected with the customers e mails 2 3 Structuring items At the center of the system are items Items can be tasks mile stones bugs requirements tests or whatever you like Items have properties Items can be organized in spaces and within a space in phases or releases or iterations or sprints Items can be organized hierarchically and they can be organized according to the Getting Things Done method 2 3 1 Tasks items and projects Items are the central objects of Genji Items can be of various types like mile stones bug reports action items Items have a lifecycle and items are contained in spaces Anything you need to take care of in Genji is called an item You can categorize items with item types like task ticket action item requirement improvement or test case Figure 2 8 Item types You organize items publicly in spaces and personally in baskets The public structure will be the same for anybody having access to t
263. label list Description The primary key of the owner of that list from table TPERSON 1 is the admin user Y or N marks this entry as obsolete and you cannot select this option anymore It will still show in items where it had been used An optional CSS style applied to a row in the item navigator if an item has an property with this option set An optional symbol that can be shown in the item navigator Marks this option as the default Determines the order in which the options are presented in the selection user interface components The label for the option as the end user will see it Please note that you can localize the option labels with the localization editor later on The objectlD of the list this option belongs to It is not being used in the import process The following listing shows a minimized example for a list definition that can be imported into Genji lt xml Version 1 0 encoding UIF 3o 7 gt lt ns2 trackplusExchange xmlns ns2 http www trackplus com exporter version 4 0 0 gt lt entityExchange entityId 1008 type TListBean gt lt entityAttribute lt entityAttribute lt entityAttribute lt entityAttribute lt entityAttribute lt entityAttribute name repositoryType gt 2 lt entityAttribute gt name objectID gt 1008 lt entityAttribute gt name listType gt 1 lt entityAttribute gt name name gt Simple global list lt entityAttribute gt name owner gt 1 lt
264. lation funktioniart nicht x38 Dole hardware absirection layer design Action Item XX9W 1 lange Rendering implermentienen Edit Copy Release Notes The text ama bolow allows the pregect release notes to be peited and copied tn ancther document w hl Release Notes for X3 Software RELZOD h2 thir Tashi hes ful classs ir l1 li spam elassse nid XE35N Z amp spam span classe title Installation funktioniert nichtc spanse 115 li span class oid XJ4N J span span class title Define hardware abstraction layer designx apan x li ul hzgzzActi omn Thesis hes ul clasa irb tliztspan rlasss nid s X35W 1 span lt span clase title Image Rendering implementiorens spanze 1i gt lt ul gt 142 Customizing Genji Topics Customization overview Configuration scenarios Managing filters Managing report templates Roles and permissions Customizing automail Customizing the User Interface Item properties Customizing forms Custom selection lists System object states Managing workspace types Managing locales and terminology 143 Customizing Genji 5 1 Customization overview Genji can be customized and adapted to your processes to a large extend This includes roles item types workflows item fields action forms and much more As shipped the Genji configuration may suite already many requirements in particular for the developme
265. le WEB INF quartz jobs xml that entry is cleared from the table Thereafter Genji tries to set itself as the master node unless there is already another node marked as master node If this is the only node the operation succeeds right away Otherwise is may take as much as the time out period until a new master node is completely established The master node is responsible for 1 updating the full text search index 2 getting e mails from an e mail server when submission of items by e mail is enabled In all other aspects the master node acts like a regular node Master node goes down In case the master node goes down the full text search facility is temporarily not updated However no activities requiring update of the full text search index get lost they are stored in the database Furthermore obtaining e mails from the e mail server is temporarily disabled Again no submission will get lost as they are stored on the e mail server After at most a timeout period default is 5 minutes setin WEB INF quartz jobs xml negotiation between the remaining nodes will begin for who will become the replacement for the original master node The outcome 251 Administering the server is random The new master node will begin to update the full text search index and start retrieving e mails from the e mail server Thus the drop out of a master node will result in slightly decreased performance and a lag of about 5 minutes in updating
266. legitimate interest in You can always switch item visibility later on between public and private In the second step you fill in all the details of the item just created The form you are using for this may have been customized by your system administrator Once you have filled in the required information you save the item Unless you have marked the item as private others may get an e mail notification that this item has been created Who will be informed depends on the automail trigger and filter settings of other users A common configuration is to receive notifications as manager responsible consulted and informed 3 3 4 Creating an item This section describes how to create an item from scratch You must have permission to create items in at least one project Otherwise you will not see the Create Item toolbar icon and menu entry 1 Click on the Create Item button in the top toolbar area 2 Onthe screen that appears select the desired project and item type The default will be your last selection Mark the check box if you want to keep this item hidden from anybody else This will mark your new item as private it will really only be visible to yourself You can change this to a public item any time later on if you wish 54 3 3 Working with items Click the Next button 4 The new item screen appears This screen may have been configured specifically for this project and item type so it may look different than
267. les in the same or different spaces Jl i Jl Jl You can define any number of roles Examples for roles are project administrator manager responsible developer technical sales Roles can be considered a collection of permissions J Users have to be assigned at least one role in a space to be able to access any space information Roles can also be assigned to groups all users in that group then carry that role Workflows can refer to roles In workflows the ability to make item state changes can be restricted to certain roles 2 1 7 RACI roles and the RACI matrix Roles exist to control access to items in general Beyond these generic roles there are four item specific roles based on the RACI method As a user you permanently work in the system under the space specific roles that determine what permissions and rights you have with regard to items in spaces Additionally you may have a more specific relation to a single item like you have created it or you are currently responsible for it These item specific roles are structured according to the RACI scheme N M The RACI scheme defines four roles Responsible Accountable Consulted and Informed 27 Key concepts Responsible Accountable Consulted Informed i responsible i accountabla can seg this item Can sog this item works On this item looks after this i informed i informed can modify GAN reassign might give input
268. ll data stored inthe system them Na Reports are based on bermplates Ghat vera cam adapt to yuur renis be JEMEN a 2 Open one of the folders on the left On the right you should get a list with report templates in that folder When you hover over the report template name on the right you will see a preview of the report TS Besprechunganeneniest Detaled swith hrbery S Crete rant Filed history 3 Select the desired report template and click on the Create report button in the toolbar v ER NERIS LJ t Find tem v Reports now Create tem vw Ag Add folder Add report X E CUL Downiced WM Deiete gh impot i Exe Name BRRRERREEI 4 Depending on the report template selected you now have to specify a filter You create the report by clicking on button Create report When you click on the XML datasource button you can download an XML file representing sample data for this type of report template This XML file you can use as test data when you modify the report template locally on your computer E shit oy Goate rep A x er ih I pO E Report enndiguratinn af A pra wbh pensa wth Datseounoe 3 Pesjeet Riplease 0 Quma gern iy pui Project Reens ME genis by Bl Tima period Gumeni mamih m Costoenter ww Account 250800 General Expedit 250801 SW Dnieper 250802 HW Development 250810 Construction Create report XML datasounoe Cancel Customizing Genji 5 4 2 Report te
269. ll description You can drag items to other places in the tree but you cannot order them within the same hierarchical level The order within the same hierarchical level is determined by the sort criteria you have applied Compared to the flat list view mode this mode might take slightly longer to load since it can contain much more data Hierarchical Work Breakdown Structure view mode The Work Breakdown Structure view mode groups items in projects You can drag items to any new position within that project and determine the position even within the same hierarchical level This is essentially the same behavior you know from structuring text documents or from tools like MS Project You would use this mode when you need to structure items into a hierarchy and the order of items is important Agile Board view mode The Agile Board view mode displays items as cards The items are organized in columns You can select the property to use for the columns like status responsible priority etc You can furthermore select which values out of the available values for the columns you want to show like just some statuses or some responsible persons You would use this mode when you work with agile methods as a Scrum board or Kanban board Gantt view mode The Gantt view mode is similar to the Work Breakdown Structure mode but it gives you an additional area where you can graphically see and modify start and end dates work progress and depende
270. logy on your system is different from what is shown here This document cannot explain how Genji is being used in your organization In a well run project you will find this information in a project manual and company standards 3 2 Registering and changing your user profile In order to use Genji you have to have an account on your server In your personal user profile you can set your preferences like user name password e mail address preferred user interface locale and e mail notification settings 3 2 1 Obtaining an account You have to have an account on your Genjisystem before you an use it Depending on your system configuration you can either register yourself or your system administrator creates an account for you Self registration has to be enabled for your system otherwise you will not be able to register yourself You have to know the URL of your Genji server and when you point your browser to it you can see the login screen You may want to bookmark this URL in your browser since you will use it every day later on You have to know your e mail address which you have to enter in order to receive your password The pattern of allowed e mail domains might have been restricted by the system administrator 1 Point your browser to the Genji server URL no Login Open information window Forgot password 2 Click on the link labeled Register 3 Fill out the form that appears Register lor the Track Tracking System
271. ls Genji needs to have access to an SMTP e mail server This e mail server can be located on the same machine as Genji or can be placed anywhere as long as it can be directly reached For example it is well possible to use an SMTP server on the internet Typically you would enter the same parameters here that you are using inside your regular e mail client software You should not use the same account as this may lead to access contention depending on the authentication scheme you are using SMTP encrypted connections You can use an encrypted connection between your Genji server and your SMTP e mail server You can select between SSL TLS and TLS if available For encrypted connections you first have to import a certificate from your SMTP server into your Genji server local keystore How this is done is described under Using SSL and TLS encryption on e mail and LDAP connections SMTP authentication mode Genji offers four ways you can authenticate against an SMTP Server no authentication at all with a special user name and password for the SMTP server using the same user name and password as for the incoming mailbox server by first connecting to the incoming mailbox server U B MEI SMTP user name and password Many SMTP servers require user authentication before permitting to send anything Some company intranet SMTP servers may have been configured to be used without authentication In case you authenticate with a user pas
272. ly The granularity determines the time interval which will be used for computing the associated values If the granularity is weekly the reporting interval goes from the beginning of a week to the end In the next step you need to select the type of algorithm you want to use for computing the values to be displayed There are four different algorithms available New items in interval This diagram shows the number of newly created items per reporting interval day week month Accumulated activity This diagram shows the accumulated number of items that have changed into the selected state within each reporting interval For example if the granularity has been set to monthly and the state to implemented the diagram would show for each month how many items have changed to state implemented during that month and all months before that Interval activity This diagram shows the number of items that have changed into the selected state within each reporting interval For example if the granularity has been set to monthly and the state to implemented the diagram would show for each month how many items have changed to state implemented Number of items in interval This diagram shows the number of items that have been in the selected state at the end of each reporting interval day week month For example if the granularity was selected as weekly and the state selected as closed the diagram would show for each e
273. ly item are shown that are not in state closed To get to the closed items you have to execute your own query for example via the Find items menu There are furthermore a number of rows containing numbers with active links and graphs The topmost row is the sum of items for each category You can click on the respective number and you will get the complete list of items This works for all numbers shown in this panel For each category the numbers are detailed towards each project they belong to They are further detailed into items that are in time blue numbers and that are overdue red numbers The graphs give a quick indication on the percentage of items overdue related to all items of that category and project Project summary This tile gives you a concise state of your projects and releases You can configure which projects and releases you want to consider You can group the item numbers by various aspects such as priority item state current responsible etc As with all other views you can of course have more than one instance of it in your cockpit for example one grouped by responsible and one grouped by state Configuration Before you can use this tile you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the project summary configuration page as described above Genji for team members Tite projectummary labe Projects and releases Sb JF Track Ja Fo Tc x aF Ei
274. m released These releases cannot be selected in the Release scheduled selection box However they will show up in the Release noticed box Such releases have typically been published and thus no new items can be created for them anymore archived Releases with a closed state will not appear in either the Released scheduled or Release noticed selection box Such releases have typically been published some time ago and are not supported any more You can change the names and the semantics of these statuses via Administration gt Customize gt System statuses You can also add new statuses there Each status has a type flag which determines the availability of a release The values and logic for each type flag is described in the following table Type flag name Description active e g under development Releases with an active state are open to the entire functionality the system offers These releases appear in the Released noticed as well as the Release scheduled selection boxes Typically such releases are under active development inactive e g released Releases with an inactive state cannot be selected in the Release scheduled selection box However they will show up in the Release noticed box Such releases have typically been published and hence no new items can be scheduled for them any more planned Releases with a planned state cannot be selected in the Release noticed selection box Ho
275. m manager or system administrator Item states define the position of an item in the workflow Item state names can be assigned as you like The application logic associated with item states is tied to their type flag There are four types of flags as described in the following table Type flag Description O active Open states such as opened analyzed implemented etc The task is not done further action is required 1 closed Closed states such as closed or suspended The task is done no further action necessary or it is postponed 2 inactive ready for final testing or closing states 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area A Tike Sytem Adminigtrac w i Y s Ld Cockpit Broere vecriipacons Pii iem e Reports Adrrinisergtion Coote fore Ju My settings Jy My settings J Wrkapaces SP oes s xd pisces e oelection hals There ane tne predefined oyster bats Een ier ol MD Uer WS Workwnace specific ity Hl uses groups id any number of custom selection Bats either at the global level vis grenpe amp ly P mouse context dici right morse n mis T Actors P oc Repat tempistes T Hange Filters E Manage serer gt Leer roles Regat ieg E o centers accounts Ve Uber eles J Automall x Col codon amp accounts Link types g Automad Custom fnr Sy Lii typis E Cusbm foem V
276. m types You can use the default priorities and severities The following states are being used opened suspended closed processing There should be no workflows configured thus it is possible to go from any state to any other state All team members shall have role responsible This will give you a solid yet open process which is very efficient for small teams Large development teams lean formal Here is an example for a lean but more formal configuration This works very well for larger teams where it may be necessary to restrict state changes to certain people e g that only a tester can close an item or that marketing should not see bugs only known to the developers The following item types are used tasks problem reports request for enhancements mile stones You may delete all other item types You can use the default priorities and severities The following states are being used opened analyzed assigned suspended testing closed processing Customizing Genji Item type access should be constrained to the specific roles for example marketing shall only be able to see mile stones and requests for enhancements developers should be able to see everything There should be reasonably open workflows configured In general any state transition shall be possible with a few exceptions You should ask yourself not who should be able to carry out this transition but rather is there any reason that not anybody could
277. manually in case Genji didn t find the right solution for your spread sheet The import wizard shows the field labels as defined in the Genji global scope not the ones specific for item type project type or project since a sheet may contain items from more than one project and or item type Thus you need to know the global field configuration label for each field even though that label can be different in your own project or for your own item types Once the NEXT button is clicked the mapping is saved on the disk in a user specific directory and will be used as the default mapping for your next import Composite Field Handling Composite fields are contained in a single column The different sections of a composite fields have to separated by a character Multiple Value Field Handling For multiple value fields all values are contained in the same column The different values must be separated by comma Data Validation and Import Each row of data in the spread sheet will be validated on several levels before an item is created from it 1 There is a validation that all required fields are present This means that they are either defined in the spread sheet and have been associated with the required field in Genji or you have selected that default values should be used in case there are no values in the spread sheet 2 Eachcell value is read and verified whether it contains a valid value The specific handling depend
278. messages to be written to the log files by such modules There are six logging levels or verbosity levels defined The lowest verbosity level is FATAL the highest ALL The standard configuration is to set all modules to the WARN level and set modules to be inspected closer to DEBUG level 1 In the top toolbar select Administration Manage server Logging configuration The screen that appears is a plain list with all Genji modules 2 Type a filter expression into the filter box to reduce the list If you want to change a logging level for a specific module look for the line with the module name and change the level using the selection box behind the module name Filter Emai Clear Class name Liggeng Mesa d ERROR 3 ibora Com deuil bate util Lead aodkg anale ERROA Bim inel rii ubl Ere dated big Maer ERROR Com poenam phon xesprkc valusator waldatons Eenadvalidator ERROR 3 IMPO 3 era eom iuri lach dbaeve pats Ema foerninder Job INFO om awed Era ubl Leona Had bing Crna berate Hareb INFO com inel back util Grading adl INFO 8 Data backup A system administrator can backup all data from the database and optionally all attachments into a ZIP archive file Furthermore it is possible to create such backups automatically on a regular basis The backup data can be used to restore the database and all attachments at a later point in time Note For production environments with more than 25 users we recommended to
279. mplate repositories Reports are organized in report template repositories Genji provides three types of repositories to keep report templates in 1 A private report template repository for each user 2 A project specific report template repository 3 Asystem wide report template repository Each user may upload personal report templates to his private report template repository Other users will not be able to see these templates Project administrators may upload templates for use in projects they are responsible for Users that have a role in these projects will be able to see these report templates The system administrator can upload templates that can be seen by all users 5 4 3 Downloading a report template Reports are based on data sources and report templates The data source determines the set of items you will get in a report The report template defines the layout and visual appearance of the item data You can download a report template for modification or to create a new derived template On your computer you can design a template and test it with XML data from Genji Once you are satisfied with the result you can upload the template to the server To download a report template from the server to your client computer select it in the list and click on the Download button in the toolbar Alternatively use the context menu Y lt A Ld Rind items v Reports Admiristrabon w Create item v DO Add folder a Addrepot ag Ede
280. ms corresponding to the filter expression in the Item Navigator 3 49 Applying an instant filter You use an instant filter for creating ad hoc views in the Item Navigator There is no need to save the filter or give ita name 1 Goto Find items Instant view 2 In the window that appears define your filter 6 3 4 Finding items Check the Menu check box if you want to add this view filter as a shortcut to your view menu under Find items 4 Ifyou like select the property which should determine the colors in the Item Navigator This permits you to have different colors background and foreground depending on e g the priority of an item 5 Savethe filter 34 10 Using TOL The Genji Query Language TOL permits to define filters including search in attached files HTML text XML OpenOffice PDF Excel and permits to perform fuzzy and proximity searches Terms A query is broken up into terms and operators There are two types of terms Single Terms and Phrases A Single Term is a single word such as test or hello A Phrase is a group of words surrounded by double quotes such as hello dolly Multiple terms can be combined together with Boolean operators to form a more complex query see below If the term consists of just a number only the item number property is searched for exactly this number You can use localized value terms coming from selection fields like state or priority Fields in TOL TOL su
281. n a combination of an automail trigger and an automail condition to a workspace or all other workspaces not explicitly mentioned You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Automail Alternatively click on the Customize Automail bar in the left navigation area Y mE L Find rm Repris Ajmain w reste fem e Jy My settings o5 xj Automall signen 4 0 Waorkipacks D Aeterna triggers HO Users groupis T Adora irtira Eusshimmine H T Manage fers Actions F Rept termplates 2 Click on Automail assignment in the next navigation column You can 3 Toaddan automail assignment click on the Add button in the toolbar To edit an automail assignment select itin the right grid area and then use either the context menu or the toolbar button labeled Edit Customizing Genji Add automall assignment p CUN IT Hilpaesk z ain brig Full Trigger v Aum concen Just coding ibiem v ave Cancel 4 Select a workspace an automail trigger and an automail condition T Tip There is a special entry for all other workspaces This assignment is taken for all workspaces that do not have their own assignment 5 Savethe assignment You now have a complete automail configuration which controls the kind of messages you get from the system 5 6 4 Automail for unregistered submitters Automail is also available for unregistered submitters o
282. n report templates any way you like These templates can be tested on your computer and once you are satisfied with the result uploaded to the server The report template engine even permits you to pre process data using XSLT style sheets The style sheets are part of the template and will be executed on the server prior to executing the formatting part of the report template This permits great flexibility on processing and presenting items Using a report template You create a report by using a report template A report template can have its own filter configuration or may use the filtered set of items from the item navigator Report templates take a list of items and format them in the way defined in the template Most examples that come with Genji are templates for PDF output There are reports with and without history grouping localization and even charts There are two ways to access reports via the Actions button in the item navigator or via the Reports toolbar button In the first case if the report template permits you will not be asked for which items you want to create a report for 5 4 Managing report templates In the second case you will always be asked for filter criteria to be used for the report In the following we assume the second approach 1 Select Reports from the main toolbar Y LU Total nema Create reports in POF Ketel Word er othar formats th TG Akemi Total nuit ashics or tables using a
283. n the example project management 4 TOL By default the boost factor is 1 Although the boost factor must be positive it can be less than 1 e g 0 2 Boolean Operators Boolean operators allow terms to be combined through logic operators TOL supports AND OR NOT and as Boolean operators Note Boolean operators must be ALL CAPS OR The OR operator is the default conjunction operator This means that if there is no Boolean operator between two terms the OR operator is used The OR operator links two terms and finds a matching item if either of the terms exist in an item This is equivalent to a union using sets The symbol can be used in place of the word OR To search for items that contain either project management or just project use the query project management project or project management OR project AND The AND operator matches items where both terms exist anywhere in the text of a single item This is equivalent to an intersection using sets The symbol amp amp can be used in place of the word AND 79 Genji for team members To search for items that contain project management and TOLplus new use the query project management AND TQLplus new t Operator The or required operator requires that the term after the symbol exist somewhere in a the property of a single item To search for items that must contain project and may contain TOL use the query tpr
284. n the predefined automail roles You can disable automail for the selected user or treat him like he was the author manager or responsible of the item You can also treat him like he was on the consulted or observed list Soeofic configuration t Dy roles Dy departments Development Support v User picker on behalf of The user picker on behalf of is treated in the system like the author of an item This permits you to create an item on behalf of somebody else and this other person will see this item and can treat it as if he was the orginal author Which users you can select you can define by roles a user has in the workspace the current item belongs to or by the organizational unit the user belongs to Customizing Genji The automail settings are the same as for the author Workspace picker The workspace picker permits to relate a workspace to an item other than the workspace this item is a part of Alfribube crinFigizradzan t Minessspace pehi 5 8 3 Managing custom properties This section describes how to add overwrite modify and delete custom properties Adding a custom property This section describes how to add a custom property to your installation You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator o Note If you want to add an property of type list or cascaded list you must have created that list before you start the procedure described below see Managing lists for custom properties 1 In the
285. n this project or release grouped by state priority and responsible Configuration When you use thistile in the general cockpit you must define for which project or release you want to enable the tile When you use the tile in a project or release cockpit you do not have to configure anything Conf iqoration iton Tar Release Notes Ls releaseN tes label Projects Manuchast Tr and Manuxtest vJ E Am wd Maniartext Try hout Ba Meeting agni In any case you can configure the reports you want to make available in the reports area of the tile Meetings Projects require meetings In good meetings there will be action points assigned that need to be taken care of In Genji there is a special item type called Meeting The tile described here gives you a list with all your meetings and the associated action items The Panel The Meetings tile does not require any configuration The panel looks like shown below There are four columns The date column refers to the date of the meeting This is the due date or the start date if there is no due date defined 3 8 Working with the cockpit The little group icon is an active link that will open up the item overview with this meeting and all related action items The title is an active link that will directly open up the detailed view of this meeting The state summary column gives you active links to all action items all open action items and all closed a
286. n type lt defaultType gt fix lt defaultType gt mapping between Genji item type gt and Maven action type lt issueTypesMap gt lt Task gt fix lt Task gt lt ProblemReport gt fix lt ProblemReport gt lt Requirements gt add lt Requirements gt lt issueTypesMap gt lt configuration gt lt executions gt lt execution gt lt phase gt compile lt phase gt lt goals gt lt goal gt changes generate lt goal gt lt goals gt execution lt executions gt lt plugin gt lt plugins gt lt build gt 1 Select menu Find items gt Manage filters Y 1 Li find Reports Adomenistraon Create tom Ali tems Me Daciae iy Deacovate E User iem Outstandeng Name My items Asmonvateatey Tracks Sytem I m the manager Bojani Adrian I m responssble Barbe Low Meetings Ernst Manuela Friedrich Barbe Unscheduted Freee Keg Closed recenthy Friedrich Matthess Added recently Guest Jon Updated recently Henderson Fred My fiiters Lang Hartmut Margincen Mihei T Last used Mire David Ing TWTTN Pich Gabriele nage filters create new ones or ute an minting one to g t a specific view with Est of items tamas 2 Select the filter you want to create a permanent link for from the list of filters available Customizing Genji Y wal A 4 eM 9 Fed items w Reports Administration Y Create tem v My items older E Add Views filter T Fit Ft Emate b Link M Delete Managers it
287. n your process where things are stuck Kanban or when you want to visualize items to be done and visually assign items to new responsibles states or any other category like in a Scrum based process General behavior You can select which item property should be uses as column identifier You can exclude values from being displayed so that you only see the columns that interest you You can choose the sort criteria within each column You can arrange columns by dragging them to a specific place o p F al Ke L1 X Treks Symon Adminigrator Hep Log off S Ares t ckt Cockpit Dros weorkapaces bern navigator r Reports Administration c Create item e tra k E Instant filter Total number of ers found 115 Alered 115 C Actions 322 ager board d Columns Stabs ve Sort by Rem No od ascending descending opened processing dosed suspended x k opened 108 x processing 5 x esed 1 x sispended 1 x E Boss Den Administrator Thack System l E Pan Peter E Pan Peter 9 AUS 2 Konaeplhiedenang AS I Ausiment 8 AGP berpr fen des See der Ok ppg reegen der Infrastruktur Organisation der Lieferanten und zur Unterst tzung von Aktfvititen Fan Peter Pim Peter Merher Ave Ermitieln des Wangs der 75 ALSS3 Bedansbamolerung E Pi Peter L Boss Dun ALE Ermittein von Anforderungen ALIS 5 Propet ve l CB AUS 7 fi der E Pan Peter E Scrum Chris AUS 9 Erstellen des DE pEP 33 Definieren des
288. ncies between items and highlight the critical path You would use this mode when you create or revise project plans 3 5 3 General right area behaviour The right area of the item navigator shows the selected items in various ways These view modes like Gantt view or Agile board view are configurable and share some common behavior 8 Genji for team members Item context actions You can directly act on items shown in the item navigator by right clicking on the item number You can quickly change an item add a comment change the state or responsible and so on with just two mouse clicks 1 Right click on the item number of the item you want to change A context menu opens si x3 10 Priest dun i zT ariel eg Ji rd 3313 Copy ira meum Move Ren Change status LE 2 Choose the action you like You will be directly guided to the corresponding form where you can make the desired changes After you save the item you will be returned to the item navigator Managing standard layouts With each filter comes a standard layout When you own the filter you can make your personal layout the standard layout for this filter Other users can overwrite the standard layout with their own They can also go back to the standard layout 1 Using a filter e g from Find items create a list of items in the item navigator 2 Arrange columns grouping sorting etc 3 To define this arrangement as standard layout for this filter cli
289. nd of a week how many items have been in state closed at this time In the last step you can set a filter which states you want to consider In case of the New items in interva M you cannot choose a state since the state doesn t matter Only the creation date is considered The following figures show some example views STATUS OVER TIME 4 Mew items l E a F npTrumT uM ni ka a 16 18 32 22 24 26 28 30 1 80 5 hire Are JOL3 STATUS DOVER TIME s 28 T ug tweet ama iusta el ite LackkiikibttIIIM i120 34 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 1 3 5 H Apr 2014 implemented cloped 8 eared i varied a Figure 3 9 Various state over time graphs STATUS OVER TIME see g E sal nu na nm s Boo m mw H ke tTTTTTT 7 7 222426 22 90 1 3 5 Mrz Age 16 18 10 STATUS OVER TIME Figure 3 10 More status over time graphs Budget overview The budget overview tile gives you a quick overview of the current project or release state In a table you will see summaries for all items overdue item due this week items due next week and all remaining items For each category the estimated remaining work the degree of completion and the actual work performed related to the planned value is shown The tile can be configured by various aspects like project and release priority state etc 3 8 Working with the cockpit Configuration Before the budg
290. nd sort and so on Reports are being used to create any conceivable kind of representation of a set of items Reports are based on filters like queries but reports can also employ their own filter engine Thus reports are not limited to filters 37 Key concepts that filter on actual item properties but they can filter on any information in the Genji database Report output formats can be PDF Word Excel HTML and others 2 5 1 The item navigator To work with a set of items you use the item navigator Next to the cockpit it is the central location from where you do most of your work The item navigator consists of two main areas The navigation area The item area A Track System Administrar Help Logoff track Version 4 1 2 37 Enterprise 2014 Steinbeis Trackplus Figure 2 12 Item navigator structure The navigation area is located on the left and permits you to define the item filter used to show items in the item area It has two modes of operation accessible via the buttons in the lower left corner In the first mode you apply a regular item filter In the second mode you perform a sub filtering on the results of the first filter In both modes you can drag and drop items to nodes in the navigation area to change baskets states releases and other properties The item area on the right also offers you different modes You can select between a flat view a hierarchical view an interactive Gantt view
291. nel On the right side there are two little edit icons Click on the icon in the row labeled Planned value PV 3 A pop up window opens Add or modify the planned value enter some description if you like and click the oave button once you are done The item now has a new budget Actual time and cost spent is compared to this planned value Budget changes are recorded in the item history Changing planned values You can assign a planned value or budget to each item in the Genji system for projects where accounting has been enabled The planned value may be changed anytime all changes are kept in the history trail of this item You must have retrieved the item to which you want to add a planned value This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the item overview report You must have been granted edit permissions for this item You will not see an Edit action icon if you do not have proper permissions Accounting must have been enabled for this project by the project or system administrator Otherwise you will not be able to access the Work Costs tab You must have been granted the permission to add and modify budgets for items Otherwise you will see the planned value fields deactivated 1 In the tab area at the bottom of the page select tab Work Costs U History Comments 0 Attachments 0 7 wordog Costs Jl Watchers 0 Links 0 Q Add E Delete Ean k
292. nfiguration exactly matching your requirements 5 2 Configuration scenarios This section gives examples of configuration scenarios pertaining to roles and permissions item types and workflows Customers and developers A common scenario is to grant customers access to the system but in a way that they only see their own entries Developers should be able to see all entries including internally generated tasks There are three ways to accomplish this setup in Genji 1 Customers are assigned to role Extern This way they can only see their own items A disadvantage may be that entries from this customers are not grouped If there are several people associated with this customer each can only see his own entries but not those of his peers from the same company If each customer is granted a collective account this usually poses no problem though 2 If there is only a limited amount of customers a list is created for each customer Only people associated with this customer and developers are granted access to this list Customers may now have extended rights to this list and all people associated with this customer may see all tasks in this list 3 A separate project is created for each customer Internal developers can access all projects while customers can only access their specific project This permits to use the finer classification of different lists even with many different customers Each solution has its distinct advantages
293. nfiguration x Tiruaratson Tor Two denena il amp tatiti Tie teoDsmenzipnalztaeiste aber Alle Baerspusl exdach Diesen Monat Fal Neue diese Woche Heus in dieten Manat Manager Parent H Pnoy Feaject Relesce noticed Respansibl Sawer Sibatui sed Sube RHE Target release Ime su Select a filter that defines the item set to consider for the statistics Define the properties used for the horizontal and vertical fields If you have custom list fields defined in your system they will appear here as well You can also define the sort order either based on the texts or on the sort order defined for these properties Appearance The following figure gives you an impression of how the tile appears in the cockpit nensional statistic My last week bese becus Type Statue Requirement Proben Reged Tack Peeling Adnom Ham Tote mplemenbed 11 apie z 1 E 1 n 13 3 9 Browsing projects You can have all important information for a specific project pulled together in a project specific cockpit You can select which project you want to see using a project and release navigator The cockpit is configured by the project administrator so that each project member has the same view Other than that the cockpit has a navigation area on the left and that it cannot be configured by regular users the functionality is the same as that of the user specific cockpit All links and information shown is automatically restricted to t
294. ng properties not used for identification will be overwritten during the import process Thus you can modify descriptions symbols and CSS but you cannot change the name or label of a list or option Importing custom lists You can import custom lists from an XML file that you might have got from another Genji instance or created manually You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area 1 i A Tracks System Administrat o EE E X La Cockpit Brown veoricipaces Frid pem w Reports Administ ow Create ers oe Jo My settings Jy My setting o Warkupaces jo Werlapaces Q Gace ies euslecton Ted There ame sorte predefined oyster bits Lin iter ctl arm WS Workspace specific lists HL usersAgroups jd any number of custom selection lice either at the global level vic jT P mouse context r cik right mous CUATE Manage filters UT Hanage Filters E Manageserver Wy User roles co Report templates Eo Cost centers accounts Uy Uber roles a J Automall gt God cain amp nonoui o Link types w Amal Custam forms Tp Lini types U Sumter Fields peu i J FTO Wiewlupasar y 2 Select either Global lists or Workspace specific lists depending on whether you want to import the new list into the global workspace or make it workspace specific eq
295. ng V suspondod F Penb em Report osa Action Them You can assign which of all defined priorities will be available for spaces of the selected workspace type This you define for each item type Drag those that you want from the right column to the left column If you don t drag any there all will be available 208 5 12 Managing workspace types 4 WT Flectrnnics J Priority assignments for Workspace type Fleectronies and Item type Tar p Aagagn bern bype amru dy Assign Satus D son k manama A Aian Seventy Gh neni vue pa Cbom fone E iiin Them E Gere Pree g mte WT Methane W Mechatronics BP Private Prospect WT polit Diani P Thesenspocke Assigning available severities You can assign which of all defined severities will be available for spaces of the selected workspace type This you define for each item type Drag those that you want from the right column to the left column If you don t drag any there all will be available ui Geita LE Severity assgrments for Workspace type lextruscs and Item type Task gy Assign Tem type GA ets Gi Assign Status F Problem Report oo Assign Priority W action hom rio or Assign Severity ow mak Se Custom fields A rere S woois Ga Custom forms S uA E Assign Worfiows ReQurement BT Generic Project d Micsone Ot Mecharecs Bf Mechatoncs BE Private Project BT Softwere Deveioomet 82 Thenemgeicher Assigning child workspace types You can
296. ng data from Genji 6 8 1 Exporting data from Genji You can import data from another Genji installation for example to merge two different installations This is a powerful and potentially dangerous operation and therefore enabled only for system administrators This sections describes how to proceed and what happens during the process Overview Genji permits you to import items and all associated data from another Genji instance In the following we will call the Genji instance that provides the data source and the Genji installation that gets this data and makes it part of its own database target a Offline synchronization B iue scd edd of issues and projects f m 1 l Server A Server A Source Track Tracks Serve A Soran B i aink To copy data from one Genji instance to another you first have to export this data at the source To define the set of items to be exported you execute a regular query and export the result from the item navigator Note that you can copy entire spaces this way or just parts of a spaces and even all spaces of the source The export process creates a ZIP data file including all data and attachments which you can import into the target installation Export To prepare for an export observe the following You must be logged in as a user with system administrator or system manager rights e g admin user You must have at least read acce
297. nistrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area 4 7 Version control o fa NA AL K L Cogit Bromseworspeces Anikee Repos Adminstration we Crete fem v qu Add Workspnaeg hy css Bose T manage itera Manage server Canton forms 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 Inthe second navigation column click on Version control T Attention The version control node will only be available of the space type for this space supports this feature o Y By A Li A Tracke System Admntrator Meo Log off e V Cockpit Browse workapeces Dem nevigetor w Reports Acirmeetrebon w Create tem v track Jy My settiogs fel save uj Workspaces ud one Mit Yo co tidie o osanaan V p VIUA HD QUAM Ia GR or DAAUNA PUTA yos cin conte QE tetechet Vy asagn Roles repository web browser to directiy view files or file sis d with specific item in this application wj Geschaftssebaude fl Release oe i a Service Desk Report templates a Seuergerat Forms A item sanies PO tiids c Agn Accounts d Aromas Ceneral options P mot from MS Project h fusers Triedi repos test gi Configuration k Auchenticatior Anonymous Password Public Private Key EA thm MU Users amp groups Qsatomire sf Test a Actions 4 Enable version control by setting the check box Select on
298. ns N DTRACKPLUS HOME home trackplus DLATEX HOME usr bin XX PermSize 384M XX MaxPermSize 550M Xms512M Xmx1624M XX UseConcMarkSweepGC On Windows system you can add these parameters in the Tomcat manager application To operate Genji on a Tomcat server behind an Apache web server you need to consider the following configuration items 1 Locate your Apache web server configuration file httpd conf is the standard name Let us call the directory where it is located APACHE_DIR conf 2 Add the following line at the end of the file Include APACHE DIR gt conf track conf 3 Make sure that the following modules are loaded somewhere in your Apache web server configuration LoadModule proxy module modules mod proxy so LoadModule proxy http module modules mod proxy http so LoadModule proxy ajp module modules mod proxy ajp so 4 Create or modify file APACHE DIR conf track conf For basic authentication it should look like this Location track websvn crm otherApps gt AuthName Steinbeis GmbH amp Co KG Login AuthType Basic AuthUserFile lt APACHE_DIR gt conf htpasswd AuthGroupFile dev null require valid user lt Location gt ProxyPreserveHost On 262 7 15 Configuring Apache Tomcat ProxyPass track ajp localhost 9008 track ProxyPassReverse track ajp localhost 9008 track In a real environment you would use something like LDAP authentication or SSPI here which would permit authenticat
299. nstalled it On a server you need to enter the servers name or ip number instead of localhost eoo Track Login 4 xig xXx nei M wow trackpius com c o Help track t Login Remember me Forgot pattvwond Open evormation window Version 4 1 2 37 Enterprise 2014 Steinhess Tracks 2 Loginas administrator The user name is admin the password is tissi A window will appear so that you can get the free license key Enter your name and e mail address and submit 3 You should have been redirected to the server administration page Select the Outgoing e mail tab Enter all required fields in thee same way you did it for your standard e mail client e g Outlook or Thunderbird Save your configuration by clicking on the Save button in the small toolbar Getting started A Tracks term Adrriridrat Het Log off T w Y al E rack System rator J x c I Cockpit Brewer WEOE Tem nigar v Rroeets DOOIE v Create fem w track amp My unttings 4 Seve ud M orkscc s License 4 Ovtgoing e mail Incoming e mail Puli text search LOAPA SSO Other Gi Werkseace templates SMTP user name o aM Users amp groups trackPius yourDomain com o Customac D Actos SMTP server data amp Manage server MTP security connection 4 amp None TLS if avaltabie TLS SSL o W Server configuration E Login page text SMTP authentication Doia emal he cut n B Server status Loppeng configuration 9 I cota backuo v Data rest
300. nt TrackReportStandard ir properties 117 B Document Tracie portStandard i1 properties 121B Document TrackReportsEandarnd ri praperties 698 Document TrackReportStandard ru propertes 1 13 KE Document The ZIP file structure is flat The JasperReports template file must be at the top level of the ZIP file there must be no folder The same goes for the other files in particular the description and properties files 5 4 5 Removing report templates Reports are based on data sources and report templates The data source determines the set of items you will get in a report The report template defines the layout and visual appearance of the item data You can delete your own templates by selecting them in the list and clicking on the Delete button in the toolbar As a system manager or administrator you can remove any template Y mo oc L Fine ibermi se Rpts Peiminnisnatis ce Crowle emm xg Add leider i Andrenert Ge Ed d Create reperi E 172 Dm harm Diet d sd xri with Geert Dno Soc 4 Detaled expense with subpeoject and Kem reoped enense by person project merouri Grouped expense by project contonnter account person 5 5 Roles and permissions Genji manages what users can do with items and workspaces via roles You can assign roles for a workspace to users and thereby give them certain permissions For example you would permit them to view other peoples items or see certain item properties but not others or see only i
301. nt please send them by e mail to support trackplus com Contents Etude EEA EAE E E E ES 11 Es E a 13 E E o AOA I EEEE I E O ANE EA E AE TA 15 INS EI 16 Nexus 17 Idi e aE E P leu mm 17 Aroana wer anO TAICE E n AAR ANENE EARRA AEE ei 18 1 5 Taking Genji for a test AriV i csssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessesesesesseeseeeseset 18 PE O AE E eR m 23 PE E T NEN EE E AAEE UU E 24 FER o LAI AIE AIE VAE AA E AE AA EAE EE E AIE A 24 PANEM LO mtm 25 PEN ejos s i uec e NR 25 PAN BVI MR TUUM 26 PAM QUIS M 2 PME IO CNN m Nm 2 PEEL ANM mE ui eR TR einai aaiennnlnad eakunenneaenmenicaes 27 PNE eM UNT T m TI 28 PRE Eea 0o A A E TE AEE EE tek ecto P 22 MIE aa CONA g T oom 29 EXPO elaeMaee Rau NR mm 30 py ele COW Cll ahr Ue Ol E EO TT 30 FEN Venledic Un 3 2 2 5 TuS MEO Sao DEOS atria tutbule Ai arte ptp NUR ORUM RR SD 3 PAN INS P UTR 33 Zo o TEE dE a E AAAI EAE T EA bm dette dit S emt dependentia date 34 FEM S du ed o NER RRECHE 34 2 P E T oos GrP RURRENTEUEUMEURRURIU UENIRE IRURE UPPER Ust UU pL aa RI 34 P E uoc Mio iN m 35 PX EE oom a e E EA EE E UU A NE A A ATE es 35 PA E E E E E A A A 35 L a A AA E E E E E E 35 ENIE E
302. nt link for from the list of filters available 82 3D a N etl Ae r 1 E Fed items w Reports Administration Y My tems older Add Vias filte Managers tems Name Respons bies tems Origater tems Meetings My views Instant view Manage view fitters Click on the link icon in the toolbar area 4 Select that you want to create a Maven link All open items 3 4 Finding items In case you have a parametrized filter select that you want to add parameters to the query Anything else doesn t make sense for a Maven link 6 Choose that the user should not stay logged in after running the query Anything else doesn t make sense for a Maven link Create permaneat hak Bb Iber navigator bak 7 Mien changes plug in link Keep user logged in dangerous htip ocalbhost OO track encocdedQuery action query 2h mr TUA ahag Q7 My WOO aA 3An Go dogw 2 D4 Deo GF Tnpehre EENH rnm ORME nd GPa 7 y OPMUPZmEvapMVLITRE DICH REC DI Copythe link shown to where you want to use it 3 4 13 5ystem properties Cancel The table below describes all system properties Genji knows about In addition you can define any number of custom properties The labels can be localized and may have been changed on your system When you change the property name you have to use that new name in all places like report templates and TOL filters Table 3 1 System properties reference Field name Label AccessL evel ArchiveLevel Bu
303. nt of software based system This section describes and discusses the various options when configuring Genji to adapt to your processes One of the most important parts of running projects with a group of people is to define who is supposed to do what how things should be done and how things should be named This can be either communicated ad hoc as a particular situation requires or it can be defined as a company or project policy We recommend to write up the most important aspects for example as part of a project handbook or configuration management manual In many cases it also suffices to implement policies in the Genji system however the semantics of names may not always be self explanatory and should be described where project team members can find it It would be nice if there was the one and only right process Unfortunately there is not We therefore can just give some examples and outline the general procedures hoping that this might be helpful enough to get you started If you have no idea using the Genji default configuration should be a pretty good start You can always change the process later on if you feel that the default process model of Genji does not suit your needs If you cannot get started on this Genji provides process consulting on various levels through its consultant network For example we would discuss your needs and project environment and would supply a project manual a configuration manual and a Genji co
304. nt sort Genji e mails into project specific folders You can also direct all Genji messages by the X Mailer field in the mail header It is always named Trackplus 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings AS K L Acmincstrabon Ne Create tem w J My settings gt Projects W Automall assignments nd MAE users groups 77 Generate iCalendar URL 1 Customize b CED 0835 actions m umm 65 Manege server 2 Select the tab labeled Reminder e mails 50 3 2 Registering and changing your user profile ri Sore Access data Reminder e modis Other settings Gener al settings Q Do MTM fA Poles o 7 o 7 o PFoeriandes bevels and bead kwot gelegentich 0 9 oe gering 0 A 3 Mark the check box named Do not send e mail to me 4 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration You will not get any e mails from the system any more at all except for password recovery e mails 3 2 10 Configuring the locale The Genji system has been localized in many different languages You can choose which language is presented to you by either setting the preferred language in your browser or by setting the language in your profile 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings A Adminitra we x My url Ling Projects Customize Actions orp PMianege server dn b Automal aczsigraments
305. ntries found in the LDAP directory but not in Genji are created in Genji Entries found in Genji but not in your LDAP directory can be automatically deactivated in Genji set parameter deactivateUnknown t rue You can configure Genji to perform the synchronization automatically on a regular basis or initiate the synchronization manually from the user administration interface By default automatic synchronization is disabled To enable it you need to modify some entries in file webapps track WEB INF quartz jobs xml The relevant sections looks like this lt xml versirons l0 encoding UTP 9 job lt name gt LdapSynchronizerJob lt name gt lt group gt DefaultJobGroup lt group gt lt description gt Synchronizes a Genji user database with an LDAP directory lt description gt l description not more than 120 characters gt Jobsclass com aurel track dbase jobs LdapSynchronizerJob job class jJob data map entry lt l Enable synchronization with LDAP gt lt key gt enabled lt key gt lt value gt false lt value gt entry lt entry gt Enable user synchronization with LDAP gt lt key gt enabledUserSync lt key gt lt value gt true lt value gt entry Sentry lt Enable group and group users synchronization with LDAP gt lt key gt enabledGroupSync lt key gt lt value gt true lt value gt 245 Administering the server lt entry gt lt entry gt
306. o s X Uem No Makating R Vertrieb OF Woktows xe User No 4 Selecta role to which you want to assign users in your workspace Drag and drop the users from the very right column to the column left of it To remove an assignment drag and drop users from the Assigned list to the Available list You can use filters to limit the users you see by a right mouse click on the label bar pw gt A Takt Syvtem Adminutratr He bog of e 7 hv PN peed INE 8 Ld ai Dixkp Brewese workapoces Find erm w Regens o Adminshation sco Create lem v track Ju Pr settings imm iU omen i ome Drag one or more users from the list on the right to the left column tn assign ls cur Ay Assign Ries Myr Extern them note Responsible for worksnace Integration space E OIT Support Assigned Available c E z Lits Ar Kunde l Arenas amp Vensakung f Manage ikari dp Hanger 25 Ham Dejo un Group Mame oun as ae eee ee 0 je o TT Hipiai T Custem fons Boss Dan cm hs Cenatruct El se ES io ED eide dre E Custem feles a Pater Teka yshem Code Barbara Se Deweioom ho Guest Johr o Maeoting amp Vertrieb P oif AL Bei Ban Serum Chr 7 Columna F ln Tisirbom d Auxign Account AL Coder Barbara System Ha 7 Group by this field LP Themen pexter a Automall eee ues Show in groups i e Coe lf TP integration Version control 4 Filters ih West T Tip You can assign more than one role to a single user The access rights of al
307. o the limitations of the format Exporting to an XML file You can export all information for the items shown in the item navigator to a custom XML file The XML format is helpful when you design your own report templates Genji uses the same format internally so you can conveniently design your report templates locally on your client computer using the JasperSoft Studio design software and test your reports with real data When everything works you can upload your new template to the server 1 Click on the Action button and select from the menu XML 2 Download the XML file to your local computer You can use this file to design report templates with JasperSoft Studio Related Links System Fields on page 83 Exporting to an Excel file You can export the items shown in the item navigator to an Excel spread sheet file 1 Click on the Action button and select from the menu Exce 93 Genji for team members 2 Download the Excel file to your local computer You can directly open this file in Excel or OpenOffice The Excel file contains all current properties of the items shown in the item navigator The Excel file does not contain any trail information due to the limitations of the format If you have selected items in the item navigator only those items will be exported 3 5 5 Agile board The agile board presents your items as cards organized in rows and columns This view is helpful when you want to detect points i
308. o types are due date notifications item change notifications Due date notifications can be sent to users based on each users profile settings Genji can send you an e mail some time before an item you have an interest in is due The second type of notification occurs whenever an item is created or changed To limit the amount of e mail traffic you receive from the Genji system to the information you are really interested in you can configure the item change notification scheme For each project you can configure a combination of a trigger and a condition or work with the project or system defaults If you are a project administrator you can define a trigger and condition settings for your projects Configuring e mail notifications is a 3 step process 1 You define an automail trigger unless you want to use an existing one The procedure is described in Configuring automail triggers 2 You define an automail condition unless you want to use an existing one The procedure is described in Configuring automail conditions 3 You assign a combination of a trigger and a condition filter to a space or all spaces that do not explicitly have their own notification assignments The procedure is described in Assigning automail trigger and condition 95 Genji for team members Related Links Triggers and conditions on page 29 You can receive e mail notifications from the Genji system when items you have an interest in are created changed o
309. obs xml The relevant sections looks like this lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTP 8 10D lt name gt LdapSynchronizerJob lt name gt lt group gt DefaultJobGroup lt group gt lt description gt Synchronizes a Genji user database with an LDAP directory lt description gt lt description not more than 120 characters gt Job class com aurel track dbase jobs LdapSynchronizerJob job class job data map entry Enable synchronization with LDAP gt lt key gt enabled lt key gt lt value gt false lt value gt lt entry gt Sentry Enable user synchronization with LDAP gt lt key gt enabledUserSync lt key gt lt value gt true lt value gt entry entry 6 2 Managing regular users Enable group and group users synchronization with LDAP lt key gt enabledGroupSync lt key gt lt value gt true lt value gt entry lt entry gt l BaseDN for group synchronization gt lt key gt baseDnGroup lt key gt lt value gt dc itk engineering dc de lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt Deactivate users unknown in LDAP gt lt key gt deactivateUnknown lt key gt lt value gt true lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt LDAP filter expression for users lt key gt ldapFilter lt key gt lt value gt lt value gt lt entry gt lt entry gt lt l LDAP filter expression for groups o lt key gt ldapFilterGroups lt key
310. ocols you need to upload suitable MS Word templates You create such templates using the OpenDoPE plug in for MS Word Obtaining the OpenDoPE plug in You can get the OpenDoPE plug in for MS Word from http www opendope org downloads authoring friendly setup exe After installation you have a new tab in your top menu band called Authoring Adding fields to your document To add fields to your own document that will be filled with content from the Wiki proceed as follows Genji for team members In MS Word open the document you want to use as a template Click on the Authoring tab in the menu band Start Finf gen Setteniayeut Verweise Sendungen rufen 2E 7 uva a A 0 Show Design Remove Settings About XMI Mode mappings advanced 40 ut Ww OpenDoPLI nrendhyAuthor Or cten Sie F1 um Add In Hilfe anruzeigen Test Specification Figure 3 15 OpenDoPE authoring mode Swap existing KML sample Click on Replace XML in the menu band Choose to copy the content of an existing XML into the Word document The file you can find in the TRACK HOME wordTemplates directory It is the only XML file there This wizard allows you to specify Ihe XML part for the current docurment Choose a method fo create the XML part Copy the contents of an existing XM 5 Type or paste t Figure 3 16 Importing the XML structure Now you can drag the desired fields into your document and fo
311. oject administrator which carries this kind of permission flag 1 Select an item either by typing the item number into the search field or by selecting an item from the item overview 2 Inthe tab area at the bottom of the page select tab Work Costs History Comments 0 O attachments 0 Worndog Costs DL watchers 0 T Lnks 0 Add M amp Dewe Ee k Date Changed by Subject Work h Cost Account Description Total actual work 0 00 Hous Total actua cost 0 00 Work Cont Set by Budget Planned value PV 28 00 Hours Constructa Karta Estimated remaining effort Completion Actual expense Estimated remaining effort 3 Goto the lower part of the panel On the right side there are two little edit icons Click on the icon in the row labeled Estimated remaining effort 4 A pop up window opens Add or modify the estimated remaining work and cost and click the Save button once you are done A new estimated remaining effort has now been assigned to this item There are no e mail notifications associated with changing the estimated remaining budgets and there is no record in the history regarding this change Adding actual work and cost You can assign a budget or planned value to each item in the Genji system for projects where accounting has been enabled Thereafter you can book work time or cost on that item Actual work and cost are summed up and compared to the planned value Your project administrator must ha
312. oject TOL NOT The NOT operator excludes items that contain the term after NOT This is equivalent to a difference using sets The symbol can be used in place of the word NOT To search for items that contain project management but not TOL new use the query project management NOT TOL new Caution The NOT operator cannot be used with just one term For example the following search will return no results NOT project management Operator The or prohibit operator excludes items that contain the term after the project management but not issue tracking use the query symbol To search for items that contain project management issue tracking System properties on page 83 34 11 Creating a permanent link This section explains how you create permanent links to item overviews This permits you to publish HTML links that result in the execution of a filter under your account Sometimes you may want to give other people access to the result of a specific query even if these people do not have an account with your Genji installation Such access is also helpful when you are using the Maven build system to automate incorporation of Genji items into Maven generated project reports Genji permits you to create permanent links that run a query under your account returning the result as either an XML file or in the regular Genji item overview You can choose parametrized queries and you can choose if you wan
313. oles Spaces Via spaces you structure groups of items and control access to items You can use one space per project or product and you can organize spaces hierarchically Spaces can furthermore be structured on the time axis via phases To support teamwork you need to control access to items Using access control has two advantages You can only access items you have permission for You aren t bothered by information that doesn t concern you In Genji you use spaces to control access to items Fig 2 1 Spaces themselves can contain spaces you can organize them hierarchically An item always belongs to exactly one space What you can do with items in a space and its subspaces is defined by the roles you have in a space Roles in a subspace do not imply any roles in a superior space Roles in a superior space are handed down to subordinated spaces unless there is a specific role assignment for the subordinated space In this case the role inheritance mechanism is canceled and the new role applies to the subordinated space and all spaces below You can assume more than one role in the same space and you can assume different roles in different spaces Sub subspace Private space Figure 2 1 5paces You can have your own private space that cannot be shared with others All items in the private space are invisible to anybody else regardless of their roles Private spaces do not have subspaces Spaces where you do not
314. om form with an item action You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar selectAdministration gt Customize gt Forms FT Q amp My settings Sy My settings Q Workspeces Workspaces Q Sanare mas asogmeres assign forms to actions by draggne MB Uses amp groups E ME Vows a groupe ONE M m Workspace type spec form assi A Customize gt Y Manage filters 82 Workwpecr spx form agre e Actions MO RAR t f Merwoe ftes Manage server gt y User roles Report tempiates lt T Cast centers amp accounts Vy User roles Acton Ti f Cmt centers amp accounts Action ix d Lini j Action f types eon a PR roms v Manage forem nnd A ar butes F Dna System states inte Defaun F D System cates Defaut f os Workfiows EX Werkspace types detour e fe Festurey Locale editor 2 Inthe tree area select the node to which you want to assign a new form You can select the action at a global level item type specific workspace type specific or workspace specific In the example here we change the assignment only for item type Action item for creating editing and moving items Here you can assign forms to actions by di 4 Far each action a fonm can be acciones Cikk cn an action node on the left ani You can refresh a node from the tree os OF Pepit emiericht a a Action Tem Name Jtem afer ekaa ALL Action Ter CR
315. on rev views rev Leader cede undae Unik for fles edded http SERVER cgi bin viewwc cgi SVN INSTANCES path revisions 4 reviews marku Workflow Marhating amp Veet a Link for files modified Nt SERVER eg bin viewve co SVN INSTANCES path revision i rev amp view mark a Link for files replaced http SERVER cgi bin viewve cg SVN INSTANCES path revision rev amp view marku D Link for fies deleted http SERVER cgi bien viewve cg SVN INSTANCES path pathrev rev 1 amp view mar Cereal options Connection type hep ips sme Veer name Server name Repoctoey path o Server port Din Custom Configuration authentication Anoryenous Password Public Private Key Password Users amp groups Gmonue o ef Test Select one of the supported version control systems in this case Subversion The list may vary Additional systems Select a version control web viewer if you have any installed Genji directly supports viewVC WebSVN and Sventon With a version control web viewer you will be able to go from an item directly to associated change Enter the correct links for your version control web viewer In particular replace the SERVER variable with your 4 can be supported via plug ins 5 sets or files 6 server URL Fillin the connection information here shown for SVN connected via the svn ssh connection method Gaecaral apiece Connection type map hips senoesah Lk name jet
316. on this is the default for all filters where you do not explicitly create a specific configuration Sorting columns To sort items click on the desired column header Click again to sort in reverse order Grouping You can group items in the item overview report up to a grouping level of four 1 To activate grouping click on the Group button at the top right of the item navigator screen A pop up box will appears rrrrir r AN 2 Select the desired grouping criteria 3 Click on the Save button a Lp PROEKT TE Mimar Toal mmber of bens Found 19 Fierak 19 Gp Actions BED coe T cese com E E E b H moire D s kuen Propel Sopii Responsabla uius Last Modified b JF Propet sinia 1 b P Propet PAIS s BASET E le iw Projekt emfach Zimmerr nevierung Adtreradirator Track gedlfnet asin 8 13 84 AP ihre E av Prejeli einfach Heus Steckdosen instalker Administrator Trada gesi nat aftu 1 42 PM E Placed bees FI Gwe Prowekt enia Lebo Fir elektrische Rol Advarestrator Track gedlfner CERATI Ep Newt actions FJ aT Projet enfe Weberebende Tabgusten Administrator Trada gecfinet apii 12 eM Pa Calendar 4 oped i de i B m F Gu Projekt cfc Blebtrikenarbenen Administrator Track wmpieenerkset yay kahm LJ mebo EL 69 Genji for team members Moving items in the hierarchy You can move items to another parent by dragging the item number to a new parent number and dropping it
317. onal properties and values would add these criteria to the filter Hiatus Issue type opened Problem Report peoobssing Requerement amplcrmented Release Motes ber ated SPARAMETER Chie Sis eerta In logical terms this part of the filter is comprised of the logical AND of the logical ORs of the selections for each field Referring to the figure above this would be Status opened OR Status closed AND Issue Type Problem report OR Issue type Requirement This principle covers most use cases Genji provides the most important properties for this form of filter criteria definition You can add additional properties including all your custom properties in the bottom area of the filter definition mask This permits you to define even complex logical expressions Selecting all or nothing When you use the selection lists to specify a filter you select the desired property values Sometimes you want to select all possible values In this case it is advisable to not select any value This makes the filter more efficient and robust against future changes in the selection list Let us assume you wanted to create a filter that searches for open items in all your projects If you selected all projects the filter would work fine If you later on work on a new project that project will be missing in your filter and you would have to add the new project to your filter If on the other hand you would keep the project selection list empty even futu
318. ondition What e mails are being sent to you is defined by a combination of automail triggers and automail conditions You can assign such a combination to each workspace or all workspaces that do not have their own assignment 1 Goto Administration My settings Automail assignments MEI Adirsrinraliers e Crente em x dy rwsetmgs By ny settings l Projects a aesignanents ME Users groups F 1 4 Configure mioma X Customize G praec VR Actions i E Manage scrver 2 Click on Add in the tool bar 3 Select a workspace or Other spaces for all spaces not specifically mentioned here an automail trigger and an automail condition If you need to define your own automail trigger you can find information on how to do this at Configuring automail triggers If you need to define your own automail filters you can find more information on how to do this at Configuring automail conditions Add Automail asssgneent x Project Tracke Support Y Automad tigger Medium verbose v Automail condition Only dosed items Save Cancel 4 Savethe configuration by clicking Save in the toolbar 3 Generating iCalendar URLs Genji permits you to connect your desktop calendar application to the Genji system This will permit you to see all start and due dates of your items in the Genji system in your calendar application like Thunderbird Outlook or Lotus Notes You are logged in to Genji and you have r
319. or TCLFacadeException static void help Opens a browser with the help for this class static java Lane oe kr hnG login This method is just for error handling static javarslang s tring login java lang String dummy This method is just for error handling static java lang String login java lang String dummy java lang String dummy2 This method is just for error handling 234 6 9 Using the TC command line client static TCLFacade login java lang String user java lang String passwd java lang String url Logs you in to the Genji web service static void main java lang String args The main function just prints some help on how to use this class static void printAllProjects Prints all projects to the console static void printAllRoles Prints a list with all roles defined in the system to the console static void removePersonsFromGroup java lang String groupID java lang String person IDs Removes a number of persons identified by their object ids from the group with the given id static void removeRoleAssignment WSRoleAssignmentEditBean roleAssignmentEditBean Removes a specific role assignment static Java lang String savePersonEdit java lang String personJSON Save a user to the database Protecting the webservice connection with SSL In case you use a self signed certificate or a certificate from a Certificate Authority not known by your system you have to install the c
320. or example if the parent item list would contain car manufacturers the child list could contain models for each car manufacturer and the second list could contain engine sizes for each model of that manufacturer The engine size that could be selected would depend on the specific model of that manufacturer Note You must have defined already a list of this type before you start defining a item property of this type Otherwise you may not be able to complete the definition of an property of this type Parent IChild Grandzhis Field iyoo Cascadang elec pet ge In our example we have defined a parent list with three parent entries For each parent we have defined three children For each child we have defined a number of grandchildren Caxcadusg beck mance Parant Child Grandculd At the user interface this property type would look like shown below When you change the parent selection both the child and grandchild selection changes automatically When you change the child selection the grandchild selection changes automatically PCGC Parent 3 iw Chid J1 Grandch d 3 1 1 User picker general The user picker is an property where you can select an entry from a list of users Which users appear in this list you can define by roles a user has in that project or by the organizational unit the user belongs to Aktribulte conflagration De Lever picker gerseral ne You can assign automail settings to the selected user based o
321. or the web interface top right logo 257 Administering the server lt TRACKPLUS_HOME gt logos tracklogo gif 98x40 for mail templates lt TRACKPLUS_HOME gt logos logo 254x105 png 254x105 for report templates 7 14 Configuring Genji with Jenkins You can configure Genji to work together with the Jenkins or Jenkins continuous integration server This section describes how the procedure of setting Genji and Jenkins up properly Overview Jenkins or Jenkins are web based tools to automate continuous build processes in software development projects Continuous build processes are particularly beneficial when you have automated unit or system tests that you can run with each build These tests ensure that you do not regress in functionality or software quality while you are fixing defects or implementing new features Using a special Jenkins plug in you can integrate Jenkins with Genji For Jenkins builds you will be able to see in Jenkins which Genji items were addressed with a particular build In Genji you will see for each item which Jenkins build addressed that particular item and which files were affected You get links in Jenkins and in Genji which will take you to the respective other application There are many ways to set up Jenkins To integrate Jenkins with Genji tightly conisder the following hints Use the same user names and passwords on Genji and Jenkins To make this easy configure both systems to use an LDAP server see
322. ore k Cear More options Version 0 0 10 Track Erterprise 2015 Renbes Tagus 4 Optional Test the e mail connection by entering your personal e mail address and clicking on the Test button at the bottom Related Links haven t installed anything yet have Genji installed what now 1 4 Adding users and workspaces Before you or other people can start working with the system you must have some user accounts and at least one project or workspace Log in as administrator The user name is admin the password is tissi 1 In the top toolbar selectAdministration gt Users and groups gt Users 2 Add one or two users with login name password e mail first and last name Optionally create a group and assign users to these groups 3 Inthe top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Add a workspace selecting a workspace type close to your application scenario 4 Optional Forr the new workspace click on the Assign roles entry in the second navigation column Select the oroject administrator role in the third navigation tree Drag users from the list on the right to the list area left of it You are now ready to create your first items and work with the application 1 5 Taking Genji for a test drive You have Genji installed and you know how to access the login page You have either gotten a login name from your Genji administrator or you yourself have the administrator password and can log in under
323. osition release mouse Iysueiio abc aval 1 i 2 avwablalle licll spare awal i awallahble field spare awal 1 8 he same procedure you repeat for some more fields You can leave spaces empty without any problem You can also have fields occupy more than one row or column You can add a new panel by clicking on the panel button in the toolbar You can drag a panel to another position available field space Responsible available field space available field space available field space available field space available field space available field space 9 For the new panel change the number of rows and columns to two rows and one column Panell Panell descripto 10 Add a title or synopsis field and a description fields These fields are rather large so you need to give them more space by having only one column for the entire width Notice that the label for the description is in the middle It might be better to have it at the top pesecssesessensensseseneosseonersonsereeososeosesescsenesecaen 11 Select the description field and in the Properties window change the label alignment for the description field to vertical top Name Deco phon Desenption Label hor alignm Left Label wert Top v n 12 This looks better the label has moved to the top 5 9 Customizing forms Descripban 13 Now add a custom field of type cascaded select These fields can be rather wide too wide for one column 1 Res
324. ossibili empty Lean fini Eousscenar Date ieee type Support Case Creation of relagsa oriy Projects and ries eibar Tre Via scroll up Suche nach Artei emmern Saenigennummem Dialog WES Kopienen git lae Fidhaig Dis k zu langer WE Biszisichnung ru ihi brik in commenes Figure 3 13 FAO example 3 11 Using report templates You can view a subset of all items through filters The items that pass a filter are displayed in a item overview The item overview serves as a quick way to display a number of items matching certain criteria namely the filter criteria Sometimes it is desirable to display a list of items in a different way for example in PDF format with complete history or as a graphical summary Genji has a powerful template based reporting engine that can prepare pixel perfect results from lists of items Genji comes with an interactive report design software called JasperReports Studio With this software you can define your own report templates any way you like These templates can be tested on your computer and once you are satisfied with the result uploaded to the server The report template engine even permits you to pre process data using XSLT style sheets The style sheets are part of the template and will be executed on the server prior to executing the formatting part of the report template This permits great flexibility on processing and presenting items This section describes how to use reports base
325. ou should have a strategy available on how to react if any of these risks materializes The Genji system helps you to manage a list of risks There may be more than just ten risks Enter all you know and assign them to the different priority and severity levels This permits to draw reports with those risks that are most likely to occur or that have the greatest impact Use the priority to describe the probability of occurrence and the severity to describe the possible impact The most critical risks are those that have the highest probability of occurrence and the largest impact There are only two states for a risk it is either opened or closed Status closed means the probability of this risk occurring in the future is zero Reasons to close a risk could be that there is no future for your project because it has been closed or that the risk already occurred or that you absolutely can rule out that the risk could ever come up again Itern lists In the software business this is also called the bug list Unlike milestones and action items items are usually not planned but they will occur For large projects and particularly in software projects from the beginning to the end there will be many items From our experience for an embedded system with about 100 000 non commented lines of code you may have to handle about 2500 items before you can ship your system Since it is close to impossible to control such an amount of items with
326. ount states Via the account state you can control if an account can be used to book work or expenses on it You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator When delivered Genji offers two account states open closed Accounts that have been closed cannot be used to book new expenses on However all expenses booked on it remain visible 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt System states Alternatively click on the Customize System state bar in the left navigation area i gp 5 AL Tacks Sytem Adminin Heip Log off o F T L ty Cockpit Browne woriapaor Pind Eero w Reporte ihdeninintration w rn fem w track Ay My seltings Jy Mysetimgs gt Le Workspaces NS Workspace state 40 Wermmpecet p axes for workspaces phases and accounts Select a node in the tree left MB Users A groups T3 Beier stet Users amp groups sa CE i Account ate Customize T Manage Miters CT Menos f Actions d Report templates Regent templates E Meageserver iy Uer relax 7 Caostcenberi A accounts T Cou cR BOCOUPES yp u d unorad Link types M rk pus Zi Custom forma Bi cam fora A Custom fiekds Cumnom fie l bemp stat Workings cuc can configure Ee for weorkspaced phaid and lt a axxxxanbi Select a node in che tren bef 2 Select Account state and click on the Add button to add a new state Select a state in the grid and click on Edit to modify a state or on Delete to d
327. out any tool support bug tracking systems have been on the market for quite some time The Genji system is well suited to act as an item or bug tracker Compared to other systems it supports well large organizations with many projects due to its technology and access control features Except for access control the Genji system imposes very few restrictions on its users This leads to fast adoption and intense usage even without organizational policy enforcement 5 10 Custom selection lists The life of an item starts with state opened Anybody with appropriate permission in a specific project can create a new item There is a default person assigned as manager of an item who is responsible to evaluate and possibly assign it to somebody for further investigation or resolution If there is a time gap between the decision to further pursue this item and the time it can be assigned to somebody for resolution it is possible to mark an item as analyzed If the analysis shows that resolution of an item should be deferred to some later time the item can be set to suspended From this state it can always be reopened or directly be assigned to some person for further processing To permit management some insight when an item is actually being worked upon by the person responsible for it state processing is available This state marks the period during which resolution of an item is pursued While most other states describe the end of a per
328. oved to the new organizational unit 6 6 Managing cockpit templates For occasional users the configuration of the cockpit can be challenging and may require too much knowledge and time You can provide a number of cockpit templates that users can pick up to save themselves configuration work As a system manager or system administrator you can assign cockpit templates to users 6 6 1 Adding a cockpit template You can add a new cockpit template from scratch or you copy an existing one Two create a new cockpit template you first give it a name and description and then you configure it You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 221 Managing the system In the top toolbar selectAdministration Users and groups Default cockpit Alternatively click on the Users 1 and groups Default cockpit bar in the left navigation area A v j i LL 3 Cockpit Browse ve Cus na fams v Reports Acsrracetraition Ww Create item v Aj My settings a b One soy 4 Configun Workspeces unnerctrtor Add Default cockpit x MB Uses 4 gous 9 A uses Name Standard cockpit complex AG Description 3 Save the new template definition by clicking on the Save button 4 Proceed to Configuring a cockpit template 6 6 2 Configuring a cockpit template You can completely define what tiles are shown on your cockpit template and how they are organized You must be logged in as system manager or system administra
329. ow O Date Ldate d empty C now Dane Compute borteem up Validate divergence Na nestricbon Hierarchical behavior When used in an item hierarchy specific date fields come with a default behavior as described below System fields Start date and End date of parent items are calculated from the start and end dates of their descendants bottom up The calculated values cannot be modified System fields Target start date and Target end date of parent items are checked against the target start dates and target end dates of their descendents Any conflicts are indicated but not corrected or prohibited Conflicts between target start dates and start dates bottom up and target end and end dates bottom up are indicated but not prohibited You can overwrite this behavior as follows Setting the hierarchical behavior to Compute bottom up enforces that the date field value of parent items is calculated from the date field value of their descendants bottom up This is the standard behavior for the system fields Start date and End date Setting the hierarchical behavior to Validate divergence enforces that the date field value of parent items is compared with the date field value of their descendants Any violation is marked but not prohibited This is the standard behavior for the system fields Target start date and Target end date At the user interface a date property would appear as shown below 06 27 2014 Integer
330. p Pmeegretionseum r Qntom forms 2 Select a workspace in the leftmost navigation area 3 In the second navigation area click on the node labeled Lists X Trek System Ameira ge Log oT o Py Y 34 e Ju Mp settings aw gh import M eno iZi nani Here you can configune selection bets There qz M cia peop aa mdi can SBT Support sinas ed lf Finanzen amp Verwakung only in gt rcr E nopot temes mouse context click right mouse click in the inl oir Bii cuter forme bree on the het to add new lists or Est entries L Leader circe Los Custom fetes 4 n the second navigation column click on Global lists if you want to edit a list accessible to all workspaces or select a workspace with the list you want to edit Then click on the Edit button in the toolbar or use the context menu 5 Give a name to the new list or modify the existing one Optionally add a brief description for book keeping purposes Q Nd ith i mont amend a Opsrsting Systems Here you can configure sesectinn ists There Uy ign Rees Urin state priority and item types You can add a E usce Widaws TE E e a Aid warkipatt specific Esk x T Manage fiters Reson empates Mame Customers Custom forms Description All our custerners J Casto attributes E vhr F Astign Accounts J Autemail e noit i F peron contra F Export tn HS Proyect Savo Cancel F beget trom MS Proje 6 Select the node to which you want
331. pace administrators Topics Managing spaces Managing team members Managing releases phases Managing workspace specific lists Default automail assignments Configuring workspace specific cockpits Version control Generating release notes 123 Genji for space administrators 4 1 Managing spaces Genji organizes all items in workspaces or spaces for short Spaces are administered by users that have space administrator privileges for their spaces This chapter describes tasks and concepts typical for project or space administrators 4 1 1 Creating a new workspace System administrators and managers can create new top level workspaces Space administrators can create sub spaces You must be logged in as system administrator or system manager if you want to create a top level workspace You can create sub spaces for workspaces where you have space administrator rights 1 In the top toolbar select Administration Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area 2 Clickon the Add workspace button in the toolbar 3 Anew screen appears in the right Fill out the forms on the various tabs Use the context help if you are uncertain about the meaning of an entry a Select the workspace type The workspace type determines large parts of your new workspaces configuration Usually a system administrator has configured this when the system was adapted to your organization A workspace
332. pace type by clicking on Add in the small toolbar Edit a workspace type by selecting it in the second navigation column from the left The workspace type flag mostly affects terminology like sprint instead of phase etc Jy My settings gt Ass Workspace type fe save M Delete gt Workspaces a 0000 Workspace type settings MR Uses A groups 5 qw Assan Rem type Name Electronics Customize v maed Workspace type flag Standard x TO Manage view fiters possum Phases in workspaces 4 o d Report templates li Ost toes Verson control in workspaces l o Mp User roles pe Custom forms Work A cost in workspaces V o q Cos centers amp accounts OO Assign Workflows Hours per workday 8 e Gd aoma gt EE Ceta Default unit for work A Unktypes Currency name 19 Ez Ostem forms Wm Omexysmo 0 Uses om Pg Sytem statuses KL GE Wakdiows ME Locale editor Serots E mail templates Actions gt IE Manage server 207 Customizing Genji You can enter a default for the hours of work per working day This value is taken if no other value is set in the workspaces themselves Once you are done with editing save the changes using the Save button in the small toolbar area Assigning available item types You can assign which of all defined item types will be available for spaces of the selected workspace type Drag those that you want from the right column to the left column If you don t drag any there all
333. parameter named days lead Y ail Ard item ww ni All items Dutstaedirsg My Sema Tim the manager Tim respanssibig Ta the segineter There are additional predefined views in the right item navigator area called baskets You can find more information on these views at Tasks Items and Projects A third set of predefined views is accessible from cockpit views You can find more information on this topic at Working with the Cockpit 1 ege Fis Click on the Find items button in the top toolbar area 2 Select the desired predefined view Genji for team members You will get the corresponding set of items displayed in the item navigator Related Links Tasks Items and Projects on page 31 Items are the central objects of Genji Items can be of various types like mile stones bug reports action items Items have a lifecycle and items are contained in spaces Working with the Cockpit on page 99 Genji provides special overview pages called the cockpit or dashboard Based on the metaphor of cockpit in a car or plane this digital version of a cockpit provides you with the input necessary to drive your business 3 4 3 Filter repositories and folders You can store your filters in filter repositories You can organize each filter repository with any number of folders just as you are used from a file system You can define any number of filters and store them in filter repositories You can organize your fil
334. pe Status Manager Responsible Thile Description Sh Track Militi opened Fit Brad Brambeck Jenng Testimpon tle 1 This i5 plain text desonption wath rei x formating 2 Wie hime included some ling breaks lo seo f Track Problem mpat opened Pit Brad Moore Dern Test Import Wiled Are we hine sore very long tent unformatted Y In the h ginrang was the Wiord and the Wiand 13 was walk Ged and he Veord was God Track Frobher report opened Pil Grad Moore Dern Test Import belle 3 tp lt shong bold lt shong dernit iher usunderlngc u girike strke 4 throughshsbike br i 5 Track M lest ni opencd Pit Brad Bramhbock Jenny Testimpor tale 4 Some mar descnptian hene B lrack Miliezi ne opened Fit Brad Brambock Jenny Pest Import tlle 5 L Then you upload the sheet to the Genji server To import items from an Excel sheet go to Administration Import On the next screen you will be able to select the Excel file from which you want to import items into the Genji system Genji will upload the Excel file to the server for further analysis You can now select the sheet inside the Excel file from which you want to import items Genji willtry to map all columns in your Excel sheet to its own fields You can control this mapping process manually Genji will memorize your last mapping definitions and reuse them in all subsequent imports so that after your first import all
335. pears when creating an item and you can define the minimum and maximum length of the property Default text Enter text here When you place this property on an input form it will look like shown below Right now we keep the last settings from Create Is the same settings are used to populate the form wil Could we extend this feature to keep these settings Rich text label Rich text label permits you to show rich text for example a warning If the form contains nothing but a rich text label you will not be able to save it When you place this property on an input form it will look like shown below You should not create this sue Date Date properties contain dates At the user interface the date is formatted according to the users preferred locale Date properties come with a number of options Astribute conlqurnateon Mame EndDabe Default value You can set the field to contain default values when the user creates a new item The field is empty The field contains the current date The field contains a constant date The field contains a date related to another date field plus a number of days Defining constraints You can set restrictions on the date values a user can enter The earliest date can be set to be either now or some fixed date The latest date can be set to be either now or some fixed date 5 8 Item properties Epszific cnefugurakien Ds empty O mow O Dana O Create date pius X days E d empty n
336. pecific priority or a specific responsible to obtain the list of items for that category Status over time This powerful graphical tile permits you to visualize the development of your project over time The change in the number of items per state can be a good indication for how close you are to project completion and can give you information on the workload to be handled Tile configuration Before you can use this tile you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the state over time configuration page fe BRUCCUAMMIAMNA EC a Configuration x Ti amp e Aotus er Times label New items in interval This diagram shows the number of riewty n t Ibe p r negerting interval day wask month CRT ME opan Kimi 40 x Humber of i sues In interval This diagram shoes the number of Bema Reporting period P From te B Daya before that have been ini thee seiected status ar the end of each reporting interval day wane month For example if the granulanty was tecti at weekly and the status selected as dosed the diagram would show for each end of a week how many Ibers have been in status closed at this Datasourea Propect Release V iuar Days before 21 m Interval mctivity This diagram shows the number of items that have Granulaity daily c
337. pending bugs p Textfiter The description of the tile will include the name of the filter you have selected so there may be no need to customize the title of this tile The filters you can select depend on the query filters that you or your system administrator have defined and that you Can access Save your configuration by clicking on the Save button You will be returned to the tile configuration Click on the back button in the toolbar area to finalize the configuration The Panel The filtered item list will display the item number and title for all items that match the configured filter grouped by projects Filtri xxu List irngrenmmntu Track e JbU Thouszands sagparatars far numbers in French asal z4B Attachment size and other floats increase automagically Aubria enncisens daplay nob ak on Opera Items that are overdue are marked red You can click on either the item number or item title to directly go to the item detail page In case there is an item hierarchy it is shown and you can expand or collapse parent nodes to show or hide their children Hot Filters Thistile gives you a list of query filters which you can execute by clicking in them This will give you the corresponding list of items in the item overview The Panel The panel shows a list of query filters that is available to you By clicking on an entry in this list you will be taken to the item overview and the list of items passing this filter i
338. ping 10 ms The top left section of the state page displays the actual Genji release number the IP addresses of the server as seen from the Genji application and the maximum number of active users as defined by the license Below you find a list with the users currently logged in and a list of nodes in case of a cluster configuration At the bottom of the left part there is information on the database connected and the delay between the Genji server and the database server Jaen VM memory ees VH max memory 2044 Mbyte Java VM total memory 2044 Mbyte ENEEEEEEEEER Java VH used memory 144 Miyie lava VM free memory 1900 Mbyte dora indormation lava wien 16 0 30 lava wendor Sun Microsystems Inc Java Home fur iby pem gdk1 5 0 30 ne leva VM version 20 5 b03 Jaya YH vendor Sun Hirosima Inc Jawa VM rame Jawa HotSpot TM Server VM On the top right you find information on the memory configuration and consumption of your Genji installation and the Java version being used The bottom right area permits to temporarily disable access to the Genji system for all users but the system administrator If the system is disabled you can provide an explanatory message on the login screen The application access lock is automatically removed when restarting the Genji application on the server or when rebooting the server Otherwise the system administrator can remove the access lock System intormalion Opening systeme Linux 2
339. pletion Lonsaumption of issues value h work h work h 95 plan 5 ET TIT 1 n a 30 0 n a 10 055 Tapuni T r workireg o Figure 3 12 Budget overview tile The grouping value is shown in the header of the second column from the right You can limit the priorities shown by applying an appropriate priority filter in the budget overview configuration For example this permits you to just monitor the high priority tasks and leave those with low priority unconsidered Grouped by Status This tile is the same as the one for grouping by priority except that the state values are shown You can limit the states shown by applying an appropriate state filter in the budget overview configuration 3 8 Working with the cockpit Calendar You can place a calendar onto your cockpit which will show you your items in case they have start or due dates Their is no need to configure the calendar tile Configuration Before you can use this tile you need to configure it Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the calendar configuration page as described above Tite Lern Die Lees Dabxsnunce Propet Release Daery Quri Ale offenen Vorgange ne Vies View i You can change the description of the tile to give it a more precise meaning This is particular helpful if you use more than one instance of this tile in your project for example one grouped by state and one by responsible You can sele
340. ponse Priority Parent rid rand shila See gquailatw 14 Select the new cascaded select field in the panel In the Properties window change property column span to 2 This will give this field 2 columns space amne WHIT Middle w alignm Cehamn span 2 Roe p 1 15 When you are done click the Back button in the toolbar area Responsible Prigrrty 16 Assign the new form to an action For this go to menu Administration gt Customize gt Custom forms gt Forms assignment When you call up the action you will see your newly designed screen You can modify the layout of your new screen any time if you are not satisfied EN Watchers Time and cost Issue Mo D6r Created 12 8 07 2 08 PM Originater Administrati Track System Raspansibla Supebrt Track Manager i Adrminestrat r Track System 4 PEGG Parent 2 Child 1 1 Tile Wn have remsted a ciem form here DAD A EA Ge CN ETN DOES F3 Description This ip a mige small farm Modifying custom forms This section describes how to modify existing custom forms You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar selectAdministration gt Customize gt Forms Customizing Genji du My setings rc Q amp Mytting hi MA Uses amp groups r hem type spec form exsignmer ME Users amp groupe Se SR HOE BT Workspace type spec form assi A Customize H Y Manage fitters a W Cumomize 82 Workwce
341. port generation process is shown in Fig 2 14 Datasource Data JasperReports Report Engine PNE doe J Database JasperReports Template Figure 2 14 Report generation process The datasource consists of Java code that directly accesses the Genji database plus optional user interface code for defining filters The datasource uses a Genji extension API it is possible to add more datasources without having to change the Genji system itself The output of the datasource is the data for the report in an XML format The data from the datasource is processed by the JasperReports engine based on a template to generate the desired report The template has to match the data from the datasource There are some standard data sources available with the system as it ships The standard data source for running queries is one of them There are others e g for Earned Value diagrams accounting history filters and so on 39 Key concepts 2 6 Configuration basics When you deal with a lot of projects or spaces and different kinds of projects like electronic development software development mechanical engineering or controlling configuration can become complicated To handle large diverse configuration scenarios Track offers space types and configuration inheritance Using these two features you can create diverse and flexible configuration scenarios with little effort 2 6 1 Workspace types You can centralize the configuration of
342. pports fielded data When performing a search you can either specify an property or use the default property The default property encompasses basically all textual fields of Genji You can search any property by typing the property name followed by a colon and then the term you are looking for As an example let s assume you want to find the item entitled The Right Way which contains the text don t go this way you can enter Synopsis The Right Way AND Description go or Synopsis The Right Way AND go Since by default all text fields are searched in the second example items having go in another text property than Description would qualify as well You can enter either the system internal property name Synopsis or the localized property name as you see it in the user interface Title For a complete list of system fields have a look at the section on System Fields 4 Caution The property is only valid for the term that it directly precedes so the query SYNOPS Si Do 1t right will only find Do in the title property It will find it and right in the default property in this case the text property Related Links System Fields on page 83 Tf Genji for team members Term Modifiers TOL supports modifying query terms to provide a wide range of searching options Wildcard Searches TOL supports single and multiple character wildcard searches To perform a single character wildcard search use the
343. predefined opstern Ests Be Rem si ME Users groups je any number of custom selection las either at the global level vis HT Menege ers p meus conbext click right mous Actions POLA Report templates E Managesereer gt Cs User roles Eo Co cenkters A accounts J Automail Link types sso Custem formes Po Workpaes y 2 Inthe second navigation column click on Global lists and then on Priority You can now add severity delete severities or modify them A Tracke System Administrator Help Log off o ly Y 1L Li Cockpit Browse workspaces Ard rem Reports Admnetaten v Create tem v track Jy My stings Q d o we Werepaces 4 coe tes Name kon icon file Style Typeflag ii Users groups satua meor mincr ong Test text Warning level 1 Quom mayor A major ong Test text Warning level 2 ii waneg e nonr ong Test text warning level 3 Report templetes majer Y User roles S wor You can assign an icon 16 x 16 px GIF or PNG format to each entry You can furthermore assign a CSS style to each entry which will be used to format items in the item navigator For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here 5 10 Custom selection lists T Attention When you rename an entry the change may not be reflected at
344. r due You can control under what circumstances you receive such information by means of automail triggers and automail conditions 3 6 1 Configuring automail triggers Automail triggers define which user induced actions trigger a notification from the system 1 From the main menu select Administration My settings Automail assignments X Li Admiritiralien w Create iem Jy my settings H My settings w Projects Ld Aun argenla dad C ceneni En v Cusbomime propet o VR Atom L amp Hanage screcr 2 In the second navigation column select Automail triggers 3 In the small toolbar click Add 4 n the new windows mark those check boxes where you in that specific role want to get information There is one line for when an item is created and a line for each property when an item is modified A marked check box in column Manager and row Status means you will get a notification if you are the current manager of an item and the state of that item was changed Budd neidication traer Hame Medium verbosd Fick Ongnater Manager Responsible Edit item Ebem flelds Project Li 7 mue pne J DT latus r F r F Marner m F 5 Give your new trigger a name and save it Before it becomes effective you have to assign it to a workspace see Assigning Automail Trigger and Condition Related Links Triggers and Conditions on page 29 You can receive e mail notifications from the Genji system when item
345. r favourite screen capture program get the screen shot you need Copy it to the clipboard Then press the Paste button on the screen Add a file name 4 Addatitle or brief description for the screenshot 5 Click on Add to add this screenshot as an attachment to this item After this you will be returned to the main screen The screenshot has now been added to the item as an attachment People that are on the watch list of this item will be sent an e mail of this change if notifications are configured accordingly 3 3 9 Moving an item Moving an item means to change its workspace its item type or its visibility Please be aware that item information can become inaccessible when you move an item to another item type or project For example it is possible that some properties do not exist in the new project or item type but they do in the current one Furthermore forms may have been customized differently for different projects and item types also possibly rendering some information inaccessible Private visibility means that no person except for the author of an item will be able to see this item anywhere in the system 58 3 3 Working with items s ia I X3 Mechanical 4 Eem Siena o Wie in new Eabb Ims Edit A in Copy 21 3 Pregeet Hare xs Change state bx su AddChid X Chose parent A Add exper Reports Figure 3 2 Moving an item from the context menu To move an item you will have to either select
346. re projects would be considered Using parameters Filters are usually completely determined with all filter parameters However you can have the user enter parameters when using a filter by setting the respective field selection to SPARAMETER When applying a filter the user will then be prompted to enter the selected parameters like a specific release or state This is helpful if you have a complex filter which should be flexible in just a small part The filter could not be messed up but it could still be configured by its user to a certain extend Including linked items You can include items linked to those that match the filter based on the custom linktypes and a number predefined link types The predefined link types are all unclosed children of filtered items all children of filtered items MS Project predecessors 3 4 5 Defining a filter 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters 3 Genji for team members Updated recently Henderson Fred My f gt Lang Hartmut Margincan Mihai Mira David Pich Gabriele Tl tare L creste new one or oue an menting one to et a specific view with a lt of items temas one 2 In the toolbar area first select a folder then click on Add filter In the window that appears define your filter Give this filter a good name Mark the check box Subscribe if you want to add this filter into your Find items menu Ov MT ee 4 If you like select the proper
347. rea i XL Track Sytem Administrator Help oT 6 eee e s Li i i ckt Cipt ioeeveropeus diem Repots 0 Adeenesion Create em e track ELLA er ade soy Mytting Werkspaces Rode put enipacs Appears in selections for Accran only bo kem types Hidden fue MB Users a pups eret D Meeting I a Cusicmire Custom n NY mmis s Action Mem Actions 2 m T Sais Ure El T DE Requirement ais ner cec A workin qucm DO 7070000 T Manage roles that can be assigned tp users Roles define read any aj Mutua Scheie perm suons for beri in workspices 2 Select a role by clicking on it and then click on Field restrictions in the toolbar Select the fields you want to hide and the fields you want to make read only Customizing Genji E i i d s Dx a Aekmue Piare you Can restrict Bones to certain fields for a robe Consumed Pei Hairiers meai only Exon Finish j Jk Item type arid main Save Cancel 3 When you are done click on the Save button in the lower right corner of the configuration pop up window You have now restricted access to some item fields for users carrying this role in a workspace 5 6 Customizing automail Genji can inform users of item activity The conditions under which such information occurs can be largely customized via automail triggers and automail conditions There are two classes of automail information due to item activity information due to items
348. related Jenkins build 26 Administering the server 71 View Keue 3009 Mozilla Firefox E EE Daa eswbeten Anzeht Chronk Lezecechen Etras he om gt day OE huile drackplus comptrack temo prntitem actor they 2009 DNE nescipboand upad PP View Issue 2008 Bearbeiter Workers End date opened Title ssue test web service pescriptian i issue test ereb service History C omenent 5 Biana 0 Worle Costs Wobrhers Links 0 Charged Ey Corme amat Jahn iiey abest iniipodel Tracks Testprejeet 2434 emet Co menittred ie fried affected files E Arari breeches A rg ex do Areri brachii ck THM def tegrated rbd no Tracks Teelprajest 215 Tris tie wia ecitid agn bo rn los Bert noddicabon for ieu 63004 just for beri purpores Trend 7 15 Configuring Apache Tomcat When exposing your Genji installation to the internet it is usually best to work with an Apache HTTP server or IIS server as a front end to Genji When you support other applications not running on the same Tomcat server as Genji but via the same Apache HTTP server you can still use single sign on without having to install a big SSO solution Genji requires more memory than the default installations of Apachee Tomcat provide On Linux systems these settings can be modified as follows in file etc default tomcat7 or etc default tomcat8 JAVA OPTS 2 Djava awt headless true DJENKINS HOME home jenki
349. responsible transitions from yourself to anybody else 2 2 2 Handling incoming e mails The Genji system can read e mails from a mailbox and either create new items or add comments to existing items You can associate a single mailbox with the Genji system or you can associate a mailbox with each space Genji will behave like any other regular e mail client like Outlook Lotus or Thunderbird towards the e mail server If you like Genji can read e mails from a mailbox and either create new items or add comments to existing items When creating new items the subject becomes the item title the body becomes the item description and any attachments are attached to the item as well You can control who may create items by e mails Using the workflow engine you can perform any operation on the e mail or the item created by an e mail before itis being committed mail server Track server imap prodobe com d z support prodobe com projectA prodobe com projectB prodobe com Figure 2 7 Connecting with an e mail server Based upon markers in the subject line Genji can detect if an item already exists In that case the e mail is added as a comment to the existing item 2 2 3 Handling communication threads You can send e mails directly from the Genji system Responses to these e mails are automatically associated with the original item 30 2 3 Structuring items In a support scenario a customer sends you an e mai
350. ribute gt subEntityRelation parentAttributeName list type TOptionBean gt trackEntity entityId 1007 type TOptionBean gt lt entityAttribute name label gt lt CDATA GE gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name CSSSTyle gt lt CDATA gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name symbol gt lt entityAttribute name objectID CDATA 1007 entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name isDefault gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt 200 5 10 Custom selection lists lt entityAttribute name parentOption CDATA 1004 entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name sortOrder gt lt CDATA 1 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name list gt lt CDATA 1003 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name deleted gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt lt referredDependency dependencyId 1004 dependencyEntityType TOptionBean attributeName parentOption gt lt trackEntity gt lt trackEntity entityId 1008 type TOptionBean gt lt entityAttribute name label gt lt CDATA Honeywell gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name CSSSTyle gt lt CDATA gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name symbol gt lt entityAttribute name objectID gt lt CDATA 1008 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name isDefault gt lt CDATA N gt lt
351. rmat them to your liking 120 3 12 Managing meetings Fanf gen Veil emlrenut Fun Replace Adi Data Add add Daban Remorse rtimn Wahae condimen Repent Mode mugpimgt rnn rai Siraru Amyanred 7 XML Mapping TrackplusDocument t PrifectPresent 3l l amp sueType l IssueTypePresent I Status t StatusPresent J Manager J ManagerPresent J Responsible RaesponsiblaPresent 3 ReleaseMotcedPresent lication my ERG gt Test Spec Lore indi ie i Fleleasaschedulaed k Property Value Greg Major Sternbers GmbH amp D 14 01 20 wah fTrackpiusDocument Ti Pra Figure 3 17 Dragging fields into the document To make the template generally available you can upload it to the server when you export a document see Exporting documents Working with the meeting navigator To manage meetings you switch to the Meeting mode of Genji A On the left you can select the meeting to which you want to assign items or see what items have been assigned Using the filter toggle switch B you toggle between meeting as a filter and meeting for assignment mode In assignment mode you can assign items to the selected meeting using either drag amp drop from the right area item list or you use the context menu D The list of items shown on the right is determined by the regular filter you have chosen just like in regular item navigator operation mode In meeting as a filter mode in the right area you see the items assigned to the m
352. rt the item set shown in the item navigator including all related information like projects releases users states priorities custom properties and so on into an XML file This file you can import into another Genji instance 1 Click on the Action button and select from the menu Export 2 Download the ZIP file to your local computer You can import this file into another Genji instance Printing You can create a printable output from the items shown in the item navigator The output resembles the layout you have in the navigator 1 Click on the Action button and select from the menu Print 2 A new browser windows opens containing the printable item set as shown in the item navigator Print this output using your browsers print function Exporting to a CSV file You can export the items shown in the item navigator to a CSV formatted file for import into applications that can read this format e g spread sheets Note You can set the separator character which is being used in the CSV file in your personal profile area since it may depend on your version of MS Office and the locale on your client computer 1 Click on the Action button and select from the menu CSV 2 Download the CSV file to your local computer You can directly open this file in Excel or OpenOffice The CSV file contains all current properties of the items shown in the item navigator The CSV file does not contain any trail information due t
353. rts that can be used to retrieve accounting information from the Genji system It is possible to extend this list of reports with custom reports In the section we will describe the accounting related reports that come with Genji To access accounting reports click on the Reports button in the main toolbar Open one of the folders Private Project or Public Select the desired report and click on Create report Setting the Reporting Period A typical use case for accounting reports are monthly time sheets Genji makes it easy to select the current or last month as reporting period Beyond that is possible to select any period by providing a start and an end date 3 11 Using report templates Setting Personal Or Managers View You can define if you want to consider only expenditures caused by yourself or other users expenditures Access to other users expenditures may be restricted depending on the roles you have in a project Setting Filter Criteria A number of filter criteria is available you can set before creating your report Theres from Propect RuHeasg Fiber All itermis Z Time period T i Cine beoe w Personal S Manger Bees Dan Consiructa Karla 0 Create report XML datascurce Cancel Figure 3 14 Accounting filter criteria In your filter you can consider Projects cross project reporting is possible Departments Users that entered expenditures in case you have the permission for this
354. s displayed Alle lensin Last used Open mork packages o mplemented4 Project Navigator The project navigator offers you a number of quick links to obtain the information you need most often For example you can run reports get all items or just items recently added see how many items are in what state or see what team member is assigned to how many items The project navigator automatically works for the respective project when used within a project cockpit and automatically works for the respective release when uses within a release cockpit Genji for team members The Panel The project navigator does not require any configuration when used within a project or release cockpit It requires the selection of a project and or release when being used in the general cockpit In any case you can select the reports that you want to have included as links from the list of all reports available in the system The panel looks like shown below There are three areas Reports these are links to reports that you can run The project and release are automatically configured but there may be other report parameters that you may have to enter when you want to run the report Preset filters these are a number of commonly used filters augmenting the ones available from the Find items menu In particular the result set is limited to items belonging to this project or release Open items this gives you an overview over all open items i
355. s marked as B you can fully expand or collapse the item hierarchy With the same icons in the tree you can expand or collapse that part of the tree You can drag items to a different position in the tree You can mark a number of items and then perform a change on all of them like changing their state or assigning them to another responsible person You can also drag a set of items to a node in the left navigation area for example to change their state or move them to a different basket You can export the result set shown in the item navigator into template based PDF HTML RTF or Excel reports to comma separated values CSV format or to an XML file There is an interactive template designer that comes with Genji Any number of templates can be uploaded to the Genji server 85 Genji for team members 3 5 1 Navigator left area modes The navigator left area provides two levels of filtering items The result from the first filtering level can be further filtered via the second filtering level There are two modes for the left area You can select them with the switches in the lower left corner of the item navigator screen The two modes are Global first level view filtering mode Second level sub filtering mode With global view filters you select a subset from all items you can read from the database With the sub filtering mode you can further filter the result set from the global first level view In either mode you can change it
356. s on the type of the cell a Label text fields Selection list entries are specified by their label For persons the label pattern is last name first name It will be verified whether an entry with that label exists If it does exist it will be checked if it is valid or not For example for the state it is checked that it can be the initial one or for the manager it is checked that this person actually has manager rights in that project and so on b Boolean check box fields the Excel cells should be either of boolean type or the text value should be Y Or N true or false C Nurmeric fields either the Excel cells should be of number type or the number format should correspond to the user s locale or should be in ISO format Other values are taken as text as they appear in the cell d Date fields the Excel cells should be either of date type or the date format should correspond to the user s locale or the date should be in ISO format YYYY MM DD 3 Rows are checked for duplicates before being added The most robust identification is possible if you have the Genji item numbers included in your Excel sheet If that is not possible you can define a combination of identifier columns which should uniquely identify each item For example you can set the originator project and title combined as a unique identifier This implies that these three fields are not modified between re imports and that their combination is unique If a match
357. s you have an interest in are created changed or due You can control under what circumstances you receive such information by means of automail triggers and automail conditions 3 6 2 Configuring automail conditions In the second step of a notification process notification messages are passed through a notification filter with an automail condition Only if messages match the condition an e mail is actually sent 96 3 6 Configuring automail For example you may only be interested in e mail notification for items that have both a high priority and severity or which were changed by a certain person With automail conditions you can define complex filter criteria based on the new and previous item property values For example you may only be interested in items whose new state is closed or whose old state was closed You ask yourself why would anybody make changes to a closed item you want to be informed in that case And you don t care about all the work until an item is closed you just want to see the results This can be done with automail conditions You can define your own conditions or use existing conditions and you can assign your personal condition specifically for each project If you do not do this the settings provided by the project or system administrator pertain You will notice that all properties can be selected with either their new or their old value New in this case means the property value that was
358. sed to format items in the item navigator For example you could use various shades of red as background color to illustrate the urgency of an item You can drag entries in the list on the right to another position The entries will be offered at the user interface in the same order as shown in the grid here 6 Forasimple list you can just add entries underneath the top list node To create a cascaded list select a second list level node and repeat the procedure from 5 a dd kd a ota ters hame koa konk Style Delea a sms EMEA 8 Priority Jt Severity po Bem type aU A Customer List a j EMEA Bosch Gamers 42 j Americas GE Hora Test bei America Tit beret 5 10 Custom selection lists You have now edited a custom list of the selected type You can assign this list to custom properties for the same type This assignment can be global item type specific workspace type and item type specific or workspace and item type specific Deleting a custom list You can delete custom lists so that they cannot be used anymore Items that used these lists will keep their history data You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator D 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area Notice Deleting a custom list will preserve the history the list is only marked as deleted and will not be available anymor
359. set the following directory entries to an absolute path and you must make sure that they can be written to by the user that runs the application server e g tomcat on an Ubuntu Debian system with Tomcat 7 Name TRACKPLUS_HOME Backup directory Full text search index 248 Description At this location Genji stores among other things attachments and report templates Make sure there is sufficient disk space available and that this is an absolute path Genji can create regularly backups of its database and all other data Such backups are stored in this directory Genji keeps the indices for full text search on the file system in specially formatted files and directories The indices can grow quite large Here you should provide sufficient disk soace to keep the indices on Also keep in mind that with each search and each save of an item this index is touched We therefore recommend to have a high bandwidth connection between the Genji server and the machine managing the index disk space to keep both on the same machine 7 2 Server configuration Force Genji server URL Genji has been designed to operate in a proxy environment that is it works well even when its address from the outside is different from the internal address Usually Genji extracts its base URL from the first access to the system after server startup 4 Caution If you access the system using localhost which you may be tempted to do as a system a
360. sible to keep the old estimated value even when work and money are being booked on this item It is possible to define the date for which the booking shall take place in case work and expenses are booked at a later date than the date when the work was actually performed For a regular user adding work and money is irreversible If an error was made a negative amount can be booked to compensate for any wrong values Work can be added in hours or workdays Internally Genji keeps all values in hours The internal value in hours is calculated from the users profile settings where for each user the hours per workday can be defined If nothing is defined there the project default setting is taken Planned Value For each item those permitted to do so can enter a planned value PV This planned value or planned cost or budget serves as a baseline There is a difference between a monetary planned value and a planned value for work You can use either or both The planned value can be changed but the changes are recorded in the item history Not everyone may be permitted to enter planned values there is a special permission flag for this It depends on your organization if you are permitted to enter and change budgets or if this is reserved to the managers Estimated Remaining Effort Beside the planned value there is a value called the estimated remaining effort i e estimated remaining work and estimated remaining cost Here one can ent
361. skip the following steps 3 Anew screen appears Enter the path name to your attachment 4 Addatitle or brief description for the attachment 5 Click on Add to add this file as an attachment to this item After this you will be returned to the main screen The attachment has now been added to the item If full text search is enabled and the attachment contains text in a format recognized by Genji that text is included in the index People that are on the watch list of this item will be sent an e mail of this change if notifications are configured accordingly 3 3 8 Adding a screen shot You can directly paste screen shots into Genji and save them as attachments without using your local disc This section describes how to add screen shots as attachments to items You must have retrieved the item to which you want to add screen shots to This can be done by entering the item number in the search field or by selecting the item from the item overview or by creating a new item You must have been granted edit permissions for this item or you are permitted to create an item You will not see an Edit action symbol or Create Item menu entry if you do not have proper permissions 1 Fromthe item detail page bottom part click on tab Attachments or follow the procedure to create a new item and also click on tab Attachments in the bottom part of the screen 2 Clickon the Add screenshot button 3 Anew screen appears Using you
362. some priority scheme like now soon sometimes Severity defines the impact on your business if the item is or is not taken care of like high medium or blocker major minor A start date defines when work on this item should begin An end date defines when this item should be resolved H OW In general you should keep the number of properties small since they have to be entered and maintained You can define any other tags you may need 2 3 3 The in basket The in basket serves as a collection of anything that you may be concerned with Typical sources for input are e mails from colleagues or customers phone calls meetings your own ideas documents and actions delegated by others to you You review your in basket regularly for example every morning As long as you have not moved an item from the in basket to either one of the non actionable baskets actionable basket or planned items basket the item stays in your in basket It should be your goal to regularly get your in basket into an empty state Items show in your in basket if you are newly responsible for an item according to the RACI scheme see section 4 4 on page for more information This is the case when an item was just created with you as a responsible or when you have been made responsible for an item that somebody else was responsible for previously 2 34 Next actions The next action basket is the center of your daily
363. spaces via workspace types Workspaces inherit their configuration like workflows forms and properties from their workspace type You can thus change the configuration of all workspaces of one workspace type in a single place which would not be possible if you had merely copied a workspace You can still overwrite most configuration settings at the workspace level giving you a maximum in flexibility The following configuration items can be set at the workspace type level Type of space for example Scrum helpdesk Does this space have phases For many applications phases are not required The item types available for items in this space Workflows associated with items in this space Custom properties for items in this space Custom forms for items in this space The states available for items in this space The priorities available for items in this space The severities available for items in this space 2 6 2 Configuration inheritance Configurations can be set at various levels globally item type specific workspace type specific and workspace specific To keep a maximum of flexibility while minimizing the amount of work required for simple use cases Genji employs a hierarchical inheritance system for configuration Particularly for larger installations this significantly enhances consistency and minimizes the time required for creating and maintaining configurations Global Item type specific Space type specific Itern type
364. spec form meege Q Actions p T fus Report templates Manage server gt 7 User roles Vy User roles Action Ti d ont e Automall Fo Cost centers amp accounts Actio is d 3 m Action Pa X Link 3 COREE ILL CNET ue Wem attributes Detak F 2 System states Lists m iC Pj System tates Defaut F m per WT Workspace types Detour r PP Wertiems p Feature y WM Locale editor BH Locate editor 1 Meeting E mail templates 2 Anew screen appears Click on the Edit icon in the Action column on the left for the form you want to edit Action ze Ls sr im 3 Theinteractive form designer appears i Panent Ch d Grandehild i erie ee ianea kin ei 4 Delete a field from a panel Select the field with a left click Open the context sensitive menu with a right mouse Click Parent Chuld iz fener ee 5 In the context sensitive menu click on Delete Confirm the operation in the dialog that comes up he Seite mit Ger Adresse http eandalf 8081 meldet Is Do you realy wart to delete screen field Parenk Ch d Grandchld ir C atrecten 6 The field has now been deleted from the form and the space is available for another field Responsible Pnonty available field space available field space 7 Move afield to a new position by drag and drop In this example move the Manager field to the Author field and drop it there 5 9 Customizing forms PAR YT D
365. ss for each project from which you want to export items For this you need to assign yourself a role in these projects You can only export items and related data via regular queries This means that you will not be able to export items from releases that have been archived Such releases will not show up in the selection boxes of the query definition any more To export items and all related data first define a filter For example if you want to export all items from all projects select the projects and deselect all other selection in all other boxes Select if you want to include archived and deleted items or for example you want to include only archived and deleted items to archive them somewhere else Apply the filter The result will be shown in the item navigator 229 Managing the system T Views U Eben Total member of hemes found 1298 Fihered 1795 E owe E cones 3 9 8e PROJECTS P sx 3 remo Project Tite 2 Edit selection Suus Respon ble L Tacks 3x m Qs Tode 3 x Abfragen in Tabellenform Copy set closed Friedrich Xe D l Tracks 4x nm a6 Tacks 3 x Dateien festiegen E dosed Friedrich 3609 L Track Support n agn Tracks T Briateccen teat mene cloud Friedrich eg T views n Qu m3 SQL formulieren 9m Print Pt dosed Frogeen Meg T Abtems nm Os Tad 2 x Presse croate a verson relense 32 08 X Export CSV dosed Friedrich Jeg T Outstanding n oe Tracks x a byot dened Friedrich Jeg T My tems n on Tracks 3 x Rewor
366. sseeseessssssssssesesssssssssssssseessssee 115 DAT UNO TE TON Tam Om 115 Dh dia SMe scl OO E a EL E I PE A A A AN V N ond T A E E A 115 SNP Eo el M RT TT LITTERIS 116 SW es 20 708398 2 91 TN ORC 116 PENIS SO SMS e E EDS DR S 118 A Geni Tor space padmini Totor a aou REIR n E AN 123 AE E O q EN EU C 124 ad d Creating a NEW VIOIKSDIDS quiis aso D GNU UN SERV TUE RUNE OA ETUSVNLUR ERRARE NR UU 124 A Mic ECE Us a WO ce PR 126 A VOY a OPS ACS SOE a acastansceaeesnevsatna eeu tah fucrit cen Ud ttem Chet EC er 127 4 1 4 The workspace StatUS ssssesssesssrsssresrssersstsneesserastresernetanuesstrastretrastrnetsnutsstrastnetnnetanutastnastre treerne teet oett etane tastte ttt tretante atras 128 42 Managing tear TIYermiDeE Soissons mtr pn ERU er RYDER Fore ERU i 128 d oap SM 5 40 lel Sb ainai aana a em adeat mcum and nd doe d 129 CREARE esa i o EE Emm 129 EA umeR Ui iscri QU TR Nm 130 do TNC Teese Si US anstatt to oe pU Dp Bd WIRE NEMO NM RN ID NUM 131 4 4 aiacing workspace SOC CITC lISLS iati e tritt tbetrretltrbrenel etre rotta mb RE or bs 132 45 IDerauir sa GLA angre ea n T R E EERE 134 4 6 Configuring workspace specific COCkpits eene tette ttt ettet 135 A TO T aaaea aA NAE omm 136 AFi OO VN SIO M71 SION CONN Olina iin aiii aii E a iie 136 A T O a E AE NA N 138 aE EA E EEEE I T E EE AEA A A A A A T EA EE P 140 4 8 Generating release MOTES sssssessssssssssscccccccsssssssssssseessnnsssssssssssosessssseccecssssecssssss
367. ssscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessssssssssessssesen 219 By ger ce iis ale 1556 6 NER REOR ERR 219 ev AV VAI VIIA IO DO cee eine ai ap E nse cs 219 snow Managing organizat OM all UNIS ERROR 220 Dio Managing Toc pI TEM Dla NE TOO OT 221 a OT OO NG TS 119 l1 MNT 221 SO NI VV OTN TEP A sette teh E tuse tn tuU DIO E 222 6 6 3 Assigning a Cockpit TelmipIdE6 aviam and i oir Hw lor io ED an GO 223 Sis seas Ee MN mcm 223 DSTI DOPBDC E E A ern A oe ea en imu die 223 O2 Importing space ype COMI UNOS sse mcimd eimi iud annt Il mM 226 6 7 3 Importing data from other Genji installations esee 226 FA OU NS WOON aA EE 228 TE RE E A E NON TEE 228 Cel EPO Oa OI AS NOn 229 6 8 2 Exporting space type configurations eerte ainiin 230 Doo OO OE VIO ag cement eumdem MEME een te ease ae 23 G9 Uing Tie DmEuensianciae lida QR 23 FE e SO ERN mms 237 7 1 CONCEDES and tasks Tor System adiministratOls senectt SESS RUE HERE EHE 238 TPE SOV FO MN IN REP 238 72 1 SY SSM W MORI Vea VOM IVC TC STA SS Chel dasseiuedtintiuetit iamdiu indistincte lees cte ucc E 238 Taa DOO ONG Ge SW st O esiin a niie unenss nets aieo ditta isa Aram 239 7 25S COMIC hell CODI GEO Issues sla ostro bts iniu os dtc dtu picti trcs cus auia do 241 FDA OM Wy EEN LN E a E D E E ET 243 TEDAP dd SOC COMIMO O ae ti Canede os tat seals ant shies chant sheila DUE 244 122 0 Vano COLE TO USNS eani iita es
368. ssssenssssssssnsnsssesssssecescsecscccssssssseansnsssssssssensessssssceesssceseessesesses 142 ae S e E am 143 SENI EMI Tel i T 144 sA COM Ura HOLS CS i NR m 144 By Aer MMS c RR AAAS E E E A A eine eee ee 146 ee a ae Hii cR 146 Saa Valeting a T T enn ne en PE AEE EEOAE EE 146 Sog Gredrng s Derianelt HWPIRCsssscutiatacattut tro lm a R CORRER RAUS 147 SEU ERI uei i ROREM PEE 148 2 Mabisding PS OL Tele S iine skating en donb tein ceah eed e Pete A on USE bU 150 Bisel 7 SIG va NOON mE IRE EM 150 54 2 Report template reDOSIEOTIGS scettr tetti sectise tates gt rt tai cadi ledig eet Lied rela URL la SA a Downloading a FE DORE Tarnat Tm 152 S44 Upload a report erT Cs ccssvnssasiescet aee A ENN 152 54 5 Removing report templates ncieonevide p pce eee ORE ERU End Erb Xe 153 Bs sicco gebe 99 mm i SN MO INCHEON E RENE E T m m 153 VS pede PER T vee ecto A AN nese seed edet nein 155 OS ie Stee Cees tO en DO en ste TEL 156 5 544 Restricting access to item TIelOSascass ident eO RR Rd null SAR 157 s NUTS lace MN M 158 S XN uice mas MN e PRI MS m 158 S62 req eor ouo y NR 160 5 65 Assigning autem onticbdlfatlOliS ssso cit aii ati AE d S M RF DERE 161 5 6 4 Automail for unregistered SUDO ccesssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseecescessessscsesssscescscssccsecscseccesssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseen 162 T T a o A N AE E A 162 Se E ri E EAE EE E EE E E A AE E AE ANA T aston 163 581
369. st John uus 10 days ope Tacks oppeet 022 Fehler m Clashes Aracin Cue John Carus 10 days age Tack Support 72h Fehler hei Auden Trygger Curs John TEL 10 das aga Track Support 7M irai a dinckie Abfrage alie Zun cile Bekecieusdraber Track Syke unen 16 dong age Track Toppert 735 Verre bameg Frable Torrmir Cani Joh Ritus 11 diyi aga Tracks Support na laxis dirakit Abfrage Seine Custicde Gut John Turnus 11 Gays ago Track apport i V eteresr Fehler Tricks Gut doh aus 12 dis ago Treck Suppcet az Trisckpluss Ane pongen Fragen Fehler Guest John Ratu 10 days ago Trcke J x tH Besreci Desceechunmg Adm restratce Tracks Seutpm ortet ddod E58 30 days age Teka Ja Benes Resear na Aortic Tack Sano Coser dete Vitan 4 0 1 174 Lnterprise G 221 iibi Trackglus The Genji cockpit is made up of tabs panels and views Views can be placed on panels and panels are placed on tabs There is no limit on the number of tabs and panels you can configure The cockpit layout can be configured by each user interactively and individually using Genji drag and drop technology The set of views delivered with Genji can be augmented by custom views using the Genji cockpit API 3 8 1 Changing cockpit layout The cockpit is completely user customizable You can choose which devices you want to include and where to include them J Note All changes made to the cockpit are immediately saved to the database There is no need to specifically sa
370. st al pages with Opera 9 x dowd Bogen Adnan 4 a C mo Toke 3 x Test with different application servers clened RM Tamen F Oo 32 Trock Jx Test al pages with Tomcat 6 x dosed Ruff Tamas i M T On ke Jx Test with JBoss 4 x dosed Ruff Tamas new Q1 Ducks Jx Test al pages with JBoss 5 x cerned Ruff Tamas m x Version 4 02 73 Enterprise 2013 Steinbeis Texhphs E Select the Action Export menu in the tool bar A download box will appear after a brief moment Sie m chten folgende Datei ffnen TrackReport zip Vom Typ ZIP Archiv Von http www trackplus org Wie soll Firefox mit dieser Datei verfahren JOffnen mit Archive Utility Standard Datei speichern F r Dateien dieses Typs immer diese Aktion ausf hren Abbrechen Save the file to your local disc drive In our example this file has a size of about 9 MByte The size very much depends on the size of the attachments This file can be imported into another Genji instance Import To import data from another Genji instance you have to be logged in with system administrator privileges e g as admin user Danger Importing data from another Genji instance is a potentially dangerous operation since it may add a lot of users and configuration items such as fields and lists you do not want to have Please also consider the following 22 Managing the system Input forms and form assignments are not being imported This means
371. stem 6 1 System manager tasks overview This chapter deals with tasks that are usually reserved to the Genji system managers The system manager can do anything a system administrator can do except for configuring the server itself System management tasks can be categorized as follows Managing users and groups Managing cost centers and accounts Managing organizational units like companies or departments Providing default cockpits Importing data into and exporting data from Genji Sending broadcast e mails to Genji users 6 2 Managing regular users Genji can be configured such that users can create an account themselves However some supervisory activity is required to grant users permission to view or enter any data to spaces to assign them to organizational units and to activate or deactivate their accounts Access to spaces can be granted to users by the system administrator or system manager for all spaces A space administrator can grant access to the spaces he manages Adding users As s system administrator or system manager you can add users to the Genji system To add a user go to the Administration Users and groups Users menu entry The most important parameter is the user name It must be unique and it is recommended to use the same name as for other accounts in your organization like the Windows user name In particular if a directory server Windows Active Directory Server or LDAP server is to be used
372. sts available globally or just to a specific workspace Genji offers three types of custom lists simple select multiple select cascaded select The last type the cascaded select can be rather complex Genji comes with implementations for a parent child list a parent and two children list and a parent child grandchild list Custom lists are assigned to custom properties of the same type You can assign different lists to the same custom property in different workspaces For example you may have a list of customers defined as a custom property In one workspace you may assign a different customer list to this property than in another one Customizing Genji Workspace specific lists All custom lists can be made available globally or workspace specific Previous versions of Genji had two fixed workspace specific lists project subsystems or components project classes These two lists have been moved to custom properties and workspace specific lists 5 10 2 Managing lists for system properties There are four item properties built into the system that offer you a selection of property values from which you can select one or more These are item type item status priority and severity Managing item states You can add delete and modify the list of available item states For each item type workspace type or workspace you can select which item states will be actually available at the user interface You must be logged in as syste
373. sts changing certain parameters in the copy process This is very helpful for defining assessment plans and quality gate check lists that can be reused and copied to a protocol list The protocol list may be worked off for each project release and build Note that for the different item types not every state out of the set of possible states may make sense It is up to the definition of a specific project how to use the possibilities the Genji system offers You can limit the set of states for each project type and item type For example for milestone lists two states might suffice opened and closed We will later on explain how to assign property option values to item types and project types During the life cycle of an item it is quite common that it changes its type For example a problem report could result in an implementation error after the report has been analyzed Genji makes it easy to move items between item types 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt Lists Alternatively click on the Customize Lists bar in the left navigation area A Tracks Sytem Administ j Y au s L2 Cockpit Browne veoriapacns Fini Rees w Reports Adminin we Create erm oe Jy My settings Jy My settings jo Werespacs Qi oes s A e selection lists There ane some predefined oystem lists lie item g HB User A groups Customize T Hamag Filters Repat templates Vp Uber es WS Workwnace specific ity Hl uses 6 groups
374. sword combination on your SMTP server you enter the user name and your password here Click the Clear button to clear the password Not entering a password will take the old one Caution Some SMTP servers do not like it if the From address does not match the SMTP user name In this case you are forced to check box Use Genji From address Mail encoding Genji can send e mails in a variety of encodings Here you set the encoding such that it matches your users preferred encoding In the meantime many clients support unicode UTF encoding This encoding works with any language The setting here is typically the same as in your e mail clients setting For Western languages ISO 8859 1 usually works fine 240 7 2 Server configuration More options Dind from mode Dende mass fnm user secures T V Gaid emah from seitem account Mail encoding UTF 9 SMTP Post 25 7 Test configurauon Dry sending tes email SMTP server port Usually it is wise to leave the standard port set 25 since most SMTP server use this port If your SMTP server is located outside your companies intranet the firewall has to be open to permit traffic on the port configured here In case you are using an SSL or TLS encrypted connection the default port is 465 Send mail from system or user account For events generated by users Genji can send e mails either under the name of the user e g From Joe DoegdoeJones com or under its own e mail ad
375. t lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt CrackEntaty gt lt trackEntity entityId 1009 type TOptionBean gt lt entityAttribute name label gt lt CDATA EMEA gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name CSSSTyle gt lt CDATA gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name symbol gt lt entityAttribute name objectID gt lt CDATA 1009 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name isDefault gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name sortOrder gt lt CDATA 3 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name list gt lt CDATA 1002 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name deleted gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt lt trackEntity gt lt subEntityRelation gt lt subEntityRelation parentAttributeName parentList type TListBean gt trackEntity entityId 1003 type TListBean gt lt entityAttribute name parentList gt lt CDATA 1002 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name objectID gt lt CDATA 1003 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name listType gt lt CDATA 4 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name name gt lt CDATA Configure child 1 gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name deleted gt lt CDATA N gt lt entityAttribute gt lt entityAttribute name childNumber gt lt CDATA 1 gt lt entityAtt
376. t to the user to remain logged in after running the query This can be useful if you use the guest user as the one providing the access and to give users the ability to sort and group the data in the item overview 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters 80 3 4 Finding items L Find fuporte ies Create tom w te pym remm Si uer iava Ovtstand ng Name My items Mmiristratey Track System I m the manager Bojers Adrian I m responsible Barbed Lena Meetings Ernst Manuela Unscheduted Freen Keg Closed recently Friedrich Matthias Added recently Guest Jon Updated recentiy Henderson Fred My fiters Lang Hartmut T Last used AV GS Mira David Insti j Pich Gabriele ARANAN Yero Parra predi tamas 2 Select the filter you want to create a permanent link for from the list of filters available Y aL fa Li Find items w Reports Administration Y Create item v My items vlder Add View filter T ft t Farado 5 Link 6 Delete Managers items Name Type All open items View fiter Originator tems Click on the link icon in the toolbar area 4 Select that you want to create an Item Navigator link In case you have a parametrized filter select if you want to add parameters to the query If you do not check this the user will be asked for the parameters each time she clicks on the link 6 Chooseifthe user should stay logged in after running the query Create permaneant lal x EE bes naipata bnk D Mareen ch
377. tc This makes it easy to measure progress later on It is less wise 34 2 3 Structuring items to structure the planned items along actions like write requirements So rather than developing a true work breakdown structure you should develop more like a deliverables breakdown structure A project plan might stretch over many months or even several years As work on the project progresses the plan may have to be refined and revised The planned items basket can be structured using subspaces You can use spaces and subspaces to model Projects Sub projects and components Products and product components Product features Along the time axis you can structure planned items in phases Phases can be for example releases iterations or sprints 2 3 6 Calendar follow up The calendar serves as a reminderfor personal date and time specific information like appointments you have made or a follow up on something you have delegated When you place an item into your calendar basket you can attach a date to it Genji will then remind you in time that you need to do something about this item For example you could put a follow up date on an item This date would have nothing to do with a possible due date for the item Different people could have different follow up dates attached to the same item 2 3 Delegated Waiting If you are not the right person to do something about an item you can delegate it You need a reminder that you
378. tem number 63 Genji for team members 4 The link will be rendered as shown below Title I need a title with Umlaut To create a direct inline link to another issue just type380 Removing a parent item sends 14 same notification mails You can also use the second icon from the right to select an issue from a list Description 5 Savethe item with all changes You have created an inline link to another item in the system By clicking on the link rendered in the reports and previews you can go to the linked item 3 3 19 Linking items to version control Genji can integrate with version control software If you want to link files from version control to an item just add the item number preceded with a hash to the commit comment when committing your items to your version control repository If your project administrator has setup the project appropriately a new tab will appear named Version control All file revisions related to this item will appear on that tab Relationship is created by adding tags of the form lt item no to the commit comment in your version control system like Related to item nos 13 17 and 19 The following figure shows how this would be done from within the Eclipse tool with a Subversion repository Commit to svn t ssh svn trackplus com var svn re p 4 Enter a comment for the commit operation pes Fixes issues no 308 389 and 391
379. tem types 206 restrict priorities 206 restrict severities 206 restrict statuses 206 workspace types 40 X XSLT report template 115 2 1 2 2
380. tems of a specific item type You can define any number of roles and name them as you like For each role you can configure permissions 5 5 1 Adding and editing roles As system administrator you can add any number of roles to your installation This section describes how to do that You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator You have four different areas you need to address when defining roles 1 General permissions as described below 2 RACI selection list assignments as described below 3 Defining access to item types see Restricting access to item types for more information 4 Hide fields or make them read only see Restricting access to item fields for more information Table 5 1 General permissions Permission Description read any You may read or view all items in this project not just your own If this flag is not set you will only be able to read an item if you are the original author Customizing Genji Permission Description the current manager the current responsible on the consulted or informed list of this item modify any You may modify all items in this project not just your own If this flag is not set you will only be able to modify an item if you are the current manager the current responsible on the consulted list of this item This will automatically enforce that you can read this item create item You may create items in this project close any You may close any item
381. ters in folders like date related filters meeting filters tracking filters etc Over time you may accumulate a certain number of useful view filters As this list grows you may want to categorize the filters to better keep an overview For example you may have special filters for meetings or projects or for progress monitoring and so on Genji permits you to structure filter repositories using folders just as you are used from a file system Genji provides three types of repositories to store filters in a personal filter repository project specific filter repositories a system wide filter repository From the public repository you can copy view filters into your personal repository to modify them there You can delete your own published filters from the public repository but not those owned by anybody else Til ote Fir items Hepets E inam view Ta fud Folder a Prit C Accounting C Date related SS lage i 42 Publix T Bll xta ni it fert Each user if the Genji system has his own personal filter repository Here you can store modify and delete filter expressions that you have developed for yourself and found useful You can copy some of your own personal filters into the public repository and make them available to all other users of the system that share at least one project with you This is a convenient way to exchange filter expressions with other users in order to later on personalize them If you have project
382. the admin user name Now you can take Genji for a test drive The following steps demonstrate how to create find and modify items 1 5 Taking Genji for a test drive 1 Log into the system by pointing your browser to http localhost genji or http localhost 8080 genjiiftheserverisrunning or your own computer If the server is running on a different machine you need to enter that machines name instead of localhost e g http www trackplus org genji 2 Inthe top toolbar click on the big button Create item Select Task as the item type F 2 Ae d d Reports Amerie cut Cristi fem ut Ad Rem Tous number of Gems eund D Filtered der He et iHa CREATE NEW ITEM STEP 1 OF 2 i aa Project Test Project Issue type Task X 4 Onthe form that appears fill in a title and optionally an end date A Track System A einutreor Help Log i n eo i T s L da CREATE NEW ITEM STEP 2 OF 2 mx Previous Gae Greet Garwa A e Choose parent f isn No Project Test Project enue type Task Priority immediate Y js Manager Administrator Track System v Ruta nobord Release 1 0 Start x jes Responsible Administrator Track System v Target release Release 1 0 v Finish 05 24 2013 O le Tithe My fifth test item BAUJA Qij k 283 7 Format Sie S0 A e Q Source Save the new item by clicking on the Save button in the small toolbar at the top o
383. the full text search index Regular node goes down In case a regular node goes down there will be some decrease in performance The other nodes will need less than the timeout period default is 5 minutes set in WEB INF quartz jobs xml to realize that a node has dropped out However this does not have any further consequences Forced switch of master node Usually all application nodes will negotiate among themselves who is going to become the master node The outcome is random It is however possible to force one of the nodes to become the master node This requires to tell the current master node to seize its master node related operations like updating the full text search index and giving way to the new master node This process may take up to the timeout period 5 minutes by default before the new node can take up its responsibility as the new master node 7 4 Configuring login page text The login page of the Genji system provides an area where messages to existing or prospective users of the system can be placed like downtime schedules or registration policies The message can be provided in several languages at the same time This section describes how to edit this text In the top toolbar select Administration Manage server Login page text The screen that appears has a selection list for the locale a title or teaser and a text area Select the locale for which you want to edit or create the login page text You can use
384. there Modifying column width 1 To modify the width of a column move the cursor to the right double bar of that column header 2 Select and move the bar to increase or reduce the width of the column Moving columns To move a column to another place select that column header and drag it to the left separation bar of another column header 133 Fitgend 33 Aars 4 J gt D ad Fach r err Status n ft it Fach Wrpereirenon T 550kniten Editing a set of items You can execute actions on a whole set of items like changing item state release responsible watchers start and due dates as well as custom properties This is called a set operation You will only be able to change properties that are actually being used in the projects you have access rights to Make sure you have the set selection column activated It always shows in the first column To activate the set selection column click on the Choose columns button on the top right 1 Inthe first column mark the items you want to modify using a set operation 2 CES apime Total numberof tems Found 19 Filtered 19 Lb Acton Issue No Progeht eres 3 1 Fyogekt anf acri Zee rere n ad Projekt eriad Ueberekrnde Tangheten Bl Propekt sev ach Tapeten sussuchen urd b 2 13 Progekt einfach Tecgichbeoden merken aM Progeht ein ach mes gun omen 3 5 Frogekt snif acts Tapte endf eren 3 F1 Frogekt ef ach Eiri erstat av R Projekt einfach Neus Stedkdesen installer
385. this list as the new parent item Click on the item you want to add as a parent item to finish this operation Genji for team members You have made the current item a child item to the chosen parent item In the item overview you will see this structural dependence You will not be able to close a parent item before you have not closed all child items 3 3 14 Creating a child item Items can be organized hierarchically You can either create a child item for an existing item or you can attach an item as a child to an existing parent item This sections describes how to create a child item from an existing item You must have chosen an item and you see the item overview 1 Clickon the toolbar icon labeled Add Child 2 Onthe screen that appears select the desired project and item type The default will be your last selection Mark the check box if you want to keep this item hidden from anybody else This will mark your new item as private it will really only be visible to yourself You can change this to a public item any time later on if you wish Click the Next button 4 The new item screen appears This screen may have been configured specifically for this project and item type Some fields are mandatory they will always be there Enter a title or short summary of your item in the title field 6 Enter a full description of your item in the description field You may use rich text formatting elements here if you wish like
386. three workspace statuses as shown in the table below Status name Description in progress These workspaces are open to the entire functionality the system offers Items can be created and changed with no restrictions on hold These workspaces will not accept new items and will not permit to modify existing items However all existing information remains visible as well as the workspaces themselves archived These workspaces will not accept new items and will not permit to modify existing items Furthermore they are effectively hidden with all their information Item information is inaccessible You can change the names and the semantics of these statuses via Administration gt Customize gt System statuses You can also add new statuses there Each status has a type flag which determines the availability of a workspace The values and logic for each type flag is described in the following table Type flag name Description active Workspaces with this status type flag are open to the entire functionality the system offers Items can be created and changed with no restrictions inactive Workspaces with this status type flag will not accept new items and will not permit to modify existing items However all existing information remains visible as well as the workspaces themselves closed Workspaces with this status type flag will not accept new items and will not permit to modify existing items Furthermore they are effectively h
387. tially set to state opened Action items should always carry a due date and a person to which they are assigned This is unavoidable in the Genji system Once work on an action item has started the state is set to processing by the current responsible This permits other people to see that something is actually happening regarding this item The item can be closed by the responsible or a manager once all tasks associated with this action have been completed Milestone tracking In a well managed project there will be lots of binary milestones those that are either passed or not passed It is an often observed project sickness that milestones are not defined in a binary fashion You will hear people coming up with terms like conditionally passed 9096 done almost there and so on If you hear such phrases you know you are in trouble Customizing Genji It is in the nature of a milestone that you have either passed it or not It may take some effort to define project milestones but it pays well The best milestones are connected to assessable 10096 complete results For example a good milestone would be customer requirements reviewed with customer and frozen A bad example would be customer requirements 5096 finished A milestone has to have a due date associated with it It can be either opened or closed The state transition from Opened to closed marks the passing of the milestone It is quite common that
388. tion Optional field just for administration and book keeping purposes Attribute configuration Name Attribute type Extensible eiect Y Roescnpton General configuration Label Required Expos history Specific configuration Simple ist name Y Enter a label for this property and optionally a tool tip This label will appear on the input forms where you place the property o Note If you mark the property as required and it appears on an input form that is associated with a Create item action the user has to enter a value here If the property does not appear on any form there is no error message If you select Explicit history changes to this item property will be kept separate from other property changes This is only useful if you later on need to analyze the change history for this property If not checked the changes are recorded together with changes to other properties which is typically sufficient and more efficient Fill out the property type specific configuration part for example enter default values or minimum and maximum values Click on the Save button in the toolbar Your new custom property has been added to the Genjisystem This property is available to all projects if they like to use it that is even though in this example you defined it at a project level it is automatically propagated to the system level for reuse Note Before you can use your new property you have to add it to at le
389. toit inedit stetit ts 248 D259 KMS TAOS AON MR 250 Nes Sle aii elUl eaedem RE ERU 252 ox Dservllid ancaanadikc Sever Sabes hob th eee hts EA e btts 252 7 6 Broadcasting e mails TO Genji USETS ccccsssssssssssssssssvensesesscsescecccsesssssssensansssssassssssssenssosssssseseeeesessssssesesnsessesssssssssessssecssssessecsesssssssesssse 254 EEEE T A Sa ES NAE A A A A A AAE A aa bial trerceae tinea ct 254 24 03 Do esie Uo Mr ccc 254 zOtesstonnasesra TODO SC Da a Caceres ee cootobsc De ets Rat ta Geb Trt RT STC Tet ELLE Cb Cei 255 Ye MO VINE CHM 11S FS C TT MOT ET O UT osdesbsusdbost san adosndosusietddaninsileplneatasanieiansvssledionnbtatien 256 PAN e scs enIo ical S a LEO 257 742 Using Ssbsano TES encryption op ema and EDAP colPiecuonssss s ain eu t RI Irun 257 uris OU COMO aI HOCO PNEU o MT 257 7 14 Configuring Genji with JENKINS nn ccccsssssssssssssssssesssssssssssseesssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssesesseesee 258 7d5 Contgutipdg Apace HOTICOE ocean en iiosipintiut studierte Ee At eC DR Kec EE 262 List of Figures x9 SE T 7 11 Tc 16 mold dco C IA AE AE 24 Figure 2 2 Spaces ANA SUD SPACES cccsssssssssssssssssssssosessesssecccesessssssesssnsesssesssssssssnsnooessssseccecessssssssessssssnennssssssssensnoosssssseccceessssesssssssssenennssssssssonssossssee 25 LO Olt sip cba 8 a ee c a T
390. top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt ltem properties Alternatively click on the Customize Item properties bar in the left navigation area pr hemn type specific config NS Workspace type soecific tributi dinig uper 4 WE Workspace specific attribute contig lt lt a i Septem sues ua Bii mme P d Workflow as Wl aho IIS YI Laser Printer Sipa 2 In the property navigation area click on the leaf node where you want to add the custom property In the example shown here we will add a custom property to item type Requirement 8 5 8 Item properties o Age mense ld See Gast Md cx configaraisons Babtribuin configuration fh Ber soe ereo ame 5 Artribuite ype Sangha checkbox bul si Description bf t e 4 Requirement bestem strates P Gerveral canfigurabizn iy Label Tonixip B3 VWeorktoace type spectic attribue config Exploit F stony WB Weetnach spec atir buti cong i aiii amp peeiie esnfiguratiem Defau value Click on the Add button at the toolbar Fill out the form that appears on the right Select the type of property you want to create and give it a name Under this name properties will be searchable later on Name Under this name the properties will be referenced in reports and in search operations Property type Select from the list of available types Important You cannot change the type of an property once you have created it Descrip
391. tor 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Customize gt ltem properties Alternatively click on the Customize Item properties bar in the left navigation area py Ben type specific config Wubpenad d i ES Workspace bype soecific atribule diii O Unum d EZ Workspace specific aitribube conf z az r1 a Ma System sues a ES Workspace types az BP Workflows I LE MB oaeeo ES 3 Laser Printer Songs 2 Anewscreen appears consisting of a tree structure on the left and a context sensitive edit area on the right The tree structure depends on whether your are logged in as system administrator or project administrator Click on the custom property you want to remove Add stinbute f Sre G s anderd aribute configurations Amiha aseigum System attributes Ns a ii Cuntoem attributes seca jm CRMCOonbact Gere Depos p Onih Descrim 1 Participants Click on the delete button in the toolbar area 4 Confirm that you really want to remove the property If the property was never used and is not referred to on any forms it will be deleted Drite artrihute Jj Do you really want Do dielebe this entry Na SST APN ar 5 Ifthe property is being used either on forms or with items you will be asked again to confirm the delete If you confirm the property will be deleted Delete attribute a D There are items having valuls for this attribute Do you really wank to delete the attribute from Yes na
392. tor You have previously declared a cockpit template In the top toolbar selectAdministration Users and groups Default cockpit Alternatively click on the Users and groups Default cockpit bar in the left navigation area E X L Code Browns workspaces fed ima Reports Adminigration ee Create ham 1 Jy eng OMe Jee f Dein Jp Mysetia l Wraae Nae M Uses roues Standard Cockpit einfach A une Ai Grogs JE Onanzationel units 2 Inthe small toolbar click on Configure and configure your cockpit template as described at Working with the cockpit 222 6 7 Importing data 6 6 3 Assigning a cockpit template You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator You have previously declared and configured a cockpit template 1 In the top toolbar selectAdministration gt Users and groups gt Users Alternatively click on the Users and groups Users bar in the left navigation area Jy My settings IY t My waste LX Workspaces User name 7 Werkspoces Emas adores a en home admo Mj Users groups vebmaster itrackpius com ala el e Actions 2 os tered focale name renner i E i 2 Select the users in the users list to whom you want to assign the new cockpit template You can use filters to limit the amount of users you see The filters are accessible from the column headers Jy My emis Bact feen Wor o M acer Deacthete Ji Setuser evei GY Role aworetss a Fo Worksp
393. tra e mail account for the Genji system unless this field is kept empty In case item e mail submissions are enabled this mailbox is regularly scanned for new e mails The e mails are read and items are created from each e mail The e mail subject is mapped to the item title the e mail body is mapped to the item description and any attachments are added to the item as item attachments Encrypted connections You can use an encrypted connection between your Genji server and your POP3 or IMAP e mail server You can select between SSL TLS and TLS if available For encrypted connections to work you first have to import a certificate from your e mail server into your Genji server local keystore How this is done is described under Using SSL and TLS encryption on e mail and LDAP connections E mail submissions Genji can be configured to accept item submissions and additions to existing items via e mail This can be quite useful if customers shall not get access to the Genji database itself but they should channel their requests via e mails to a specific account You can enable or disable e mail submissions to the Genji system selecting the radio buttons provided on the configuration screen You can also decide if you want to accept e mail submissions from users that are not registered with the system or you want to limit acceptance to users that are known in Genji Genji regularly scans the POP3 input box of the Genji e mail account provid
394. trict access of a role to certain Rem types If mo hem types are defined e Y Manage fears CASAS for access there are no restrictions Le all em types may be accessed by this role Drag 7 an item type with your mouse to the corresponding list Report templates uh mue usce T Cost centers amp accounts f Problembencht E na B Anm T dn Problem Report Gi Meeting v Unk types E Mm Custom forms AE Custom ficiis v List Syon states formed TT Workspace types BE Widows Done Em Locale editor ts ody any WU jJ Mame _ 3 When you are done click on the Done button in the lower right corner of the configuration pop up window You have now restricted access to some item types for users carrying this role in a workspace 5 5 4 Restricting access to item fields You can hide fields from users and make fields read only By default all fields are shown and all fields are writable except for those where it doesn t make sense to change them You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator You can define a role such that it will permit only to see certain item types This can be useful if you want to have other parties participate in your process but you want to keep some of your items visible only to people of your own organization 1 Inthe top toolbar select Administration Customize User roles Alternatively click on the Customize User roles bar in the left navigation a
395. trol systems in this case Subversion The list may vary Additional systems can be supported via plug ins 5 Select a version control web viewer if you have any installed Genji directly supports viewVC With a version control web viewer you will be able to go from an item directly to associated change sets or files 6 Enter the correct links for your version control web viewer In particular replace the SERVER variable with your server URL Fill in the connection information here shown for CVS connected via the svn ssh connection method Geral opens 8 here may be additional connection information required In the case of the svn ssh connection method we can choose to use a public private key pair In this case copy the private key in OpenSSH format into the provided area If the key is protected via a pass phrase enter it into the pass phrase field f Attention You need to copy the entire private key file in OpenSSH format there It does not suffice to copy the key itself as you may be used from the authorized keys file Private key BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY o DEK Info DES EDES CBC_AC23 1S20BEF2 1649 KVBISDJEXBOSS 3HST QEN wa cdZiuvbd65KxpP502 UMLOKbOVTmw7U u MITSMFheOLOTQoHBS Tics V7pgX SkpaAQSCqDOObKu 1 6n20ue T k NijchelWzf7 ly Tsun Ow BMY 0d 1m93GWcZSxAz 16GqDvAQSH Y zOjt n7HWEvtSOrcal JGx2h5IhW QWAN7hjubnMbfhS VY Ca 105 ANGOF 1 Ta J amp 2M th YvvAQat Zqut450XGXDO 1Z20N 3MPISIBvw SWS
396. ty which should determine the colors in the Item Navigator This permits you to have different colors background and foreground depending on e g the priority of an item 7 Save the filter 3 4 6 Adding a filter to your menu 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters iamiam adest B tomas r create new oras or ute an existing oneto get a specific view with a list of items 2 Selecta filter by clicking on a folder and then double clicking on a filter in the right area 4 3 4 Finding items Estat uem Hj Add taker anne Fr eae Apo finer Linke V Oeteee p Werken gt 4 C3 prete Mame Typa O Temir MB integrabonsraum fier au Ale offenen Vorg nge fiker FER fibre fiki 4 Save the filter 3 4 7 Deleting a filter 1 Select menu Find items gt Manage filters O gt snc ue S Add toler C pain Bese CEoAco um Bunk Wh Deere Workspace gt 13 Private Mame gt tema co im em ome 3 Click on the Delete icon in the toolbar area or use the context menu to delete the selected filter 5 Genji for team members E inat query FO Addfoider T Aiie Perse Papye CE CC 4 3 Pruate 34 8 Applying a filter 1 Select menu Find items Manage filters 2 Selecta filter by clicking on it in the right list area You may need to open folders to see all filters available 3 Click on the Apply icon in the toolbar area You will get a list of ite
397. u gt niue Pigs mity Pricey Ab Severity a Sedis gu Bern type Customer List E Bern typa BZ Workssace specu bas LA Custemer List B CET Support k 3 Select the list definition XML file Overwrite existing means that if the list already exists in the database it will be overwritten with the new one For rules how the system identifies the list see Importing and exporting custom lists Clear children means that the resulting list in the database will have exactly the same structure as the one in the XML file Otherwise new child entries could be added to the list in the database and existing ones would be kept 203 Customizing Genji Upload List file XML x List file EMLY Lied wr Brewse Overwribe ancsting Otat cni dren Upload Done 4 Clickon the Upload button to import the list definition into the system database You have now imported a list from an XML file into the system database 5 11 System object states Spaces releases and accounts just like items have a state The state determines whether regular users can see or use such objects or items linked to them This way you can release archive or delete spaces releases and accounts keeping them in the database but hiding them from regular users or for a particular purpose like creating new items for an archived release 5 11 1 Managing workspace states Each workspace has a state which determines its visibility and controls what
398. u click on the Edit button The name of the organizational unit will change in the selection list Deleting organizational units To delete organizational units go to the Administration Users and groups Organizational units menu In order to delete a organizational unit you have to make sure there are no users assigned to that organizational unit any more Select the organizational unit you want to delete on the left side You will see the users assigned to that organizational unit on the right This list should be empty before you delete the organizational unit otherwise you will get an error message To empty the list move users from this organizational unit to another one see below To delete the organizational unit click on the Delete button on the left The organizational unit will be permanently removed from the system Moving users to another organizational unit To move users to another organizational unit go to the Administration Users and groups Organizational units menu On the left side select the organizational unit to which the users are currently assigned The list will appear in the right part of that form In the right part select the user or users you want to move to another organizational unit Select the new organizational unit where you want to move these users to from the selection box below the list of users Click the Edit button on the right side The selected users have now been collectively m
399. u have to make the modifications in one place only You can synchronize groups with an LDAP directory see LDAP and SSO configuration 26 2 1 Access control 2 1 5 Permissions Permissions control what information can be accessed Permissions are tied to roles By assigning roles to users in spaces you define the users permissions in that space Users can have multiple roles even in a single space In that case the permissions of all roles in that space add up With permissions you can grant a user space administrator rights or restrict users to see only their own items or only certain item types in certain spaces You can furthermore restrict access to single properties of an item All items in the database System filter based on roles and permissions Query filter Figure 2 4 The permission structure of Genji When spaces are organized hierarchically permissions from superior spaces are automatically transferred to subordinated spaces You do not have to redefine the permissions for lower level projects Related Links Spaces on page 24 Via spaces you structure groups of items and control access to items You can use one space per project or product and you can organize spaces hierarchically Spaces can furthermore be structured on the time axis via phases 2 1 6 Roles If you want to access items in a space you have to have a role in that space Roles are linked to permissions You can carry different ro
400. u haven t analyzed yet The basket determines the position of an item in your personal workflow model The state determines the items work state in the overall workflow model Typical values are open closed analyzed suspended A title or brief summary is mandatory A description with more detail is optional Genji always keeps a complete history of all changes The following tags and other properties are optional Furthermore you can add any number of custom properties to items A log with comments of users The MAP Monitoring and Planning set of properties permits to monitor work progress in an objective and structured way using the Earned Value Method Furthermore properties are provided to order items in terms of value priority and risk MAP properties are optional 33 Key concepts The subsystem component permits you to structure your space without using subspaces Then each item belongs to a subsystem or component The class permits you to further categorize items e g documentation software hardware The release of the space this item was caused by For example you may have found a problem in software SWB release 4 3 This will be resolved with release 4 4 The release of the space which is to resolve this item A build identifies the build number of an item For example you may have found a problem in software SWB release 4 3 build 1247 Priority helps you to organize items according to
401. use native database and file system backup tools rather than the internal backup facility described here Manual backup In the top toolbar select Administration Manage server Data backup 254 7 9 Restoring data from backup bd Sart backup Create immediate Backup Send me an mail when backup i Gone Backup fie name 2013_04_25 13 26 Automated backup configuration A omabted Gata backup F o Directory for backups opt trackplusd Backups ude attachments Bock jn these weekdays o Backup at this t op thes m 3 1 o Seve configuration Available backups in opt trackplusd Backups Backup fe name See Date You will see a list of backups that are already available The default naming scheme is YYYY MM DD HH MM However you can choose any name you wish The backup process can take some time You can select if you want to be informed by e mail when the backup is finished You can also choose if you want to include the attachments in the backup process or rather limit the backup to the data in the database Selecting to include the attachments has the advantage that the attachment meta data in the database and the attachments stay consistent You could also decide to backup the attachments using your regular operating system backup features o Note You may not be able to execute a backup when at that same moment an automated backup is running You will have to wait until the automated backup process is finis
402. use two different approaches modelling workflows The first method is to use the item state property and model a workflow as an UML state diagram for a single item The second approach is to define a workflow as an ordered collection of items each item representing a workflow step or action 24 1 Workflows based on UML state diagrams Simple workflows can be modeled as UML state diagrams for a single item An item is moved from one state to the next by means of actions or triggering events Each state represents a workflow station n H Items have a state like new processing or rejected Statuses could also be named according to a location or n w position in the workflow like team leader department leader and human resources for a vacation application Before an item comes into permanent existence it is in an initial state The life cycle of an item ends with the final state Transitions from one state to the next are triggered by events An event can be an explicit action like somebody changed the item state It can also be an indirect action for example a timeout or an action next step Timeouts are helpful to escalate items when they haven t been taken care of within a given time frame 36 2 5 Queries filters views and reports initial transition Figure 2 11 Example UML workflow diagram With each transition you can associate activities These activities are carried out when the transition is t
403. ustomer or management top down value The deadline as given by the customer or management This is the top down constraint Marks a task as a milestone Milestones are treated and displayed differently in the Gantt view 3 5 Item navigator Field name Label Description Attachment Used f r TOL search Attachment file name attachment content and attachment description Link Used for TOL search Description of link Expense Used for TOL search All text properties in the expense record BudgetPlan Used for TOL search All text properties for budgets and planned value records Related Links Fields in TOL on page 77 3 5 tem navigator When you apply a filter the resulting set of items is shown in the item navigator The item navigator consists of two areas On the left there is a tree with filters and on the right there is the list of items matching the selected filter When you double click on the item number or the title you can view the details of that item You can use a context menu right mouse click to directly change an item The right side can be customized to show the columns sorting and grouping you prefer i A Trad Symen Adewwrit r rela Log oft o MP SL Ld Cocket frowwe Projects Fiddkems v Reports Aion v Create tem v track a p PROXCTS ES oMedexs kel number of hems found 45 Fikered 45 E airs D chose coke P Projekt fu Ne Projek Sopa Bie Firaga Lost Mii d D B 3
404. uter Installing the Genji libraries You can download the TC package from www trackplus com en download html Install the files in this package to Your home directory groovy lib This directory probably already exists when you have Groovy installed Running TC in a Groovy console or shell Execute Groovy install directory gt bin groovyconsole or Groovy install directory bin groovysh Make sure on your Genji server the webservice is enabled see Various configuration items Then in the Groovy console type import cGom traockplus TO login admimn tiesl htctps looalhost 9080 track s IC help replacing localhost 8080 track with your servers URL and the user name and password with your user name and password Ifyou want to get a JSON string with all users and print it to the console assuming you have administrator rights type String users TC getAllUsers oysten oUtopreinctln users Some more methods to get you started are listed below See the TC API reference available via TC help for up to date information Modifier and Type Method and Description static java lang String addGroup java lang String groupName Creates a new group with the given name Static void addPersonsToGroup java lang String groupID java lang String personIDs Adds a number of persons identified by their object ids to the group with the given id static java lang String addProject java lang String projectName 23 M
405. va lang String loginName Gets a bean of a user based on his user name getPersonsForGroup java lang String group lp Returns a JSON string of person beans that are members of the given group getPersonsForGroupBeans java lang String groupID Returns a list of person beans that are members of the given group Managing the system static javaslabg otring getProjectEdit java lang Integer projectID Gets a project bean in a JSON string that can be edited and saved back to the database static java lang String getProjectEdit java lang String projectID Gets a project bean in a JSON string that can be edited and saved back to the database Static gavaslang otring getProjectEditByName java lang String projectName Gets a project bean in a JSON string that can be edited and saved back to the database Static WSProjectEditBean getProjectEditBean java lang Integer projectID Gets a project bean that can be edited and saved back to the database Static WSProjectEditBean getProjectEditBean java lang String projectID Gets a project bean that can be edited and saved back to the database Static WSProjectEditBean getProjectEditBeanByName java lang String projectName Gets a project bean that can be edited and saved back to the database static WSTreeNode getProjectsAsTree Gets a tree structure of project label value beans see WSLabelValueBean protected static void TCLFacadeException e Simple Handler f
406. ve anything On the cockpit page click on the Edit link on the top right right below the product icon The screen changes and a floating box appears on the right side containing a list with all available tiles Using the icons on the top left you can add or remove tabs and panels To remove an element you first select it by clicking on it To change an element position you drag it to the new position For tabs you can change the tab label by selecting the tab and then entering the desired label in the floating box field named label Tiles are always placed on panels You can define the number of grid positions for each panel by selecting it and then entering the number of rows and columns in the floating box fields named rows and columns You can place tiles onto panel grid positions by dragging them from the floating box to the desired grid position You can move tiles by dragging them to their new position When you are done hit the Back symbol in the toolbar You will be returned to the regular view of the cockpit page You will see your newly designed layout 3 8 Working with the cockpit 3 8 2 Configuring tiles Some tiles may require configuration for example project parameters date parameters or state parameters You are on the cockpit page You can get there any time by clicking on the Cockpit menu entry 1 Onthe cockpit page click on the Edit link on the top right right below the product
407. ve enabled accounting for this project and must have assigned accounts to this project You must have permission to add work and cost to an item that is you have been assigned a role in the project by the project administrator which carries this kind of permission flag 1 Select an item either by typing the item number into the search field or by selecting an item from the item overview 2 Inthe tab area at the bottom of the page select tab Work Costs 67 Genji for team members gt U History Comments 0 O Mtachments 0 7 Workdog Costs DL watchers 0 Links 0 Q Add E Delete tan gt Date Changed by Subject Work h Cost Account Description Total actual work 0 00 Hous Total actual cost 0 00 Work Cont Set by Budget Planned value PV 28 00 Hours Constructa Karta Estimated remaining effort Completion Actual expense Estimated remaining effort 3 Click on the Add button A pop up form will appear where you can select an account enter the work to book towards that account and enter costs You can also give a short title to this booking or a longer more descriptive text or justification for the expense With the radio buttons you can select if you want to leave the estimated remaining effort as it is or auto adjust the value Auto adjusting means that the new efforts are subtracted from the current value of the estimated remaining effort If desired change the date for this expense in case you add all expenses
408. very much depends on the size of the attachments This file can be imported into another Genji instance 6 8 2 Exporting space type configurations You can export complete workspace type configurations including custom properties and screens from your Genji instance and later import it into a different instance This permits you to develop a Genji configuration on one machine and transfer it to a production machine when itis ready You must be logged in as system manager or system administrator 1 Goto Administration gt Customize gt Workspace types 2 Select a workspace type and click on the Exportbutton You will get an XML file containing the entire workspace configuration This includes tem types and item type assignments Forms and form assignments tem properties and fields Specific lists and options 230 6 9 Using the TC command line client 6 8 3 Exporting workflows You can export sets of workflows from another Genji instance This permits you to develop your own workflows on a development system and move them to a production environment once they are ready 6 9 Using the TC command line client You can perform many administrative tasks like adding and changing users groups workspaces and role assignments using the Genji command line client from a Groovy console Installing Groovy You can download Groovy from groovy codehaus org Downloadtt Follow the instructions to install Groovy on your personal comp
409. wever they will show up in the Release scheduled box Such releases are typically plans for the future closed Releases with a closed state will not appear in either the Released scheduled or Release noticed selection box Such releases have typically been published some time ago and are not supported any more p Warning Changing the release status may make releases inaccessible 4 4 Managing workspace specific lists In Genji you can configure any number of custom lists You can make these lists available to all workspaces or just to a specific workspace Items that contain a custom list property will have one of the preconfigured values of the lists you define For example you could have lists with operating systems drawing numbers serial numbers or 4 4 Managing workspace specific lists customers You could have a list with system components or just tag items with the location where you need to take care of them You must be logged in as space administrator system manager or system administrator 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area o h Y 2 K L Cockpit Browse workspaces Find tems v Reports Administration Create tem v Ly oe Ay Add Workspace lA Add subspar n Copy JT V9 asagn Roles i pm I Customize uss o Finanten amp Verwaltung T fes Q Actions 9 Manage server gt Uu Fuheu cskren Report templates w
410. will be available spa Letvoncs pe Assign Item type a Aen Ratus 9 Assign Priority Ju Aoig Severity ae Custom fields J Ostem forms IP Aatign Worfiows EI Medura BP Mechatoncs BP Private Project BT Software Dewelopment Assigning available states Here you can configure which Item types will be available in workspaces cf this workspace type Drag an item with your mouse to the desired column You can leave the left column emoty if you want to make all item types available Assigned Available J Task Toe B Mee ng 3 Probie Report E Action Item E Requeerent You can assign which of all defined states will be available for spaces of the selected workspace type This you define for each item type For example an item of type mile stone might require only the states open and passed while a problem report might require many more states Drag those states that you want from the right column to the left column If you don t drag any there all will be available Assigning available priorities agg Ehxtenkx gr Ap Em type y faci Status 9 Anse Priority jm Assn Severity ia Cuno fevers pE eager E Gone Project ES Mechanics NW Hihiri E Prhabe Project pz Therm en p eetur um Doened eem Axxigrwd Available Jy agred ial opened processing i anaheed imgiarmaniad A mge E gi ee Zustand _ mese gj enel Em meneri gi eng ce neuer uand g ee gp tegrated f suspended p maming Q edat d chr Dl Heo
411. wione ing hema se Reports dejmiresirgbon Create iem e L General Basic settings Default settings E mail seth P TI peau Name CBT ms Deseriston Dies ist der 4 iem amp Verwaltung T N 4 1 Managing spaces 3 A warning appears unless the workspace does not have any items associated i e it had just been created and never been used When you confirm a second warning appears When you confirm again the workspace with all subspaces and items will be deleted Z This workspace contains Rema Do you realy went to delete the workspace with all ies ibems Think it cer You can still cancel this operation You Ho VWorgkeneoR Bpecitic Rem n nostr The workspaces with all its associated items and properties has been deleted from the database There is nothing left There will be an entry in the server log of this delete operation stating the date and the user who performed it 4 1 3 Copying a workspace setup When creating a new workspace it can be quite helpful to copy its configuration like users and roles version control accounting lists queries custom forms custom properties and so on from an existing workspace You must be logged in as workspace administrator system administrator or system manager 1 In the top toolbar select Administration Workspaces Alternatively click on the Workspaces bar in the left navigation area Cockpit Boase workspaces Find tems v Reports Administration w
412. wo stage filtering process At the filter input there are all items in the database which can amount to several hundred thousand When you apply a filter these items have to first pass the system filter The system filter makes sure you will only be able to see items you are authorized to see For example you will never be able to see items that have been marked private by another person or that belong to a project where you have no read permission In the second stage the remaining items have to pass your view filter Here you can define all kinds of criteria to restrict the result to those items you are interested in at that moment All items in database System filter All items may read My filter Result 70 3 4 Finding items You cannot manipulate the system filter in any other way than obtaining access rights via roles in projects You can however create as many personal view filters as you like and save them for later use Some cockpit views provide filters and there are some predefined views with filters you can use It is likely that you will create five to ten personal views that you will be using all the time If you are a project manager you can provide views to your team members so that all of you have the same view 3 4 2 Using predefined filters Genji offers you a number of predefined filters to quickly obtain a specific set of items All items all items that you have permission to see regardless of their state T
413. ws Unix password ile AU Administrabon se in o B Select the tab labeled Access data Id Acea lala Beurinuker Login and e mail llame anal banyaga S In the top toolbar select Administration My profile My settings Ld Create tem w a My settings Projects W Automall assignments Users amp groups gt MI Generate ICalendar URL h Customize Har Orem Actions sr dota Manege server i r ruh Mher sel lines het Dames Fabia English me rone Central European Summer Time Europe perin o 4 Mark the check box labeled Use central password LDAP 4 Clickon the Save button in the tool bar to save your configuration With your next login your LDAP password is being used by Genji for authentication 3 2 4 Configuring CSV separation character Genji permits you to export reports to Excel and OpenOffice spreadsheets Depending on the locale of your Office installation there may be a different separation character for these file formats If you find that on opening a Genji report in Excel you do not get nicely formatted columns you may want to change this character In most locales itis either a comma or a semicolon 1 In the top toolbar select Administration gt My profile gt My settings Un Administrar Crean fem s JA onMysedmgs Projects Automall assigraments pa ral MES users amp groups i Generate iCalendar UAL h
414. you an impression of the version control activity stream tile Version control activity Track HOG GB lI1 fsa FH friad Teit comen for elga Lit 2705 11 5 10 5 04 FH adib fix 76 Upgrade behavior Cockpet views boose configuration THAT LISA 5 8 FH ahh fie 974 Releases nok viable s project apres wwckpk and 075 Naveaahinra x557T C8110 S308 Fr frindi Som Fito Teeth Genie n Phi raal daba Halstad ty duad IOS Aud 2543 26 10 2531 FH adib Testa 1673 FTI 12 37 PH adh Fiz amp 16 Handing of beet bres m plain bert seed submisiinnd 1665 7 2 09 2 22 PM adib fs 513 Add attachment ican te repart avervien 472 67209 1 21 PM adib Fix 584 Bulk edit rrumber of issues gives False value i z amp BO FSS Fe adib Enid 34 l z4 322 2 28PFH fried Improwed in source documentation Fertains to issues L amp z 422 and 500 Genji for team members Two Dimensional Project Statistics This tile permits you to create a matrix of numbers of items based on two arbitrary item properties For example you can show which user has how many items in which state assigned to him as responsible You can limit the items to consider using any predefined filter Tile configuration Before you can configure this tile you need to define a filter to define the items to consider for this statistics Then you need to configure the tile Follow the general procedure to configure a tile outlined above to get to the two dimensional project statistics configuration page Co
415. zanzibar ks gt 247 Administering the server lt property name ldapsCertificatePassword value 2 secret Container based authentication If you run several applications on the same web server you might prefer to log in once for all applications on that server rather than authenticating yourself for each application separately The web server or container becomes responsible for authentication container based authentication and you only need to sign on once single sign on When you enable Genji for container based authentication Genji will try to retrieve the user name and authentication token from the server If this attempt is successful and the user is known to Genji the user will be directly granted access to the application If the user is unknown to Genji the regular login page is displayed and Genji authentication has to be used The standard configuration file web xml that comes with Genji contains a commented section that configures a Tomcat web container realm for container based authentication Related Links Tomcat Realm Howto Tomcat Single Sign On Shibboleth Single Sign On Central Authentication Project Managing scripts 7 2 6 Various configuration items On this tab you can configure directories URLs web services backups handling of item numbers auto login for guests and more Directories and URLs Genji stores a number of items on disk rather than in its database You should

Genji User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents